Compare 1

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCOPING REPORT
FOR
PRE-DEVELOPMENT OF TABUK 2 SOLAR POWER
PLANTS
M5M4 SOLAR PARK PROJECT
Doc. No: 02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005
Rev A, December 2023March 2024

Document History
Revision code Description of changes Purpose of issue Date
A First Issue Issued for Approval 1405 Dec 2023
Revised according to
B Issued for Approval 19 Mar 2024
comments
Document Approval
Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by

Name Çiğdem CANKARA Bülent KADIOĞLU Onur ÖZTUNCER
KADIOĞLU
(on behalf of the team)
Job Title Senior Environmental Environmental Services Technical Director
Consultant Director
02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 2 OF 333

Table of Contents
TERMS...............................................................................................................................................8
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS.............................................................................................10
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.................................................................................................................13
1 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................21
1.1 General Information on the Study.....................................................................................21
1.2 Permit Applicant Information.............................................................................................24
1.3 Service Provider..................................................................................................................24
1.4 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Study.....................................................25
1.4.1 Scope of the Study.........................................................................................................26
1.4.2 Preparation Methodology...............................................................................................33
1.4.3 Structure of the Study....................................................................................................33
1.5 Objectives of the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Scoping Report......34
2 INSTITUTIONAL AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK OF THE STUDY...............................35
2.1 Institutional Framework......................................................................................................35
2.1.1 International Finance Corporation Performance Standards on Environmental and Social
Sustainability................................................................................................................................35
2.1.2 NEOM Regenerative Development Management System.............................................37
2.2 Regulatory Framework.......................................................................................................38
2.2.1 National Laws, Regulations, Standards, and Requirements..........................................38
2.2.2 Regional Laws, Regulations, Standards and Requirements..........................................42
2.2.3 International Laws, Regulations, Standards and Requirements....................................45
2.2.4 International Conventions and Treaties to which Kingdom is a party............................46
2.2.5 Findings of the Strategic Environmental and Social Assessment Study if available and
applicable to the Activity...............................................................................................................50
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ACTIVITY..........................................................................................50
3.1 Objectives and Rationale of the Activity...........................................................................50
3.1.1 Associated Facilities.......................................................................................................51
3.2 Proposed Project Site.........................................................................................................51
3.3 Activities throughout the Stages of the Activity..............................................................55
3.3.1 General Technical Information about the Activity...........................................................55
3.3.2 Construction Stage.........................................................................................................58
3.3.3 Operation Stage.............................................................................................................60
3.3.4 Decommissioning Stage................................................................................................61
3.3.5 Unplanned Events..........................................................................................................62
3.4 Geographic Scope of the Project.......................................................................................63
3.5 Timetable and Action Program..........................................................................................65
3.6 Activity Costs......................................................................................................................65
4 ALTERNATIVES TO THE ACTIVITY.......................................................................................66
4.1 Methodology for the Selection and Assessment of Alternatives...................................66
4.2 List of Possible Alternatives to the Project......................................................................66
4.2.1 Site Alternatives.............................................................................................................66
4.2.2 Technical Alternatives....................................................................................................72
4.2.3 Photovoltaic Technology Alternatives............................................................................80
4.2.4 No Amendment Alternative............................................................................................90
5 DESCRIPTION OF SURROUNDINGS.....................................................................................91
5.1 Methodology for Data Collection and Analysis................................................................91
5.1.1 Natural Vegetation Cover...............................................................................................92

5.1.2 Air Quality.......................................................................................................................92
5.1.3 Noise..............................................................................................................................97
5.1.4 Water Quality (Surface Water, Ground Water, Seawater)...........................................100
5.1.5 Quality of Soil and Sediments......................................................................................100
5.1.6 Biodiversity (Land).......................................................................................................105
5.1.7 Community Health and Safety (Occupational and Public)...........................................105
5.1.8 Landscape and Visual Comfort....................................................................................105
5.1.9 Land Use......................................................................................................................106
5.1.10 Waste Generation........................................................................................................106
5.1.11 Economic and Social Aspects......................................................................................106
5.1.12 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage..............................................................................106
5.1.13 Climate and Climate Change.......................................................................................106
5.1.14 Ecosystem Services.....................................................................................................106
5.1.15 Human Rights..............................................................................................................106
5.2 Preliminary Description of the Physical, Biological, Archaeological, Cultural, Social,
and Economic Environment........................................................................................................107
5.2.1 Physical Environment...................................................................................................107
5.2.3 Archaeological and Cultural Environment....................................................................136
5.2.4 Socio-Economic Environment......................................................................................139
5.2.7 Human Rights..............................................................................................................150
5.3 Identification of Sensitive Receptors..............................................................................151
5.3.1 Project Values / Sensitive Receptors...........................................................................151
5.4 Future Similar Activities (Projects) within the Geographic Scope of the Project.......155
6 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION, ANALYSIS, AND ASSESSMENT.............................................159
6.1 Methodology Used for the Identification, Analysis and Assessment of Impacts.......159
6.2 Preliminary Analysis and Assessment of the Potential Impacts..................................162
6.2.1 Natural Vegetation Cover.............................................................................................162
6.2.2 Air Quality.....................................................................................................................165
6.2.3 Noise............................................................................................................................168
6.2.4 Odours.........................................................................................................................170
6.2.5 Water Quality (Surface Water and Ground Water)......................................................170
6.2.6 Quality of Soil and Sediments......................................................................................172
6.2.8 Community Health and Safety (Occupational and Public)...........................................180
6.2.9 Landscape and Visual Comfort....................................................................................184
6.2.10 Land Use......................................................................................................................188
6.2.11 Waste Generation........................................................................................................190
6.2.12 Economic and Social Aspects......................................................................................193
6.2.13 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage..............................................................................198
6.2.16 Human Rights..............................................................................................................205
6.3 Description of the Main Potential Environmental and Social Impacts.........................208
6.4 Cumulative Impacts..........................................................................................................219
7 PLANS....................................................................................................................................224
7.1 Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan..............................................................225

7.2 Environmental Rehabilitation and Remediation Plan....................................................226
7.3 Environmental Mitigation Plan.........................................................................................226
7.4 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan.........................................................227
8 ANNEXES...............................................................................................................................229
8.1 Statement of Competency from Consulting Company Completing the ESIA Study. .229
8.2 Technical Documents of the Project...............................................................................231
8.3 Site Maps............................................................................................................................232
8.4 Documents related to Public Participation.....................................................................233
9 REFERENCES......................................................................................................................234
List of Tables
Table 1-1: List of Authors.................................................................................................................25
Table 1-2: Summary of AoIs............................................................................................................27
Table 1-3: ESIA Scoping Report Structure......................................................................................33
Table 2-1: IFC Performance Standards and Applicability to the Project..........................................36
Table 2-2: Environmental Standards................................................................................................39
Table 2-3: Optimize Pillars of Thanmiah’s Resettlement Policy.......................................................44
Table 2-4: Summary of Relevant International Agreements............................................................46
Table 3-1: Coordinates of the Project Site.......................................................................................51
Table 3-2: Transformer Characteristics............................................................................................57
Table 3-3: Gantt Chart for the M4 Solar Park Project Activity Stages.............................................65
Table 4-1: Hard and Soft Constraints...............................................................................................66
Table 4-2: Suitability Score Statistics for the Model Cells Within the Boundary of M4 Site.............71
Table 4-3:Alternative Comparison....................................................................................................72
Table 4-4: Scoring Mechanism for Energy Sources in Tabuk, KSA.................................................78
Table 4-5: Weighted Scores of Different Alternatives......................................................................79
Table 4-6: Comparison of n-type and p-type Solar Panels..............................................................82
Table 4-7: Scoring Comparison of n-type and p-type Solar Panels.................................................83
Table 4-8: Scoring Comparison Bifacial and Monofacial Solar Modules.........................................84
Table 4-9: Scoring Comparison of Cell Sizes..................................................................................85
Table 4-10: Scoring Comparison for Module Mounting Structures..................................................87
Table 4-11: Scoring Comparison for Inverters.................................................................................89
Table 5-1: DAFOR scale selection criteria.......................................................................................92
Table 5-2: Indicative Baseline Air Quality Sampling Location..........................................................92
Table 5-3: NEOM Ambient Air Quality Standards............................................................................94
Table 5-4: Air Quality Sampling / Analysis Parameter List for Baseline Study................................95
Table 5-5: Indicative Baseline Noise Level Measurement Locations...............................................97
Table 5-6: Project Standards for Noise Level (Combination of NCEC and IFC)..............................99
Table 5-7: Noise Level Measurement Specifications for the Baseline Study.................................100
Table 5-8: Indicative Baseline Soil Quality Sampling Locations....................................................101
Table 5-9: Comparison of NCEC Limits and Dutch Standards for Soil Quality (Project Standards)
.......................................................................................................................................................103
Table 5-10: WHO Air Quality Standards in µg/m3 (2021)...............................................................108
Table 5-11: Annual mean exposure, total death rate and excess mortality (with the 95% confidence
intervals in parentheses) [26].........................................................................................................110
Table 5-12: Health Concern Levels According to Air Quality Index Value.....................................110
Table 5-13: List of Plants Species at M4 Site................................................................................127
Table 5-14: Bird Species Recorded at M4 Site..............................................................................133

Table 5-15: Herpetofauna Species Recorded at M4 Site...............................................................134
Table 5-16: Productivity Index of Tabuk.........................................................................................141
Table 5-17: Population by Nationality in Tabuk Region.................................................................142
Table 5-18: Summary of Project Values and Sensitivities.............................................................154
Table 6-1: ENVID Assessment Criteria..........................................................................................159
Table 6-2: Consequence Categories and Criteria..........................................................................160
Table 6-3: Likelihood Categories and Criteria................................................................................161
Table 6-4: Risk and Opportunity Rankings and Associated Management Actions........................162
Table 6-5: Scope Decision for Natural Vegetation Cover (Risk)....................................................164
Table 6-6: Scope Decision for Natural Vegetation Cover (Opportunity)........................................165
Table 6-7: Scope Decision Summary for Air Quality......................................................................167
Table 6-8: Scope Decision Summary for Noise.............................................................................169
Table 6-9: Scope Decision Summary for Water Quality.................................................................172
Table 6-10: Scope Decision Summary for Soil and Sediment Quality...........................................174
Table 6-11: Scope Decision Summary for Biodiversity..................................................................178
Table 6-12: Scope Decision Summary for Community Health and Safety....................................183
Table 6-13: Scope Decision Summary for Landscape and Visual Comfort...................................186
Table 6-14: Scope Decision Summary for Land Use.....................................................................189
Table 6-15: Scope Decision Summary for Waste Generation.......................................................192
Table 6-16: Scope Decision for Economic and Social Aspects (Risk)...........................................196
Table 6-17: Scope Decision Summary for Economic and Social Aspects (Opportunity)...............196
Table 6-18: Scope Decision Summary for Archaeology and Cultural Heritage (Risk)...................199
Table 6-19: Scope Decision Summary for Archaeology and Cultural Heritage (Opportunity).......200
Table 6-20: Scope Decision Summary for Climate and Climate Change (Risk)............................202
Table 6-21: Scope Decision Summary for Climate and Climate Change (Opportunity)................203
Table 6-22: Ecosystem Services Summary...................................................................................204
Table 6-23: Scope Decision Summary for Ecosystem Services....................................................205
Table 6-24: Scope Decision Summary for Human Rights..............................................................206
Table 6-25: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Risks (Early Works and
Construction Stage).......................................................................................................................209
Table 6-26: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Risks (Operation and
Maintenance Stage).......................................................................................................................211
Table 6-27: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Risks (Decommissioning
Stage).............................................................................................................................................215
Table 6-28: Unplanned Events.......................................................................................................216
Table 6-29: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Opportunities (Early Works
and Construction Stage)................................................................................................................217
Table 6-30: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Opportunities (Operation and
Maintenance Stage).......................................................................................................................217
Table 6-31: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Opportunities
(Decommissioning Stage)..............................................................................................................218
Table 6-32: Aspects to be Included in the Cumulative Impact Assessment Study........................220
Table 6-33: Major Renewable Energy and other NEOM Projects..................................................221
Table 7-1: Indicative Structure of the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan..................225
Table 7-2: Structure of F-CESMP & F-OESMP.............................................................................228

List of Figures
Figure 0-1: Locations of M4 Solar Park Project Site and other Tabuk 2 Project Sites.....................14
Figure 0-2: Location of M4 Solar Park Project Site and Tabuk City.................................................15
Figure 0-3: Individual Settlements Within and Close to M4 Project Site..........................................17
Figure 1-1: Locations of M4 Solar Park Project Site and other Tabuk 2 Project Sites.....................22
Figure 1-2: M4 Solar Park Project Site Boundary............................................................................23
Figure 1-3: Area of Influence (AoI) for the Physical Environment for M4 Solar Park.......................29
Figure 1-4: Area of Influence (AoI) for the Biological Environment for M4 Solar Park.....................30
Figure 1-5: Area of Influence (AoI) for the Socio-Economic Environment for M4 Solar Park..........31
Figure 3-1: M4 Solar Park Project Boundary Corner Coordinates...................................................52
Figure 3-2: Views from M4 Solar Park Project Site..........................................................................54
Figure 3-3: Initial Layout Details of M4 Solar Park Project...............................................................56
Figure 3-4: Location of M4 Solar Park Project Site and Tabuk City.................................................64
Figure 4-1: Hard and Soft Constraints in Separate GIS Layers.......................................................67
Figure 4-2: Aggregated 1 km2 gridded ranked suitability layer in Google Earth..............................68
Figure 4-3: Sustainability Model Output...........................................................................................68
Figure 4-4: Model Cell Rankings Within the Boundary of M4 Site...................................................70
Figure 4-5: World Market Share Comparison for Different Solar Panel Types................................83
Figure 5-1: Air Quality Sampling Locations for M4 Project Site.......................................................93
Figure 5-2: Noise Level Measurement Locations for M4 Solar Park Project...................................98
Figure 5-3: Soil Quality Sampling Locations for M4 Project Site....................................................102
Figure 5-4: PM2.5 and PM10 Weather Research and Forecasting Model Output Averaged for 2015–
2016 (Ukhov, Mostamandi, & Silva, 2020).....................................................................................108
Figure 5-5: Model results for NO2 at the surface (ppbv) [26]..........................................................109
Figure 5-6: Model calculated monthly dry deposition of anthropogenic sulphur compounds (SO2/m2)
[26].................................................................................................................................................109
Figure 5-7: Ambient Air Quality According to Tabuk Station..........................................................111
Figure 5-8: Ground Water Wells in the Region..............................................................................114
Figure 5-9: Preliminary Hydrological Analysis Result for the M4 Area...........................................115
Figure 5-10: Conceptual Layout of Resource Recovery and Waste Facility..................................117
Figure 5-11: Geological Map of M4 Project Site............................................................................120
Figure 5-12: Land Use Map...........................................................................................................122
Figure 5-13: Gravel plains with dwarf shrub vegetation.................................................................126
Figure 5-14: Gravel plains with sparse vegetation.........................................................................126
Figure 5-15: Wadis with sandy or gravelly floors, and channelized drainage channels.................127
Figure 5-16: Photographic Records of the Plant Species Observed in M4 Site............................132
Figure 5-17: Bird species recorded at M4 Site...............................................................................134
Figure 5-18: Spiny-tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia)..................................................................135
Figure 5-19: Location of Project Site with Respect to Protected Area Network.............................135
Figure 5-20: Potential Cultural Heritage Site within the M4 Project Area......................................138
Figure 5-21: NEOM’s Climatic Zones.............................................................................................146
Figure 5-22: Zone 3 Daily Minimum, Mean and Maximum Temperature.......................................147
Figure 5-23: Zone 3 Monthly Mean Precipitation...........................................................................147
Figure 5-24: Monthly Wind Rose (1979–2018)..............................................................................148
Figure 5-25: Sensitive Receptors for the Project...........................................................................152
Figure 5-26: Renewable Energy Projects together with other Major NEOM Projects in the Wider
Project Region................................................................................................................................158
Figure 6-1: NEOM ENVID Risk / Opportunity Ranking Matrix.......................................................161
Figure 6-2: NEOM Hierarchy of Environmental and Social Risk and Opportunity Controls...........162

Figure 7-1: Mitigation Hierarchy.....................................................................................................227
Terms
Term Definition
Acceptability Decision process applied at the end of risk and opportunity assessment,
that determines whether a suite of predicted outcomes resulting from a
development are demonstrated to have reached ALARP/AHARP and are
consistent with, and meet NEOM’s Environmental Vision, relevant
legislation and international agreements, guidance, etc.
Activity Planned actions undertaken during a development, construction or
operation that may or may not be a driver for change on environmental or
social values.
As High as Status reached when management or mitigation measures have reduced
Reasonably a predicted outcome to the highest level without incurring unreasonable
Practicable costs for the gains that could be made. Demonstration of AHARP forms
part of the acceptability of a predicted outcome.
As Low as Status reached when management or mitigation measures have reduced
Reasonably a predicted outcome to the lowest level without incurring unreasonable
Practicable costs for the gains that could be made. Demonstration of ALARP forms
part of the acceptability of a predicted outcome.
CO2 equivalent The number of metric tons of CO2 emissions with the same global
warming potential as one metric ton of another greenhouse gas.
Consequence The potential outcome (positive or negative) of an effect on an
environmental or social value prior to management measures being
applied. Can be certain or uncertain depending on the level of risk.
Cumulative Impact Process used to evaluate the combined predicted outcomes on an
Assessment environmental or social value from several unrelated developments.
Driver Interaction between an activity and an environmental or social value, with
the potential to cause a change (directly or indirectly) from the baseline
of the value. Can lead to positive, neutral or negative effects. This is a
neutral term inclusive of positive as well as negative change and thus
includes risk and opportunity.
Early Works Early works includes technical site studies to support asset design, as
well as establishment of support facilities and initial preparatory
groundworks for proposed developments. Under the MEWA MOU,
NEOM can seek fast track approvals to facilitate project schedules to
allow for early works to commence in advance of a full development
environmental approval being issued by MEWA.
Environment The surroundings in which development activities occur, including air,
water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their
interrelationships.
Environmental Change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or
Impact partially resulting from an organization's interactions with the
environment.
Hazard Substance, activity, structure or event that has the potential to do harm to
environmental or social values.

Term Definition
Likelihood The chances of a risk or opportunity happening.
Management Mechanism devised and applied to eliminate a hazard or reduce the level
Measure (or of risk of a hazard from causing harm. Can also be applied to increase
Control Measure) the chances of an opportunity from being realized or succeeding.
Mitigation A mechanism used to respond to an event that has occurred with the
intent to reduce the negative outcomes or increase the positive
outcomes.
Opportunity The effect of uncertainty on an expected (positive) result (opposite of
risk).
Predicted The combined consequence of a risk or opportunity for a given value,
Outcomes after management measures have been accounted for.
Regenerative A development that regenerates its natural, physical, social and
Development economic capitals to a state beyond sustainability. The terminology
implies a state of net positive impact at a future state and requires a
holistic approach to nature, implementing systems thinking and true cost
accounting i.e., ecosystems services accounting.
Risk The effect of uncertainty on an expected (negative) result. The result is
generally the outcome of a hazard against the likelihood.
Value Environmental or social phenomenon with perceived or inherent value as
defined through legislation, guidance, treaties, social norms etc. Values
span marine, terrestrial and atmospheric biomes, and include, as a small
suite of examples: geologic features; individual plants or animals;
species; genetic diversity; habitats; water quality; air quality; ecological
processes; people; buildings; infrastructure, and business, etc.

Abbreviations and Acronyms
Term Definition
AC Alternating Current
AHARP As High as Reasonably Practicable
ALARP As Low as Reasonably Practicable
AoI Area of Influence
AQI Air Quality Index
ASY Assystem
CHA Critical Habitat Assessment
CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild
Fauna and Flora and Subsequent Amendments
CMS Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species
CO Carbon monoxide
CO2 Carbon dioxide
DAFOR Dominant, Abundant, Frequent, Occasional, Rare
DC Direct Current
DOPA Digital Observatory for Protected Areas
E&S Environmental & Social
EAAA Ecological Appropriate Area of Assessment
EBRD European Bank for Reconstruction and Development
EHS Environmental, Health and Safety
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMF Electromagnetic Fields
EMS Environmental Management System
EN Endangered
ENVID Environmental [including Social for NEOM] Impact Identification
EPs Equator Principles
ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan
ESRI Environmental Systems Research Institute
FAO Food and Agriculture Organization
F-CESMP Framework Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan
F-OESMP Framework Operation Environmental and Social Management Plan
GACA General Authority of Civil Aviation
GAMEP General Authority of Meteorology and Environmental Protection

Term Definition
GER General Environmental Regulations
GHGs Greenhouse Gases
GHI Global Horizontal Irradiance
GIIP Good International Industrial Practices
GIS Geographic Information System
H&S Health and Safety
H2S Hydrogen sulfide
HCFCs Hydrochlorofluorocarbons
HCP High Conservation Priority
HFCs Hydrofluorocarbons
HSE Health, Safety and Environment
IFC International Finance Corporation
ILO International Labour Organization
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ITRPV International Technology Roadmap for Photovoltaic
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
KPIs Key Performance Indicators
KSA Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
LC Least Concern
LCAs Landscape Character Areas
LID Light-induced Degradation
LV Low Voltage
MEWA Ministry of Environment Water and Agriculture
MPPT Maximum Power Point Tracking
MV Medium Voltage
NCEC National Center for Environmental Compliance
NDC Nationally Determined Contribution
NCM National Center of Meteorology
NO2 Nitrogen dioxide
NOX Nitrogen oxides
O3 Ozone
OHSAS Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series
PCBs Polychlorinated biphenyls

Term Definition
PERSGA Program for the Environment of the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden
PM Particulate Matter
PSs Performance Standards
PV Photovoltaic
RCP Representative Concentration Pathway
RDMS Regenerative Development System
RMO Resettlement Management Office
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SDGs Sustainable Development Goals
SEA Strategic Environmental Assessment
SF6 Sulphur hexafluoride
SIRC Saudi Investment Recycling Company
SO2 Sulphur Dioxide
STP Sewage Treatment Plant
Tadweer National Environmental Recycling Company
UNCCD United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification
UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
UNITCO Yanbu United Company
USA United States of America
USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers
WASCO Waste Collection and Recycling Co.
WBG World Bank Group
WD-OECM World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation
Measures
WDPA World Database on Protected Areas
WERA Water and Electricity Regulatory Authority
WHO World Health Organization

y
Executive Summary
Background
M5M4 Solar Park, a key component of NEOM’s shift towards a 100% renewable energy
system, is designed as a utility-type solar park, contributing significantly to ENOWA and
Saudi Vision 2030 objectives. Functioning as a large-scale solar farm, it harnesses solar
panels to convert sunlight into electricity, aligning with clean energy goals. As part of the
broader Tabuk 2 Solar Power Plants Project, it collaborates with six (6) additional solar parks
in the Tabuk Area, emphasizing NEOM’s commitment to sustainable energy. Situated within
the NEOM boundary, the project plays a vital role in addressing climate change challenges
through the adoption of renewable and clean energy solutions.
Site and Location
The M5M4 Solar Park Project Site, which is planned to have an installed capacity of
approximately 4.612.14 GW as per the preliminary design, is located approximately 3520 km
east of Tabuk City covering an area of 79.4325.77 km2. It is located outside of the NEOM
boundaries Highway 15 runs parallel to the southern boundary of the Project Area with a
distance of 38 km, connecting Tabuk to Jordan. It should be noted that the capacity may
change after the advance design studies, and the final figure will be included in the
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Report. Detailed information on project
background and description are presented in Section 1 of this Scoping Report.
Activities and Facilities
M5M4 Solar Park Project will consist of multiple PV modules, mounted on trackers, which
absorb sunlight and convert it into DC electricity. The generated electricity will then be
converted into AC through inverters and fed into the utility grid.
Project will comprise 7,3123,397,176 PV modules. These are likely to be N-type mono-
crystalline bifacial modules with dual glass (610-630W). It should be noted that the design
parameters will be updated with the advance design and the final information will be included
in the ESIA Report.
Within the scope of the Project, access roads / tracks, PV panels, substations, inverter
stations and transformers will be constructed within the Project Site. Furthermore,
associated landside works (for the cables) will take place.
Associated Facilities
M5M4 project encompasses associated facilities such as overhead transmission lines,
access roads, and accommodation facilities.
The overhead transmission lines are crucial for connecting the solar park to the local grid,
will be constructed as part of another project.
The proximity to the Highway 15 and secondary roads eliminates the need for a major
access road. Temporary access roads within the site may be opened as needed. Further
and more accurate information on the access roads will be provided in the ESIA Report.
During the construction phase, a workforce of up to 1,600000 individuals will be engaged.
The accommodation facilities for the construction workers are planned to be located outside
the Project Area. The workforce for this project is planned to be at Tabuk City, which is
approximately 3520 km west and 30 minutes transit time away.

y

Figure 0-1: Locations of M5M4 Solar Park Project Site and other Tabuk 2 Project Sites

y

Figure 0-2: Location of M5M4 Solar Park Project Site and Tabuk City

y
Baseline Conditions
During the In April 2023, a comprehensive site reconnaissance and ecological survey, were
conducted at the M4 Project Area with the aim of selecting sampling and monitoring
locations. Accordingly, after selection of the locations and their approval by ENOWA, the
environmental baseline survey was conducted at the end of the October. During the survey,
significant agricultural activity was observed both within and in the immediate vicinity of the
M5M4 Site., mainly on the south of the boundary. Furthermore, associated with the
agricultural activity, 3 (three)there are greenhouses observed approximately 7 km southwest
of the site. During the site visit, it was observed that there are few individual settlements
were observed near the agricultural areas. Some of those individual settlements observed to
be inhabited, while others were abandonedwestern and southwestern border of the project
site (see Figure 0-3).
Furthermore, in December 2023, a comprehensive site reconnaissance, ecological survey
and archeological survey were conducted at the M4 Project Area. During the survey, it was
observed that the area has a landscape similar to an old lake bed, with sandstone natural
rock structure. Evidence of Bedouin culture, like camel hair tents and camel-raising
structures, was discovered. Despite initial suspicions, a supposed archaeological site turned
out to be shaped by natural desert features, with no archaeological findings. Surrounding the
area are modern agricultural fields growing olives, clover, and vegetables, with livestock
farming, including camel breeding, being common.
This site has centre-pivot irrigation fields in the around its wider vicinity. (within 20 km
radius). There are two circular farm areas having a maximum diameter of approximately
500900 m at the western side of site.
An electricity transmission line (overhead line) passes within the site, in a west-
northeastnorthwest-southeast direction. Accordingly, the 200 km buffer zone around
them has been considered in the design studies.
Furthermore, there exists Camel Race Track Tabuk outside the site and close to the
southeast border. Associated with the race track, a large settlement constituting camel barns
is also situated close to the southeast border.
A total of 26 flora species were recorded during the survey, which belongs to 15 families.
The Families Amaranthaceae and Brassicaceae were found to be the most common with
four (4) species each. None of the plant species recorded during the survey are considered
Threatened with regards to IUCN Red List and HCP. None of the plant species documented
during the survey are presently classified under the categories of Critically Endangered
(CR), Endangered (EN), or Vulnerable (VU) within the IUCN Threatened Categories or HCP.
No Mammal species were recorded at M4 Site during the walkover surveys and camera trap
deployment.
A total of seven (7) bird species belonging to four (4) orders were recorded during the
surveys. None of the species recorded during survey are considered Threatened except for
Western Marsh Harrier (Circus aeruginosus), which is Near Threatened according to
Regional IUCN Red List and none of the species is showing Decreasing trends across the
Arabian Peninsula according to Regional IUCN.
Spiny-tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia) was recorded from this site, and it is considered as
Threatened according to IUCN Red List and HCP.
In the Project area, no endemic or invasive flora, mammals, herpetofauna , avifauna species
were observed.

Potential archaeological features have been identified within the Project Area during desktop
study. An archaeological survey will be conducted in December 2023 and relevant
information will be updated after in the ESIA Report after the completion of the survey.
Within the Project Area and near vicinity, no archaeological traces were encountered during
the field survey within the M4 Area. Given the high value of the area, there exists the
possibility of unknown or buried resources being present on the site. In light of this and to
align with the requirements of IFC PS8 to mitigate potential disruptions and ensure the
preservation of valuable insights into the area's past, a chance find procedure will be
implemented to safeguard any discoveries and ensure their preservation.
Furthermore, to ensure that baseline conditions are identified an environmental baseline
survey has been conducted and completed in late October 2023. The results of the baseline
studies will be examined and evaluated in detail in the ESIA Report. Within the scope of the
survey; soil quality sampling, air quality sampling / monitoring, noise level measurement and
ground water sampling has been conducted. Since no surface water body was encountered,
no surface water sampling could be conducted. It should be noted that, at the preparation
period of this Scoping Report, the baseline survey had just been completed and laboratory
analysis results were not yet received.

y
Figure 0-3: Individual Settlements Within and Close to M5M4 Project Site

y
Legislative Framework and the Scoping Process

It is anticipated that the M5M4 Solar Park Project will be classified as Category III by NCEC,
which requires an EIA1 study. Accordingly, Article 8 of the “Regulation on Environmental
permits to establish and operate activities” issued by Royal Decree No. M/165, dated
19/11/1441 Hijri, stipulates the following:
“…First: EIA Scoping Report:
(1) The permit applicant shall, through a service provider licensed by the Center, shall
prepare and submit to the Center an EIA Scoping Report in accordance with the
report structure and information specified in Annex 3 of this Regulation. …”
This Scoping Report is, therefore, prepared by Assystem and Ali Alharbi Engineering
Consultancy Company (NCEC license number 4135, with date 1444/3/14) in accordance
with the above-mentioned requirements of the relevant Regulation.
Scope Decisions
The scoping phase serves to pinpoint crucial environmental and social issues arising from
project activities, ensuring a focused impact assessment. By identifying and eliminating less
significant concerns, it optimizes the allocation of time and resources in subsequent phases.
The ESIA scope is crafted from existing project information, prior studies, and a site
reconnaissance survey, aligning it with comprehensive insights to streamline the
assessment process efficiently. Details of the scope decisions for each topic are presented
in Section 5.
Main Impacts Associated with the Project (Risks and Opportunities)
According to the preliminary impact assessment that has been carried out, the most
significant risks and opportunities that were identified are summarized in this part of the
Report.
Dust Emission Risk in Early Works and Construction Stage
Emissions of air pollutants from fossil fuel burning by construction vehicles, equipment, plant
and machinery may result in deterioration of air quality. Furthermore, NOx, SO2, and CO
areGHG is expected to be emitted due to the use of construction equipment and tools. The
risk in relation to those is identified as scoped in.
Fugitive dust emissions from construction, stockpiling of materials and movement of vehicles
on paved and unpaved roads are expected to result in deterioration of air quality.
Considering the sandy nature of the area the consequence of the impact is considered
scoped in.
Emissions from the used vehicles will be assessed with quantitative modelling approach (via
AERMOD), considering the potential impact of dust and construction equipment exhaust
emissions on air quality. This approach will also consider the potential presence of camps
and offices within the AoI, as they serve as sensitive receptors.
Flood Risk
1
The legislation uses the “Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)” terminology with no explicit requirement for
social impact assessment of development projects. On the other hand, due to NEOM’s commitment to meeting
International Finance Corporation (IFC) Environmental and Social Sustainability Performance Standards (PSs),
an ESIA study will be conducted, where relevant social issues will also be assessed.

As mentioned, dry wadi channels and gravel plains were observed at the site despite the
lack of encountered water bodies. This suggests that the area experiences water flow after
heavy rainfall periods. The hydrological modeling study, to be conducted, will provide a more
in-depth understanding of the site-specific conditions, and therefore, the associated risk is
considered as scoped in for further investigation.
Habitat Loss and Fragmentation Risk
Solar power plants typically require large areas of land for the installation of solar panels or
other solar technologies. This land use change can lead to habitat loss and fragmentation
during construction and operation, which can have negative impacts on local flora and fauna.
The associated risk is, therefore, considered as scoped in.
Bird Collision Risk with Thethe Overhead Transmission Line
The presence of overhead transmission line will likely result in impacts to migratory soaring
birds (and to a certain extent non-soaring birds) will pose risks of collisions and
electrocution. The assessment of the Site using the Soaring Bird Sensitivity Map Tool
indicated a sensitivity rating of 0.0 in relation to avifauna. The associated risk is considered
as scoped in.
Community Health and Safety (Occupational and Public) Risks
Population influx poses the risk of increased exposure to communicable diseases and
overwhelming public services. The threat of injuries or fatalities from traffic accidents has
significant implications for community health and safety, straining healthcare facilities and
emergency services. Inappropriate worker behavior can result in negative social
consequences and conflicts with local communities, including gender-based violence and
harassment. Substandard labor conditions, like overcrowded accommodations, can
adversely affect workers’ physical and mental health. These risks have been scoped in for
thorough evaluation and mitigation.
Working in Weather Extremes Risk
Worker health and safety face complex challenges from weather extremes and natural
hazards, blending technical and sociological aspects. In Saudi Arabia, the summertime
climate poses significant health risks without stringent government-recommended measures.
Beyond immediate well-being, inadequate responses to extreme conditions, like heatwaves,
create a sense of vulnerability in the workforce. The risk is scoped in for in-depth
assessment, acknowledging its ripple effect on the worker population and emphasizing the
need for comprehensive measures to ensure worker resilience and security.
Increased Employment Opportunities
The project offers substantial economic and social benefits through increased employment
opportunities for both the local community and skilled workers from broader regions. With
plans to hire around 800 staff, prioritizing recruitment from Tabuk Province and Saudi Arabia
aligns with Saudization goals. Enhanced employment opportunities positively impact local
communities, improving their livelihoods and overall quality of life. This aspect is scoped in
for efficient management of recruitment and employment processes, ensuring mutual
benefit.
Inappropriate Disposal Risk of Spent / Broken PV Cells
The disposal of photovoltaic (PV) cells presents significant challenges due to the large
quantity of PV modules and limited recycling and disposal facilities, particularly in regions
like Saudi Arabia. These panels contain hazardous materials like cadmium, indium,
selenium, lead, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, which, if mishandled, can pose risks

to the environment and human health. Cadmium, for example, is toxic and can contaminate
soil and water. Lead, found in older solar panels, is highly toxic and can harm both people
and the environment.
To address this, the risk related to PV cell disposal is scoped in, aiming to develop a
tailored PV Waste Disposal Plan to minimize environmental and health impacts and
transform the challenge into an opportunity for NEOM.
Increased Employment Opportunities
The project offers substantial economic and social benefits through increased employment
opportunities for both the local community and skilled workers from broader regions. With
plans to hire around 1000 staff, prioritizing recruitment from Tabuk Province and Saudi
Arabia aligns with Saudization goals. Enhanced employment opportunities positively impact
local communities, improving their livelihoods and overall quality of life. This aspect is
scoped in for efficient management of recruitment and employment processes, ensuring
mutual benefit.
Low Carbon Power Generation Opportunity
Low carbon power generation encompasses the entire lifecycle of solar panels, from
production to disposal. When examining the project’s carbon footprint, it is crucial to account
for the emissions associated with manufacturing, transportation, installation, and eventual
recycling or disposal of solar panels. GHG emissions for manufacturing of solar panels
considers all emissions from when it is produced until delivery to the site. The project
focuses on adopting sustainable manufacturing practices to minimize GHG emissions during
the production of solar panels. This approach seeks to offset emissions during the initial
years of operation.
Therefore, the opportunity for low carbon power generation, considering the entire life cycle
of solar panels, is scoped in to maximize its positive environmental and economic impact.
The preliminary analysis and assessment of the potential impacts is presented in Section 6.
Air Quality-related Opportunity
With its renewable energy generation nature, this solar energy project will have positive
impact on the environment by reducing the NO x, SO2, and CO emissions compared to the
case which the same energy amount being produced by conventional methods relying on
fossil fuels. This opportunity is also linked with the and climate change related opportunities
of the Project (scoped in).
Topics Considered Out of Scope
Risk of Odour
Potential odour sources include sanitation facilities, wastewater containment, fuel/lubricant
storage and vehicle movement. As standard management controls are anticipated to keep
the odour related impacts minimal, an odour impact assessment has been scoped out.
Deterioration of Marine Biodiversity Risk
The proposed Project has no pathway for potential impacts on the marine environment due
to its inland location, approximately 110 km from the sea. So, the issue has been scoped
out.
Risk of Decline in Sediment Quality
Similar to marine biodiversity, the proposed Project has no pathway for potential impacts on
sediment quality due to its inland location (scoped out).
Deterioration of Seawater Risk

The Project is located approximately 110 km inland, far away from the sea. Therefore, there
exists no pathway for potential impacts on seawater (scoped out).
Scope Decision Summary
As per the conducted assessment for risks and opportunities under each topic; the following
have been scoped in: natural vegetation cover, air quality, noise, surface and ground water,
soil quality, biodiversity (land), community health and safety (occupational and public),
landscape and visual comfort, land use, waste generation, economic and social aspects
(built assets, traffic & transport, employment, procurement of good and services, community
within or adjacent to the project, labour and working conditions), archaeology and cultural
heritage, ecosystem services and human rights.
Similarly, based on the assessment the following topics have been scoped out: odour,
seawater, sediment quality and biodiversity (marine).

1 Introduction
1.1 General Information on the Study
NEOM is in the northwest of Saudi Arabia on the Red Sea and Gulf of Aqaba coasts. It is a
national ‘giga-project’ supported by the Public Investment Fund of the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia, as a key element in achieving the national Vision 2030.
NEOM’s energy-related vision is to become the world’s most advanced renewable energy
hub and the first at-scale fully renewable electrical system. Accordingly, the energy sector’s
main goals are to:
 Implement a 100% renewable energy system,
 Become a globally leading hub for new energy technology manufacturing,
installation, innovation, and talent, and
 Introduce new clean energy-intensive industries that use low-cost renewable energy.
NEOM’s vision is also in parallel with the global trends where the demand for renewable
energy sources has been steadily increasing as the world recognizes the need to transition
to cleaner and more sustainable alternatives. Solar power has emerged as one of the most
viable options for generating electricity on a large scale, and utility-type solar parks have
gained significant attention.
M5M4 Solar Park Project, which will be among the cornerstones of NEOM’s steps towards a
100% renewable energy system, is planned as utility-type solar park. A utility-type solar
park, also known as a solar farm or solar power plant, is a large-scale installation that utilizes
solar panels to convert sunlight into electrical energy. These parks consist of multiple
photovoltaic (PV) modules or solar panels, often mounted on trackers or fixed structures,
which absorb sunlight and convert it into direct current (DC) electricity. The generated
electricity is then converted into alternating current (AC) through inverters and fed into the
utility grid. Utility-scale solar parks can span several hectares to hundreds square kilometers,
enabling them to generate a significant amount of electricity to meet the growing energy
demands of communities and industries.
M5M4 Solar Park Project will directly contribute to Saudi Arabia’s sustainable vision for the
future of the Kingdom with sustainability at the heart of everything that is being done, from
policy development and investment to planning and infrastructure.
As NEOM will contribute particularly to refocusing the country’s economic development into
green energy and help to transition from the Kingdom’s economic dependence on oil; with
the M5M4 Solar Park Project, NEOM will also get one step closer to becoming the world’s
most advanced renewable energy hub and first at-scale fully renewable electrical system.
The electricity generated at the M5M4 Solar Park will be given to the grid and therefore, the
solar park will supply electricity to the Kingdom, directly contributing to the achievement of
Saudi Vision 2030 goals. Furthermore, due to the renewable and clean energy nature of the
project, steps towards mitigating and adapting to climate change will be taken.
The M5 Solar Park Project Site, which is planned to have an installed capacity of
approximately 4.61 GW as per the preliminary design, is located approximately 35 km east
of Tabuk City covering an area of 65.44 km 2. M5M4 Solar Park Project is part of the larger
Pre-Development of Tabuk 2 Solar Power Plants Project (referred to as Tabuk 2 Project
here after), which includes six (6) more solar parks in the same region (see Figure 1-4).

Furthermore, the M5The M4 Solar Park Project Site, which is planned to have an installed
capacity of approximately 2.14 GW as per the preliminary design, is located approximately
20 km east of Tabuk City covering an area of 25.77 km 2. Furthermore, the M4 Project
Boundary is also displayed in Figure 1- with its distance to Tabuk.

yy

yy
Figure 1-4: Locations of M5M4 Solar Park Project Site and other Tabuk 2 Project Sites

yy

yy

yy
Figure 1-5: M5M4 Solar Park Project Site Boundary

y
1.2 Permit Applicant Information
The permit applicant for this project is NEOM Company, the contact information of which is
provided below:
Name : Martyn Shaw (Acting Director Science, Technology, Assessments and
Regulatory Engagement)
Address : Information Technology and Communications Complex (ITCC)
2nd Floor Building IN-01
Al Nakheel District 12382
P.O. Box 10
Riyadh
11411
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Tel : +966 118 365 999 and +966 055 084 2974
E-mail : martyn.shaw@neom.com
1.3 Service Provider
Assystem and Ali Al-Harbi Engineering Consultancy Company (Assystem Radicon or ASY)
has been appointed by ENOWA to prepare an ESIA for the proposed M5M4 Solar Park
Project within the scope of Pre – Development of Tabuk 2 Solar Power Plants Project.
ASY is a local engineering company, which has operated in the Kingdom for 30 years, with
offices in Riyadh, Al-Khobar, Tabuk and Yanbu. The company serves a wide range of
clients, including public services such as municipalities and ministries, operators, etc. ASY
has been qualified as “Class A” Environmental Consultant by the National Centre for
Environmental Compliance (NCEC).
The contact information of ASY, the service provider who will prepare the ESIA, is presented
below:
Name : Noor-Aldeen ATMEZA
Address : Al Khobar, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Tel : 013 895 4242
Mobile : +966 592 475 798
E-mail : natmeza@assystem.com
National Address : Feras Bid Al Nadhers St. Olaya, Al Khobar 34446, Saudi Arabia
More information on www.assystem.com
The NCEC Certificate of ASY with registration number 4135, as well as the Statement of
Competency are presented in Annex 8.1.
Additionally, the list of authors of this document is presented in Table 1-1.

yy
Table 1-1: List of Authors
Name Organization Role

Hüseyin Bülent
Assystem Environmental Services Director
Kadıoğlu
Çiğdem Cankara Senior Environmental
Assystem
Kadıoğlu Consultant
Anıl Göksel Öser Assystem Biodiversity Expert
Ajaz Environmental
Junaid Shah Ornithologist
Consultants
Ajaz Environmental
Najmuddin Ansari Ecologist
Consultants
Abu Ashique
Ajaz Environmental
Mundayadankandy Junior Ecologist
Consultants
Puthiyapurayil
Project Manager / Technical
Onur Öztuncer Assystem
Director
Kadriye Merve Arslan Assystem Environmental Engineer
Cansu Saygun Assystem Environmental Engineer
Hüsne Merve Kuş Assystem Environmental Engineer
Mohammed Alahslan Assystem Environmental Engineer
Zeynep Leyla Demirçin Assystem Environmental Engineer
GIS Expert / Geological
Damla Tan Assystem
Engineer
Burcu Karadeniz Assystem Sociologist
REGIO Cultural Heritage
Uğur Dağ Archaeologist
Management Consultancy
Yunus Ekim Senior Archaeologist
Serkan Akdemir Senior Archaeologist
Furthermore, for the environmental baseline measurements, a local laboratory accredited by

the NCEC (ALS Arabia and IETL) to perform baseline sampling, measurement and analysis
services has also been involved as subcontractor as part of the ESIA team. The
subcontractor shall act as per their competency under the responsibility of ASY to ensure the
successful delivery of the services. The technical evaluation of the outcomes of the site
surveys and investigations shall be further analyzed by the ASY team. The relevant NCEC
accreditation documents of the laboratory will be included in the ESIA Report.
1.4 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Study
The M5M4 Solar Park Project Site, which is planned to have an installed capacity of
approximately 4.612.14 GW (subject to change after the advance design), is located

yy
approximately 3520 km east of Tabuk City and is located outside of the NEOM boundaries.
M5M4 Solar Park Project is part of the larger Pre-Development of Tabuk 2 Project.
The approach adopted for compiling the ESIA study for the M5M4 Solar Park Project is
consistent with the approach set out by NEOM’s guidelines and the regulatory framework of
the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA). It should be noted that although alignment with the
general approach in IFC PSs for the ESIA will be adopted, this does not imply that the
project is fully compliant with IFC requirements. The justification of the consistency is
presented in Section 2.1.1 of this Scoping Report.
It is anticipated that the M5M4 Solar Park Project will be classified as Category III by NCEC.
Category III ESIAs typically consist of two (2) main phases as the scoping and impact
assessment phase. Establishing the scope of the ESIA is a fundamental stage of the project.
This document, the ESIA Scoping Report, presents the outcomes of the scoping study for
the ESIA process of the M5M4 Solar Park Project.
The impact assessment phase will also be initiated following the approval of this Scoping
Report by the competent authority of the KSA (i.e., NCEC).
1.4.1 Scope of the Study
The scoping phase, presented in this document, provides the terms of reference for the
ESIA process. The primary goal of this phase is to determine the scope and boundaries of
the assessment, including the geographical area to be studied, the relevant environmental
and social factors, and the potential alternatives and mitigation measures to be evaluated.
The scoping phase also highlights the issues that are of relatively low concern. In this way,
the impact assessment phase can focus on the more significant issues, thus optimizing the
use of time and resources.
The definition of the ESIA scope is based on the available project information and previous
studies, already completed in the region, provided by ENOWA, site reconnaissance survey
and ecological survey conducted by ASY team.
The scope of the ESIA can be described in a number of ways, including:
 Project or Physical Scope,
 Spatial Scope,
 Temporal Scope; and
 Technical Scope.
The following sections provide a description of these various elements of the scope of the
M5M4 Solar Park ESIA to be developed.
Physical Scope
The physical/project scope of the impact assessment defines the project extent in terms of
what is to be developed/constructed. In general terms, good practice for impact assessment
would expect all elements which are directly related to the project; and any other elements
which are either a consequence of the project or which the project relies upon will be
included in the impact assessment process.
The IFC approach to impact assessment includes the concept of associated facilities. These
are facilities upon which the project depends upon for its construction or operation. They are
not funded as part of the Project and that would not have been constructed if the Project did
not exist and without which the project would not be viable. Within the context of M5M4 Solar

yy
Park Project, the associated facilities included in the scope are overhead transmission lines,
access roads and accommodation facilities.
The overhead transmission lines are anticipated to be constructed for connection of the
M5M4 Solar Park to the local grid.
The accommodation facilities for the construction workers, on the other hand, are planned to
be located outside the Project Area. Maximum 1,600000 workers (peak workforce) are
anticipated for the construction stage. The workforce for this project is planned to be at
Tabuk City, which is approximately 3520 km west and 30 minutes transit time away.
Accordingly, the physical scope of the M5M4 Solar Park Project is, therefore, considered to
be:
 Early works, including construction of access roads / tracks;

 Construction of the PV panels, substations, inverter stations and transformers within
the Project Site;
 Associated landside works (Excavation of the trenches for laying down the cables
 Construction of associated facilities (i.e., the accommodation facilities and the
overhead transmission lines);
 Operation and maintenance (for cleaning and maintenance of transmission line,
infrastructure and security); and
 Decommissioning.
Spatial Scope
The spatial scope is the area which is included within consideration of the impact
assessment process and referred to as the Area of Influence (AoI). The spatial scope varies
depending on the topic being studied. The total spatial scope of the ESIA is the result of the
sum of all the AoIs from each assessed topic. To address the impacts of other on-going or
planned projects in the area, an AoI for cumulative impact assessment was also identified.
At this stage, the AoIs for different topics are identified as below (see Table 1-2); however, it
should be noted that this is the first evaluation of the AoIs, and the AoI sizes will be revisited
and modified during the ESIA stage, if needed. Since the length and route of the overhead
transmission line (an associated facility, AF) is not known at this stage, it was not considered
in the identification of the below elaborated AoIs. As mentioned, after the receipt of this
information in the ESIA stage, the review of the AoI sizes during the ESIA will also consider
this issue. The recheck of all AoI sizes will be made in line with the NEOM Area of Influence
Guidance (December 2023) during the ESIA stage.
Table 1-2: Summary of AoIs
Topic AoI Justification for AoI Size
Size
AoI for the Physical 35 km The largest AoI under physical environment was identified for soil,
EnvironmentAir buffer landform and land use, and light (3 km). Considering that the
Quality introduced large infrastructure will impact the landscape and be
visible from a distance based on topographical conditions, 3 km
buffer from the Project boundary has been selected for the AoI for
landscape. Similarly, as solar reflection related impacts (glint and
glare) are expected, an AoI of 3 km buffer in relation to light to
assess the possible impacts from the Project. It should be noted
that based on related assessment studies, the AoI size may be
modified during the ESIA stage.

yy

Size
Accordingly, this largest AoI has been taken as the AoI for the
Physical Environment.Preliminary calculations were made for the
construction stage for dust and exhaust emissions. However, the
propagation of these emissions with distance will be an output of
the air quality model.
At this stage, in line with IFC best practice for physical
environment, a buffer of 5 km from the project boundary was
defined for air quality, adopting a conservative approach. During
the ESIA stage, with more data from the air quality model, the AoI
size will be revisited and modified, if necessary.
(For details, see Section 5.2.1.1)
AoI for the 3 km The AoI for Biological Environment has been identified as 3 km
Biological buffer buffer from the Project Boundary. It extends beyond project
EnvironmentWater borders to cover the rocky terrains and center-pivot irrigation
fields that serve as breeding and refuge areas for various
species, including birds, lizards, and bats.No ground water well
was detected within the Project Site and there are center-pivot
agricultural areas (probable well usage) within THE vicinity.
Additionally, ground water will not be abstracted for project
purposes.
By means of surface water, no permanent surface water bodies
are present on the site and the vicinity. However, due to the
presence of dry wadi channels within the Project Area, the
possibility of runoff or flooding has been taken into account, and
the AoI has been determined as 3 km.
With further data that will be obtained from the hydrological study
the AoI size will be revisited and revised during the ESIA stage, if
needed.
(For details, see Section 5.2.1.2)
AoI for the Socio- 60160 Selected as 160 km, to cover the nearest dumpsite in the region
economic km (Al Bada), Construction Waste Segregation and Management
EnvironmentWaste buffer Facility (Sharma), as well as Tabuk City, which is the nearest
significant urban center and designated sensitive receptor. The
identified AoI also covers the planned Regional Resource and
Waste Facility (RRWF) area, which is planned to facilitate the
closure of mentioned existing Sharma, Magna and Al Bada
landfills which are currently operational without any environmental
protection measures.
This AoI was determined based on the logistical considerations of
transporting waste to the mentioned landfills and NEOM’s
planned new facilities.
(For details, see Section 5.2.1.3).The AoI covers Tabuk City,
which is the nearest big city, with large-scale healthcare services,
etc. This also takes into account the planned accommodation of
the workers, the access roads, (i.e., associated facilities) and the
population influx that will affect the mentioned settlements and
Tabuk City.
AoI for the 903 km Includes the planned projects of similar nature in the area, mainly
Cumulative Impact buffer the solar ones and roads to be used for access and material
AssessmentSoil, transport (an associated facility) for those projects.
Landform, Land This also takes into account the planned accommodation of the
Use and Landscape workers (an associated facility), and the population influx that will

yy

Size
affect the mentioned settlements and Tabuk City, due to temporal
overlap of construction of numerous developments in the
region.Considering that the nearest structure where the project
area might be visible is Highway 15, located 8 km away.
However, in the future, roads for accessing the Project Area will
be constructed, and considering the possibility of receptors
emerging in this area and possible change in the landform and
land use, a 3 km buffer from the project boundary will be
considered for the AoI for landscape, landform and land use.
This AoI will be revisited and revised at the ESIA Report
preparation stage after the landscape assessment, considering
the introduced large infrastructure that may impact the landscape
and be visible from a distance based on the topographical
conditions for the AoI for landscape, landform and land use.
(For details, see Section Error: Reference source not found)
AoI for Noise 1.5 km Considering the main noise pollution sources will be during the
construction stage, preliminary calculations were made for AoI
size determination for the construction stage.
Compared with the noise limits applicable to the Project area, the
potential distance where the noise levels will fall below the limits
was calculated and the AoI size was determined as 1.5 km.
With further data that will be obtained from the noise model, the
AoI size will be revisited and revised during the ESIA stage, if
needed.
(For details, see Section 5.2.1.5).
AoI for Light 3.2 km During the operation of the solar power plant, there may be
radiation from the plant. As a preliminary exercise at this Scoping
Report stage, reflected illuminance (lux and lumen) from the solar
park was calculated.
These preliminary calculations show that at 2 km distance from
the Project Area, the visuality on the observer’s eye (either
human or non-human receptor at that part), the Solar Park has
the effect of an overcast day. With increased distances, the
amount of visible light for the receptors will be even less
significant. Therefore, the AoI for light has been identified as 2
km.
With further data from glint and glare studies, this AoI size will be
revisited and revised during the ESIA stage, if needed.
(For details, see Section Error: Reference source not found).
AoI for the 3 km The AoI for Biological Environment has been identified as 3 km
Biological buffer buffer from the Project Boundary. It extends beyond project
Environment borders to cover the rocky terrains that serve as breeding and
refuge areas for various species, including birds, lizards, and
bats.
AoI for the Socio- 40 km The AoI covers Tabuk City, which is the nearest big city, with
economic buffer large-scale healthcare services, etc. This also takes into account
Environment the planned accommodation of the workers, the access roads,
(i.e., associated facilities) and the population influx that will affect
the mentioned settlements and Tabuk City.

yy
In addition to the above, in line with IFC PS1 (Assessment and Management of
Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts), cumulative impacts will also be considered
(see Section for further details). Taking into consideration the other on-going and planned
developments, cumulative impact assessment will consider the planned projects of similar
nature in the area, mainly the solar ones, as well as the roads to be used for access and
material transport. Also, possible worker accommodation areas in Tabuk will be considered.
The accommodation in Tabuk is important as it will be used by the workers from multiple
projects at the same time, creating a population influx in the city.
AoI for the cumulative impact assessment will take into account all solar projects, all projects
close to Tabuk, waste areas for these projects, and transportation roads, which will cover
approximately a buffer of 140 km which is to be revisited during the ESIA preparation stage.
Different maps for AoI for physical, and biological, environment as well as the socio-
economic environments as well as the AoI for cumulative impact assessment are presented
in Figure 1-6 to Figure 1-8.
Further elaboration on the AoI for cumulative impact assessment and the associated map
are presented in Section .

y

y

y
Figure 1-6: Area of Influence (AoI) for the Physical Environment for M5M4 Solar Park

y

y

y
Figure 1-7: Area of Influence (AoI) for the Biological Environment for M5M4 Solar Park

y
Figure 1-8: Area of Influence (AoI) for the Socio-Economic Environment for M5M4 Solar Park

y
Temporal Scope
The temporal scope relates to the time over which the assessment process considers
potential impacts and effects may occur. In general, these are broken into Project related
phases, such as:
 Design;
 Early Works & Construction;
 Commissioning;
 Operation (and Maintenance); and
For the M5M4 Solar Park Project, the following aspects of temporal scope have been
included in the ESIA process:
 Design;
 Early Works & Construction;
 Operation & Maintenance, and
Decommissioning of the overall project is not considered at this stage and, therefore, it has
been excluded as this will only occur at some unspecified time in the future.
Technical Scope
A key part of the scoping process is ensuring that the ESIA process is focused on those
issues which matter, that is impacts created by the project which when acting on a Value
may have significant effects or risks, either through the magnitude of impact or the
sensitivity of the Value (or a combination of these and other factors).
The information and decisions in this ESIA Scoping Report have been based on:
 Initial data review of site information;
 Discussions with the Project team;
 Analysis of the proposed works;
 Existing knowledge of the area;
 Literature review;
 Experience of other similar projects;
 Site reconnaissance survey.
Key aspects to establishing the technical scope for the proposed M5M4 Solar Park Project
ESIA are:
 Workers’ welfare and working conditions during early works & construction and,
operation, and decommissioning stages;
 Impacts on the natural environment, including direct loss of natural features;
 Emissions of air pollution and noise during both the early works & construction and,
operations phasesand decommissioning stages;
 Waste management, particularly during early works & construction and
decommissioning but also during the operation phasestage of the project; and
 Ability to control potential effects through normal and good practice construction and
operational and decommissioning mitigation practices.

y
A preliminary analysis and assessment of the potential impacts by topic, including rationale
for the inclusion or exclusion of topics within the ESIA Report is elaborated in Section 6.2.
1.4.2 Preparation Methodology
As elaborated earlier, this ESIA Scoping Report was prepared in accordance with the
Annex3Annex 3 of the Regulation on Environmental Permits to Establish and Operate
Activities, which provides the report structure and required information to provided.
This report has been submitted with the Category III environmental Classification prepared
for this project.
1.4.3 Structure of the Study
The structure of this Scoping Report is as per Appendix 3 of the Executive Regulation
of Environmental Permits for Establishing and Operating Business Activities outlined in
Table 1-3.
Table 1-3: ESIA Scoping Report Structure
Chapter No. Title Content
Provides a summary of the
Executive Summary
Scoping Phase of the ESIA.
Introductory section providing
general information on the study,
permit application and service
1 Introduction
provider information as well as the
scope and preparation
methodology of the document.
Provides introductory information
Institutional and Regulatory
2 on the study, permit applicant and
Framework of the Study
the service provider information.
Provides a description of the
3 Description of the Activity Project and the key activities to be
undertaken.
Provides a description of the main
alternatives considered
for this Project and the reasons
4 Alternatives to the Activity for rejection or acceptance of the
considered alternative, which is in
alignment with best practice for
ESIA.
Provides information regarding
baseline conditions at each of the
Project locations for the
5 Description of Surroundings environmental (physical and
biological) and social aspects that
are to be included in the scope of
the ESIA.
Provides a preliminary analysis
and assessment of the potential
Impact Identification, Analysis, impacts expected to occur
6
and Assessment throughout the different stages of
the Project.
Also includes an assessment of

y
Chapter No. Title Content

cumulative impacts.
Lists the execution plans that will
7 Plans be developed to support the
implementation of the ESIA.
Constitutes the supporting
8 Annexes
documentation of the ESIA.
1.5 Objectives of the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Scoping Report
The scoping process is a method of informing the ESIA on the likely significant
environmental and social impacts associated with a proposed project. This process, which
describes the steps to be taken, uses the initial environmental and social information as the
starting point for planning the scope of the detailed ESIA Report.
The Scoping Report identifies the existing information, and baseline information that should
be collected and have the potential to reveal information at a very early stage, which could
have an influence on project design. It provides a list of the regulatory framework relevant to
the project and documents the key findings and recommendations for a way forward from
the environmental and social management perspective.
In broad terms, the objectives of this Scoping Report are to:
 Set out the overall approach to the ESIA,
 Identify the policies and regulatory framework relevant to the activity,
 Define the physical, spatial, temporal, and technical scopes of the activity to
clarify the project scope to be covered in the ESIA,
 Identify and discuss the project alternatives,
 Present the need and desirability of the proposed activity,
 Identify the key issues to be addressed in the assessment phase and any topics
that do not need to be assessed (scoped out),
 Define the assessment methodology, to be used for predicting environmental and
social impacts and evaluating their significance,
 IdentifyInclude identification of positive impacts, considering the likely positive
and negative impacts of potential benefits the project, and may bring,
 Set outEvaluate cumulative impacts, acknowledging the combined effects of the
project with other existing or planned activities,
 Consider any associated co-benefits or adverse effects that may arise due to
interactions between different aspects of the project,
 Establish a general approach for mitigation into the proposed activity through the
addition ofintegrating environmental and sustainability measures into the
proposed activity to address both positive and negative impacts.

y
2 Institutional and Regulatory Framework of the Study
2.1 Institutional Framework

The concept of environmental protection is enshrined in Saudi National Policy and
Legislation. Article 32 of the Constitution states:
“The State shall endeavor to preserve, protect and improve the environment and prevent its
pollution.”
Furthermore, the principles of Islam which include consideration of environmental protection
are enshrined within the Saudi legislation and constitution.
There is a wide range of Saudi Ministries or agents having the responsibility of
environmental management of the Kingdom’s resources. These include the Ministry of
Environment Water and Agriculture (MEWA), a relatively newly established Ministry which is
active in developing the Kingdom’s strategies for sustainability of the Kingdom and published
its National Environmental Strategy which is in line with the Saudi Vision 2030.
The MEWA consists of five Centers:
 The National Center for Environmental Compliance (NCEC),
 The National Center for Meteorology (NCM),
 The National Center for Vegetation Cover,
 The National Center for Waste Management, and
 The National Center for Wildlife.
NCEC, as Competent Authority, is responsible for project approvals and other elements of
environmental protection. NCEC is concerned with preserving and protecting the
environment, preserving its resources, and preserving it from deterioration by providing high-
quality services that contribute to raising the level of compliance with environmental
regulations and standards.
Each permit/approval/exemption that will be required for the project from institutions such as
NCEC, General Authority of Civil Aviation (GACA), Water and Electricity Regulatory
Authority (WERA) etc. will be part of the ESIA Report.
2.1.1 International Finance Corporation Performance Standards on Environmental
and Social Sustainability
For impact assessment, the best practice is considered to be aligned with the requirements
of the Equator Principles (Eps), and the application of IFC PSs through them. The
applicability of these standards to the Project is described in the following sections.
The environmental and social risk assessment process to be aligned with the requirements
of Eps in this project will require a formal ESIA to be conducted for the Project. The Eps do
not set out how the ESIA Report shall be produced but rather they state that a national-level
ESIA will meet the Eps requirements in the designated countries with well-developed and
comprehensive environmental regulations and environmental planning approaches which
also include comprehensive ESIA Report. As the KSA is not considered a designated
country, to demonstrate compliance with the Eps, there is a requirement to implement the
IFC Environmental and Social Risk Framework. This includes a full ESIA using the approach
set out in the IFC PS-1 and the application of other PSs where appropriate for the Project
(IFC, 2012).
Table 2-4 provides a summary of the applicability of the IFC PSs related to the Project and
anticipated activities.

y
Table 2-4: IFC Performance Standards and Applicability to the Project

No Title Aim Applicability
PS-1 Assessment and Underscores the Yes
Management of importance of identifying This is the basic ESIA
Environmental and environmental and social requirement of which the ESIA
Social Risks and risks and impacts and report to be developed is a
Impacts managing environmental part.
and social performance
throughout the life of a
project.
PS-2 Labour and Recognizes that the Yes
Working Conditions pursuit of economic Although not a central part of
growth through the ESIA process, the Project
employment creation and shall ensure that the
income generation should requirements of PS-2 are fully
be balanced with the understood and the
protection of basic rights requirements within it are
for workers. passed into the supply chain.
This includes the requirement
for best practices for
Occupational Health and
Safety.
PS-3 Resource Efficiency Recognizes that increased Yes
and Pollution industrial activity and Applicable to environmental
Prevention urbanization often and social aspects associated
generate higher levels of with the supply of materials,
air, water and land transportation, construction
pollution and that there activities, as well as emissions
are efficiency and waste management
opportunities. included in the ESIA scope.
PS-4 Community Health, Addresses the Yes
Safety, and Security responsibility to avoid or Applicable to community
minimize the risks and health, safety and security
impacts to community aspects associated with land
health, safety, and preparation, construction and
security that may arise operation activities included in
from project-related the ESIA scope.
activities, with particular
attention to vulnerable
groups.
PS-5 Land Acquisition Applies to physical or No
and Involuntary economic displacement Within the context of NEOM
Resettlement resulting from land and in line with NEOM
transactions such as Technical Guideline – NEOM-
expropriation or NEV-TGD-601-05.00-
negotiated settlements. TMP01_ESIA Cat III Template
& Guideline, PS-5 related land
acquisition, restrictions on
land use and involuntary
resettlement will not be part of
the ESIA to be conducted as it

y
No Title Aim Applicability

has been assessed elsewhere
by NEOM itself.
PS-6 Biodiversity Promotes the protection of Yes
Conservation and biodiversity and the Applicable to the
Sustainable sustainable management establishment of the baseline
Management of and use of natural conditions and assessment of
Living Natural resources. likely impacts on the flora and
Resources fauna species due to project
activities.
PS-7 Indigenous Peoples Aims to ensure that the No
development process Within the context of NEOM
fosters full respect for and in line with NEOM
indigenous people. Technical Guideline – NEOM-
NEV-TGD-601-05.00-
TMP01_ESIA Cat III Template
& Guideline, this PS does not
apply because there are no
indigenous peoples, as
defined by the PS, found
within the NEOM Project Area
of Influence.
PS-8 Cultural Heritage Aims to ensure that the Yes
development process Since the Project Area is
protects cultural heritage located outside of the NEOM
in boundaries, an archaeological
the course of project investigation has not been
activities. carried out by NEOM.
Additionally, within the scope
of this project, ASY also
conducted an archaeological
survey.
The registered sites in the
area are known, and none is
located within the project
boundaries.
However, mitigationAccording
to the archaeological survey,
no archaeological or historical
site is present inside or near
the Project Area.
Mitigation measures to ensure
worker awareness of
archaeology and an
‘Archaeology Chance Finds
Protocol’ are to be duly
implemented during the works
2.1.2 NEOM Regenerative Development Management System

NEOM has developed its Regenerative Development Management System (RDMS), which
includes requirements for comprehensive, rigorous, evidence driven, and risk based
environmental and social impact assessment. The following RDMS documents are relevant
and applicable to the project:

y
 NEOM Environmental Codes of Practice for Construction (NEOM-NEV-TGD-702),

 Environmental and Social Risk Management Training and Awareness Program
(NEOM-NEV-TRP-801),
 Environmental Communications Procedure (NEOM-NEV-PRC-708),
 Environmental Management of Change Procedure (NEOM-NEV-PRC-702),
 Environmental and Social Compliance Assurance Standard (NEOM-NEV-TGD-701),
 Environmental and Social Risk and Opportunity Assessment Procedure (NEOM-
NEV-PRC-601),
 Incident Identification, Investigation and Reporting Procedure (NEOM-NEV-PRC-
704),
 NEOM Environmental Management System (EMS) Template and Guidance (NEOM-
NEV-TGD-703).
2.2 Regulatory Framework
2.2.1 National Laws, Regulations, Standards, and Requirements
2.2.1.1 Environmental Law
In July 2020, the Environmental Law (Royal Decree 165 of 19/11/1441H) was published
which consolidated and superseded much of the existing national legislation into a single
regulation. The Environmental Law came into force on 17th January 2021.
The Environmental Law has designated the MEWA to achieve the objectives of the Law by:
 Preparing national strategies for the environment sector,
 Preparing studies with a national and strategic dimension for the environment sector,
 Representing the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA)KSA in regional and international
bodies, organizations and forums,
 Putting incentives to improve environmental performance, stimulate the transition to
environmentally friendly technologies, and use the best available technologies,
 Raising the level of environmental awareness, and encouraging social participation,
to enhance environmental protection,
 Working to enhance the participation of the private sector in order to find job and
investment opportunities in the environmental sector, and raise the level and quality
of environmental services, and
 Publishing indicators and reports related to environmental quality.
As part of the Environmental Law, “Regulation on Environmental Permits to Establish and
Operate Activities” issued by Royal Decree No. M/165 of 10 July 2020 that entered into force
on 13 January 2021, will be followed during the study. This regulation comprises the
following:
 Article (1) – Definitions,
 Article (2) – Scope of Application,
 Article (3) – Center’s Scope of Work on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA2),
 Article (4) – Classification of Activities according to Environmental Impact,
 Article (5) – Environmental Classification Form for Activities,
 Article (6) – Environmental permits for construction and operation,
 Article (7) – Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for Category II Activities,
 Article (8) – Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for Category III Activities,
2
The legislation uses the “Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)” terminology with no explicit requirement for
social impact assessment of development projects. On the other hand, due to NEOM’s commitment to meeting
International Finance Corporation (IFC) Environmental and Social Sustainability Performance Standards (PSs),
an Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study will be conducted, where relevant social issues
will also be assessed.

y
 Article (9) – General Provisions,

 Article (10) – The right to object to the Center’s Decisions related to Environmental
Permits, and
 Article (11) – Detection of Violations and Enforcement of Penalties.
In addition, the Regulation describes templates for the following in its annexes:
 Annex (1) – Environmental Classification Application Form,
 Annex (2) – EIA Study Structure & Content Form for Category II Activities,
 Annex (3) – EIA Study Scoping Report Structure & Content Form for Category III
Activities, and
 Annex (4) – EIA Study Structure & Content Form for Category III Activities.
In compliance with the mentioned Regulation, this Scoping Report and the subsequent ESIA
for the M5M4 Solar Park Project shall be submitted tofor review and approval of the
Competent Authority (i.e., NCEC).
Environmental Standards
In 2012 – 2014, GAMEP (General Authority of Meteorology and Environmental Protection,
the environmental authority replaced by NCEC and others) published several Standards for
the environment in terms of General Environmental Regulations (GER), and some of these
were updated in 2021.
These standards were published in scope of the executive regulations which are put into
implementation in July 2023. Under the Environmental Law issued by the Royal Decree No.
(M/165), dated 19/11/1441 Hijri. These are summarized in Table 2-5.
Table 2-5: Environmental Standards
Regulation – Standard
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law on Air Quality
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law on Ozone-Depleting Substances and HFCs
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law for Noise
Executive Regulations for Water Quality
Mobile Source Emissions
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law for Prevention and Remediation of Soil Pollution
Prevention of Major Accidents
Thermal Treatment and Incineration – Design and Operation
Drinking Water Quality
Executive Regulation for the Protection of Aqueous Media from Pollution
Biological Treatment Design and Operation
Executive Regulation for Waste Management System
Material Recovery and Recycling of Waste
Industrial and Municipal Wastewater Discharges
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law to Control Violations and Impose Penalties
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law Covering Fees for Licenses, Permits and
Environmental Services
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law for Environmental Rehabilitation of Degraded Sites
and Remediation of Contaminated Sites

y
Regulation – Standard
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law to Protect Water Resources from Pollution
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law to Control Environmental Compliance
Executive Regulations of Environmental for Management of the Marine and Coastal Environment
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law for Protected Areas
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law regarding Trade in Wild Organisms, their Products
and Derivatives
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law regarding Hunting of Wild Species
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law regarding Logging Violations
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law on Developing Vegetation Cover and Combating
Desertification
Executive Regulations for Environmental Inspection and Auditing
Executive Regulations of Environmental Law for Establishing and Operating Business Activities
* In case any standard is not yet updated, the standards as published by GAMEP remain valid
As a basic minimum these standards will apply to the overall M5M4 Solar Park Project.
National standards and regulations are summarized below:
National Ambient Soil Quality Standards
The relevant legislation on the ambient air quality in the KSA is the “Executive Regulation for
the Prevention and Remediation of Soil Pollution (For the Environmental Law issued by the
Royal Decree No. (M/165), dated 19/11/1441 Hijri)”.
According to Article 4 of this regulation, soil protection standards are specified in Appendix 1
of this Executive Regulation based on the classification of soil particles’ size (coarse and soft
soil) and the types of land use. These standards represent the pollution levels of the soil
above which sites are considered to have polluted soil.
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
The relevant legislation on the ambient air quality in the KSA is “Executive Regulation for Air
Quality for the Environmental Law issued by Royal Decree No. (M/165) dated 19/11/1441
Hijri”. The regulation addresses the tasks which are undertaken by the NCEC. It covers
ambient air quality standards and a tracking/monitoring program that shall be developed and
implemented by the NCEC.
Air quality standards (i.e., the maximum allowable limits or percentages of pollutants or
emissions to ensure the quality of environmental media for primary pollutants) are indicated
in this regulation.
National Noise Standards
The relevant legislation for noise is the Executive Regulation for the Environmental Law
issued by the Royal Decree M/165, dated 19/11/1441 Hijri.
NCEC classifies the applicable noise level according to four (4) categories for residential
areas. Additionally, NCEC also sets standards for roadsides and industrial areas. For
roadsides and industrial zones, daytime and night-time levels are specified.
National Ground Water Quality Standards

y
NCEC has ambient ground water quality objectives and water quality requirements, which
are outlined by the Ministry of Environment, Water, and Agriculture. Accordingly, the NCEC
quality standards constitute parameters for chemical indicators and nutrients, heavy metals,
and organics and inorganics.
National Surface Water Quality Standards
The provisions of “Executive Regulation for the Protection of Aqueous Media from Pollution
issued by Royal Decree No. (M/165) dated 19/11/1441 Hijri” apply to all activities and the
relevant responsible persons affecting aqueous media within the territory of the KSA. The
regulation defines the responsibilities of the NCEC, ambient water quality standards,
prohibitions, standards for treated wastewater, operational controls for emergencies,
license/permit issues, and penalties to be imposed on the violators in case of violations.
The regulation identifies water bodies and classifies them as ground water, surface water,
and coastal water.
National Treated Wastewater Quality Standards
The provisions of “Executive Regulations of Law of Treated Sewage Water and its Reuse
Thereof” is concerned with the technical controls and conditions for sewage water, its
treatment and reuse in accordance with Article 5 of Cabinet Resolution No. 42 dated
11/2/1421 HD and Article 32 of Law of the Treated Sewage Water and its Reuse Thereof,
and the Royal Decree No. 7/b/302194 dated 4/7/1424 HD.
The regulation identifies the treated wastewater quality standards.
National Legislation Regarding Ecological Environment
The following pieces of legislation regulate different aspects of the ecological environment:
 Executive Regulation for Sustainable Management of the Marine and Coastal

Environment for the Environmental Law issued by the Royal Decree No. (M/165)
dated 19/11/1441 Hijri,
 Executive Regulation for the Protected Areas for the Environmental Law issued by
the Royal Decree No. (M/165) dated 19/11/1441 Hijri,
 Executive Regulation for Vegetation Cover Development and Combating
Desertification for the Environmental Law issued by the Royal Decree No. (M/165)
dated 19/11/1441 Hijri,
 Executive Regulation for Logging for the Environmental Law issued by the Royal
Decree No. (M/165) dated 19/11/1441 Hijri, and
 Executive Regulation for Hunting Terrestrial Wildlife Species for the Environmental
Law issued by the Royal Decree No. (M/165) dated 19/11/1441 Hijri.
In accordance with Article 10 of the Environmental Law and its Executive Regulation for
Vegetation Cover Development and Combating Desertification, any individual or entity
undertaking activities related to the allocation or utilization of vegetation cover lands,
including the construction of public utilities, extraction of natural resources, establishment of
housing or development plans, and exploitation of water sources affecting vegetation cover,
must obtain the necessary license, permit, or approval from the National Center for
Vegetation Cover and Combating Desertification. Financial dues must be settled prior to the
issuance of the license or permit, except for investment licenses where dues are determined
by the investment contract.
ItAlthough additional permitting for tree or shrub removal is not stated in aforementioned
regulations, it should be noted that NEOM is committed to meeting the International Finance

y
Corporation (IFC) Environmental and Social Sustainability Performance Standards (IFC

PSs). Therefore, besides the national standards, NEOM’s standards, which are also in line
with IFC standards and best practice, will also be complied with in relation to assessment of
baseline survey results within the scope of the ESIA study.
2.2.1.2 Saudi Labour Law
Saudi Labour law, governed by Royal Decree No. M / 51 (23 Sha’ban 1426 / 27th
September 2005), includes terms and conditions of employment in Saudi Arabia required by
employers and includes details of worker rights. The Ministry of Labour approved
amendments to the Labour Law on 5 th April 2015 (Resolution No. 258), which was first
published in the official gazette on 24th April 2015.
Currently, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development is the governing
ministry in Saudi Arabia responsible for providing development, support and protection for
the Kingdom’s community at large. It was established after the merging of the Ministry of
Labour and Social Development with Ministry of Civil Service. Furthermore, the Kingdom
established the Human Rights Commission, via Cabinet Resolution No. 207 of 8 Shaban
1426H (12th September 2005).
The Human Rights Commission aims to protect and promote human rights in accordance
with international standards. Section 26 of the Basic Law of Governance states the
Government is responsible for protecting human rights in accordance with the Shari’a Law
that governs the country.
2.2.2 Regional Laws, Regulations, Standards and Requirements
KSA is a member of a key regional convention relating to the protection of the Red Sea and
its biodiversity. The Program for the Environment of the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden
(PERSGA) was commenced in 1974. The intent to protect the marine environment in these
areas was formalized through the development of The Regional Convention for the
Conservation of the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Environment, generally referred to as the
Jeddah Convention. The convention is aimed at protecting the Red Sea, Gulf of Aden and
Gulf of Aqaba.
The Jeddah Convention was signed by member states in 1982 and has subsequently
developed a number of protocols for the protection of the marine waters within these areas.
This includes the Protocol Concerning the Conservation of Biological Diversity and the
Establishment of Network of Protected Areas in the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden which was
signed in 2005 (PERSGA, 2004). Parties to the Jeddah Convention, in addition to KSA are
Djibouti, Egypt, Jordan, Somalia, Sudan and Yemen.
The Convention Is legally binding on parties and establishes a framework for protection and
procedures within which parties are required to develop their own legislation, protected
areas etc. to ensure that the intent of the Jeddah Convention is met.
The Biodiversity Protocol includes specific provisions for the protection of species and
biomes, and specifically mentions seagrass, corals and mangroves as requiring protection
from harm both from marine based developments and activities and land-based discharges
into the marine waters.
The Convention on the Conservation of Wildlife and their Natural Habitats in the Gulf
Cooperation Council is a regional agreement aimed at preserving and protecting the
biodiversity and ecosystems of the Gulf region. The Gulf Cooperation Council includes six
member states: Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Kuwait, Qatar, Bahrain, and Oman.

y
The convention outlines principles for conservation, management, and sustainable use of
wildlife resources. It encourages the member states to develop and implement national
strategies, action plans, and legislation to achieve the Convention’s objectives. Furthermore,
it emphasizes the importance of collaboration and information exchange among member
states to ensure effective conservation practices.
Overall, the Convention on the Conservation of Wildlife and Their Natural Habitats in the
Gulf Cooperation Council reflects the collective commitment of the member states to
address the unique conservation challenges of the Gulf region and to ensure the long-term
survival of its diverse wildlife and ecosystems.
Law of Eminent Domain and Temporary Taking of Property

In the KSA, the process of land acquisition is governed by Article 1 and Article 2 of the Law
of Eminent Domain and Temporary Taking of Property, delineating the legal framework for
the exercise of eminent domain and the temporary taking of property for public use.
“Article 1: Ministries, government agencies, and other public corporate entities may
take private property for public use upon payment of just compensation, after
establishing the non-availability of state-owned land and real property required for
the project. The taking of property may only be for the execution of projects approved
in the Budget.
Article 2: No compensation shall be made under this Law if the property to be taken,
in whole or part, is conditional upon reclamation but was not, at the time of planning
the project, reclaimed in accordance with applicable reclamation conditions, provided
that the Appraisal Committee
Lands outside the development-protection zone:
a) As for lands of areas not exceeding 10,000 square meters as well as buildings
and farms, regardless of their areas, there shall be compensation for expropriated
parts of said lands as well as for the buildings and plants. No compensation shall be
offered for parts expropriated from said lands for
the purpose of subdivision in accordance with laws and directives if so requested by
the owner. This shall be within the statutory percentage set for real property within
the development-protection zone, unless exceeding said percentage is so requested
by the owner.
b) As for lands of areas exceeding 10,000 square meters, there shall be no
compensation for parts expropriated, within the 12% limit, for the purpose of
constructing main roads, provided that the remaining area after expropriation is
10,000 square meters or more. If the remaining area is less than that, the difference
in area shall be compensated for. If said land is planned in accordance with laws and
directives, paragraphs (b, d, and e) of clause (First) shall apply.”
Land Ownership and Acquisition
The Government of KSA has assigned land to the Public Investment Fund (PIF) by a Royal
Decree. PIF is one of the largest sovereign wealth funds in the world and was initially
established in 1971 under Royal Decree No. M/24. In 2015, the PIF was ‘reborn’ under the
Kingdom’s Council of Ministers Resolution 270 to be a key driver for Saudi Vision 2030

y
achieving sustainable economic and social change (PIF, 2021). NEOM is one of the multiple
‘Giga Projects’ in KSA that is owned by PIF.
PIF has reallocated land to NEOM including the project areas.
The following summarizes the process in terms of land ownership and acquisition:
 The land acquisition and resettlement process in Saudi Arabia are the responsibility
of the government. This is undertaken by the Ministry of Interior (MOI) through its
National Programme for Community Development ‘Tanmiah – ‫ ةیمنت‬before handing
over land to any region. Tanmiah was established, and its statute was approved, by
virtue of Cabinet Resolution number 88 dated 16/10/2018;
 The Programme aims ‘to achieve community development in projects that keep pace
with the economic and social evolution and to improve the standard of living of the
citizens of these areas’ (Tanmiah, 2021);
 Projects within NEOM define the lands required for the development of the project.
When Tanmiah is furnished with an expropriation request in a specific area, it
conducts social impact assessments and carries out the surveys necessary to inform
the total number of residents and private properties;
 Tanmiah then proposes a compensation scheme that includes financial
compensation and other social benefits for the people in that area. Tanmiah
coordinates with and consults with all relevant government agencies in this scheme.
Tanmiah also engages with heads of tribes or mayors of communities to obtain their
endorsement on the compensation package, which is generally a level of
compensation more than that is required by law and includes other social benefits
such as training programs and educational scholarships for eligible family members.
The draft scheme thereafter is submitted to the Royal Court for approval. Several
committees at the Royal Court are involved in the approval process of the
compensation scheme, including the Financial Committee, the Social and
Development Affairs Committee, the Political and Security Affairs Committee and the
Supreme Media Committee. After collecting all inputs from different committees at
the Royal Court, the case is submitted to His Majesty for approval. Then a Royal
Order is issued to ap-prove the commencement of expropriation of that land, the
compensation scheme and the appropriations required;
 NEOM’s resettlement process led by the government (MOI/Tanmiah) is being
undertaken in three (3) phases.
Principles of Tanmiah’s Community Development and Resettlement Policy
Table 2-6 presents optimize pillars of Thanmiah’s Resettlement Policy. Tanmiah’s
Resettlement Policy aligns with the best global practices and international standards
including:
 The regulations of government institutions that intersect with the work of Tanmiah,
 Royal decrees which guide the development of a number of areas, and other
procedures related to them. These take into account public order and may order
exceptions and privileges to the residents and real estate owners in the project
areas.
Table 2-6: Optimize Pillars of Thanmiah’s Resettlement Policy

y
Principle Description NEOM

The possibility of avoiding the relocation
of the entire community was the first
aspect to be considered. This main pillar
was evaluated since Tanmiah received
Considering the possibility of avoiding
the project and was given special
1 Avoid resettlement and minimizing it as
priority. The difficulty of avoiding
much as possible.
resettlement was confirmed, which
meant initiating the processes of
minimization, mitigation, and
improvement.
Tanmiah considered the possibility of
minimizing the resettlement of the
Examining the possibility of reducing community to the lowest possible
the resettlement of community to the number, however, the difficulty of
2 Minimize least possible number, and managing minimizing the resettlement was
operations for communities recognized.
scheduled to be resettled. The results suggested moving them in
phases with ample periods of time to
achieve proper resettlement
Operations to mitigate the impact of
resettlement have commenced in the
first phase, i.e., the pre-resettlement
phase. Resettlement impact mitigation
operations include the following:
- Organizing the process of
resettlement into phases, which
is a form of mitigating the
impact of the transfer
- Assessing resettlement options
to ensure the infrastructure is
accommodating of plans and
Tanmiah will conduct studies and neighborhoods facilitate
field surveys to identify the resettlement of the community
demographic level of the community while mitigating adverse
with the aim of mitigating the effects impacts
3 Mitigate of resettlement processes on - Providing fair compensation and
individuals and society, then the right of grievance with
designing development interventions Tanmiah or going to legal
to ensure mitigation of the resulting proceedings.
impact - Considering the timing of
resettlement so that stable and
safe conditions are guaranteed;
that there are no travel bans
during the pandemic, and that
the transfer takes place during
school holidays
- Designing developmental
programs to mitigate the impact
of resettlement, and
implementing them during the
second phase, which is the
resettlement phase
4 Optimize Tanmiah provides fair compensation

and safe resettlement to facilitate

y
Principle Description NEOM

communities moving to the host
community, as well as additional
social development packages.
Assistance is provided to ensure
equal or even better living standards
for the resettled residents,
considering all segments of society,
especially vulnerable communities
Human Rights
Human Rights treaties ratified by the Kingdom include (according to Treaty Body Database,
2020 and the official website of the Kingdom’s Human Rights Commission) include:
 Convention Against Torture and Other Cruel Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or
Punishment (23rd September 1997);
 Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (7 th
September 2000);
 International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (23 rd
September 1997);
 Convention on the Rights of the Child (26th January 1996);
 Optional Protocol to the Convention on the Rights of the Child on the Involvement of
Children in Armed Conflict (10th June 2011);
 Optional Protocol to the Convention on the Rights of the Child on the Sale of Children
Child Prostitution and Child Pornography (18th August 2010);
 Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (24th June 2008);
 The Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, Especially
Women and Children, (2007) (the implementation of which is monitored by the
Standing National Committee to Combat Trafficking in Persons, established pursuant
to Council of Ministers Decision No. 244 of 20 Rajab 1430H (13th July 2009));
 The Cairo Declaration on Human Rights in Islam (1990);
 The Riyadh Declaration on Human Rights in Peace and War (2003);
 The Covenant on the Rights of the Child in Islam (2006);
 The Arab Charter of Human Rights (2009); and,
 The Geneva Convention (18th May 1963).
In addition, Saudi Arabia is an International Labour Organization (ILO) member state and
has ratified 16 ILO Conventions.
2.2.3 International Laws, Regulations, Standards and Requirements
The World Bank Group Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines and Good
Practice/Guidance Notes and Handbooks
The World Bank Group’s Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) Standards were created as
reference materials and include both general and sector specific Good International
Industrial Practice (GIIP) guidelines. The World Bank Group accepts the HSE Guidelines,
which outline the required performance metrics and customer-implemented actions. The
following is a list of documents that provide guidance for assessing and managing the
project's social and environmental impacts:
 General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines (2007);

y
 Environmental and Social Management System Implementation Manual (General

(2015));
 Environmental and Social Management System Implementation Manual
(Construction (2014);
 Contractor’s Environmental and Social Performance Management Good Practice
Rating (2017);
 Cumulative Impact Assessment and Management Good Practice Guide (2013),
 Introduction to Health Impact Assessment (2009);
 IFC and EBRD–- Guide to “Worker’’ Accommodation (Processes and Standards
(2009));
 Good Practice Handbook on Using Security Forces (2017);
 Stakeholder Engagement Handbook (2007);
 Handbook on Project Migration Problems (2009); and
 Good Practice Score on Complaints from Communities Affected by the Project
(2009).
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals
The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, adopted by all United Nations Member
States in 2015, provides a shared blueprint for peace and prosperity for people and the
planet, now and into the future. At its heart are the 17 Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs), which are an urgent call for action by all countries–- developed and developing – in
a global partnership.
The SDGs are a key element of Saudi Vision 2030, and KSA has a commitment to these
SDGs. Owing to its acute understanding of the importance of continuous development, KSA
endeavors to tackle the issues of poverty, inequality, climate change, prosperity, peace,
justice, education, health, social protection and the availability of employment opportunities,
and, realizing the intersecting nature of these issues, makes sure they are all included in its
national strategy. In line with KSA’s vision, NEOM has also been taking steps forward to
support UN SDGs.
2.2.4 International Conventions and Treaties to which Kingdom is a party
The KSA is a signatory to a wide range of international agreements related to environmental
and social aspects. Table 2-7 provides a summary of those which are considered pertinent
to the ESIA for the hereby Project.
Table 2-7: Summary of Relevant International Agreements
No Name of the Summary Relevance to the Project
Agreement
1 Agreement for the The Center was established This agreement established a
Establishment of the to conduct regional studies specialist institution for the
Arab Center for the on barren areas in Arab study of land utilization
Studies of Dry and countries, including for aspects, particularly
Barren Land example studies of soils, concerning
studies on the degree of soil soil and water management.
erosion, and studies on the Relevant to the project due to
geological and soil and water management
geomorphological aspects of aspects.
the different areas.
2 Convention for the Established to protect and Each State Party to this
Protection of the enhance cultural and natural Convention should do all it
World Cultural and heritage, whilst there has can to ensure the

y

Agreement
Natural Heritage been a focus on United identification, protection,
Nations Educational, conservation, presentation
Scientific and Cultural and transmission to future
Organization (UNESCO) generations of cultural and
designated sites the natural heritage situated on
convention requires member its territory.
states to protect all relevant NEOM and its surroundings
resources and specifically are known to contain
states that because a archaeological and cultural
resource is not listed it heritage receptors. The Site
should not be implied that is situated close to NEOM.
the resource has no value.
3 Convention on Established to identify Aims to ensure that
International Trade in species at risk and control international trade in
Endangered Species trade in endangered specimens of wild animals
of Wild Fauna and species. and plants does not threaten
Flora and Subsequent the survival of the species in
Amendments (CITES) the wild, and it accords
varying degrees of protection
to more than 35,000 species
of animals and plants.
4 Convention on the Established to coordinate The Project Site is located
Conservation of conservation measures for approximately 37 km from
Migratory Species migratory species; covering NEOM Nature Reserve.
(CMS) of Wild Animals a wide range including birds,
(Bonn Convention) marine mammals, etc.
and all amendments Requires member states to
including the preserve and protect species
Memorandum of and habitats which occur
Understanding on regularly in their area.
Turtles Through linkage with the
CBD, the KSA is also
required to protect a range
of species of bats under the
Eurobat Protocol.
5 International Plant Aims to secure coordinated, The Project has the potential
Protection Convention effective action to prevent for pests and invasive
(New revised text and to control the species.
approved by introduction and spread of
Resolution 12/97 of pests of plants and plant
the 29th Session of the products. The Convention
Food and Agriculture extends beyond the
Organization (FAO) protection of cultivated
Conference in plants to the protection of
November 1997 – natural flora and plant
Declaration products. It also takes into
07/11/1997) consideration both direct and
indirect damage by pests.
6 Protocol Concerning Contracting parties Aims to enhance measures
Regional Cooperation undertake to cooperate in for responding to pollution
in Combating Pollution combating pollution by oil emergencies on a national
by Oil and Other and other harmful and regional basis.
Harmful Substances in substances and maintain The Project will require the

y

Agreement
Cases of Emergency and promote contingency use of hazardous materials.
plans.
7 Amendment to the Established to reduce International treaty brought
Montreal protocol on emissions of chemicals into force globally designed
substances that harmful to the upper ozone to protect the ozone layer by
deplete the ozone layer. phasing out the production of
layer (London CFCs (Chlorofluorocarbons),
Amendment) Hydrofluorocarbons
(HFCs),
Hydrochlorofluorocarbons
(HCFCs), Halons,
etc. that are responsible for
global ozone depletion.
Relevant to the types of
equipment proposed for the
Project
8 Convention on the The overarching objective of The relevance covers a
Control of the Convention is to protect broad spectrum of wastes
Transboundary human health and the identified as hazardous,
Movements of environment against the defined by origin,
Hazardous Wastes adverse effects of hazardous composition and
and their Disposal waste. Includes restrictions characteristics, also other
(Basel Convention) on exporting of wastes but wastes comprising
also includes requirements domestic waste and others.
on member states to The types and nature of the
minimize the production of wastes will be assessed as
hazardous waste and part of the ESIA, and
manage appropriately mitigation measures will be
regardless of disposal identified for the
location. management of waste
streams.
9 United Nations It is the main convention The Project will generate
Framework addressing the impacts and emissions of greenhouse
Convention on Climate causes of climate change gases (GHGs), mainly during
Change (UNFCCC) and is aimed at returning the construction stage. It will
global temperatures to a also contribute to less GHG
level that will not cause emissions and less global
irreversible significant harm warming compared to
to ecosystem functioning. conventional power
generation methods.
10 Convention on Established to protect Aims is to take effective
Biological Diversity wildlife and ecosystems. action to halt biodiversity
(CBD) Achieve the National loss, minimize pressures on
Biodiversity Targets, based biodiversity, restore
on Aichi Targets 2020, and ecosystems, ensuring
in line with the Convention biological resources are
on Biological Diversity sustainably used based on
Strategic Plan for sound scientific evidence.
Biodiversity 2011–2020. Relevant due to the potential
for the Project to affect
biodiversity.
11 Convention to Combat Aims to conduct research The Convention addresses

y

Agreement
Desertification in and prevent/reverse specifically the arid, semi-arid
Those Countries desertification of natural and dry sub-humid areas,
Experiencing Serious habitats. known as the drylands,
Drought and/or where
Desertification, some of the most vulnerable
particularly in Africa ecosystems and peoples can
be found.
Relevant due to the
possibility to affect land use.
12 Cartagena Protocol on Relates to the transfer and Aims to ensure the safe
Biosafety to the use of living modified handling, transport and use
Convention on organisms and may apply to of living modified organisms
Biological Diversity any hybrid species which are resulting from modern
imported for planting if biotechnology that may have
genetically modified. adverse effects on biological
diversity, taking also into
account risks to human
health.
Relevant since the wider
NEOM region has sensitive
ecological environment.
13 Convention on Requires member states to The Project may require the
Persistent Organic eliminate the use of use of Persistent Organic
Pollutants (Stockholm persistent organic pollutants, Pollutants.
Convention) mainly focused on
herbicides but now extended
to other substances.
Aims to protect human
health and the environment
from chemicals that remain
intact in the environment for
long periods, become widely
distributed geographically,
accumulate in the fatty
tissue of humans and
wildlife, and have harmful
impacts on human health or
on the environment.
Furthermore, Human Rights treaties ratified by the Kingdom include (according to Treaty
Body Database, 2020 and the official website of the Kingdom’s Human Rights Commission)
include the following:
 Convention Against Torture and Other Cruel Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or
Punishment (23rd September 1997);
 Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women (7 th
September 2000);
 International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (23 rd
September 1997);
 Convention on the Rights of the Child (26th January 1996);
 Optional Protocol to the Convention on the Rights of the Child on the Involvement of
Children in Armed Conflict (10th June 2011);

y
 Optional Protocol to the Convention on the Rights of the Child on the Sale of Children
Child Prostitution and Child Pornography (18th August 2010);
 Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (24th June 2008);
 The Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, especially
Women and Children, (2007) (the implementation of which is monitored by the
Standing National Committee to Combat Trafficking in Persons, established pursuant
to Council of Ministers Decision No. 244 of 20 Rajab 1430H (13th July 2009));
 The Cairo Declaration on Human Rights in Islam (1990);
 The Riyadh Declaration on Human Rights in Peace and War (2003);
 The Covenant on the Rights of the Child in Islam (2006);
 The Arab Charter of Human Rights (2009); and,
 The Geneva Convention (18th May 1963).
In addition, Saudi Arabia is an International Labour Organisation (ILO) member state and
has ratified 16 ILO Conventions. In addition, as far as construction activities may be
concerned, the KSA has obligations to meet the ILO requirements.
2.2.5 Findings of the Strategic Environmental and Social Assessment Study if
available and applicable to the Activity
NEOM is in the early planning stages with respect to the masterplan of solar and wind parks
including offshore wind farms which will be required to provide energy to NEOM Projects.
100% renewable energy strategy indicates that NEOM will be the first at-scale fully
integrated system of 100% renewable energy, sustainably produced water and food.
The Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) Report – NEOM Renewable Energy
Strategy (2023) presents the findings of the SEA undertaken for 12 onshore wind, 18
offshore wind, 30 solar PV, seven (7) pumped hydro storage and four (4) geothermal
renewable energy projects proposed to provide energy to the NEOM region.
This SEA study focused on construction and operation activities associated with the
technologies identified above in line with the NEOM Renewable Energy Strategy. Should
additional technologies be included within the future iterations of the Renewable Energy
However, the M5M4 area has not been evaluated within the framework of the strategic plan.
3 Description of the Activity
3.1 Objectives and Rationale of the Activity
Saudi Government initiatives have primarily focused on further developing renewable energy
that is produced through solar, wind and, as well as expanding the capabilities in
desalination of saltwatertechnology. Saudi Arabia is ranked 6th globally for potential
production of solar and 13th globally for potential production of wind energy [1]. In parallel
with this, NEOM also aims to develop 100% clean energy at scale for NEOM and ultimately
the entire planet.
The Project will directly contribute to the achievement of both ENOWA’s vision to pave the
way for the next frontier in clean energy levering solar and wind power, and Saudi Vision
2030 goals. Furthermore, due to the renewable and clean energy nature of the Project, steps
towards mitigating and adapting to climate change will be taken.
With the contribution of individual projects like M5M4 Solar Pak Project, NEOM will shift
towards moving beyond zero carbon to a circular economy, using future thinking to drive the
change.

y
The Project will generate electricity through a renewable resource to feed the future
developments in NEOM and reduce carbon emissions in line with ENOWA’s vision to help
create a circular economy at scale powered by 100% renewable energy.
More information is available at https://www.gccbusinessnews.com/enowa-to-expedite-
neoms-sustainable-smart-energy-water-initiatives/. It, therefore, aligns perfectly with the
aforementioned national goals.
The preliminary design of the M5M4 Solar Project indicates that the Project Area can have
around 4.612.14 GW installed capacity, which may be subject to change during the advance
design stage. It should be noted at the advance design stage, which will be elaborated in the
ESIA report, this capacity will be confirmed or updated with further studies.
3.2 Proposed Project Site
M4 Solar Park Project is planned as a utility-type solar park, which is a large-scale
installation that utilizes solar panels to convert sunlight into electrical energy. It will consist of
multiple PV modules, mounted on trackers, which absorb sunlight and convert it into DC
electricity. The generated electricity will then be converted into AC through inverters and fed
into the utility grid.
As mentioned, the total area within the site boundaries is 25.77 km2. The site is located
outside of the NEOM boundaries and will be enclosed by a fence. The coordinates (in the
projection of Universal Transverse Mercator WGS84 and 37 degree) of the M4 Solar Park
are presented in Table 3-8, and the corner coordinates are displayed on Figure 3-.
Table 3-8: Coordinates of the Project Site
No Latitude Longitude No Latitude Longitude
1 28.519413 36.768537 6 28.461698 36.793985
2 28.519508 36.818169 7 28.473459 36.754379
3 28.501022 36.818001 8 28.489764 36.753827
4 28.500681 36.800884 9 28.489637 36.768232
5 28.461460 36.801512

y
Figure 3-9: M4 Solar Park Project Boundary Corner Coordinates

y
During the site reconnaissance survey, significant agricultural activity was observed in the
immediate vicinity of M4 Site, mainly on the south of the boundary. Furthermore, there are
greenhouses observed approximately 7 km southwest of the site.
This site has centre-pivot irrigation fields around its wider vicinity (within 20 km radius).
There are two circular farm areas having a maximum diameter of approximately 900m at the
western side of site. A secondary road passes approximately 1 km west of the Project Site.
Also, Highway 15 runs parallel to the southern boundary of the Project Area with a distance
of 8 km, connecting Al Nabaq to Tabuk.
During the site visit, small individual settlements were detected inside, and near the southern
and southwestern border of the Project Site. For the settlements/structures inside the site,
Assystem team was informed by the Client that they are not official and that the land belongs
to the government (informal users). It is recommended that these areas are avoided during
the early works (such as drilling, access road opening, etc.), and in the following stages, this
issue should be managed according to NEOM’s policies before the initiation of any work.
An electricity transmission line (overhead line) passes within the site, in a northwest-
southeast direction. Accordingly, the 200 km buffer zone around them should be considered
in the design studies.
Various activities, such as "agriculture" and "camel grazing," were observed within the
Project Area and its immediate vicinity.
No surface water body or groundwater well was observed during the site visit. On the other
hand, water channel traces were observed throughout the site, as indicators of water flow
after heavy rainfall periods.
Figure 3- constitutes the photos displaying views from the Project Site and their locations.

y
Figure 3-10: Views from M4 Solar Park Project Site

y
3.3 Associated Facilities

Associated Facilitiesfacilities (AFs)), which are recognizedfacilities that are not funded as
any infrastructure or auxiliary components necessary for the successful implementation,
operation, and maintenancepart of the Project.project and that would not have been
constructed or expanded if the project did not exist and without which the project would not
be viable. These AfsAFs specified below are essential for the efficient generation and
distribution of renewable energy, ensuring the access to the project site, and
accommodating the Project’s workforce.
The AFs in relation to this project are summarized below:
Overhead Transmission Lines: Transmits the electricity generated by the solar power plant
to the broader electrical grid. As the overhead transmission line to be constructed is under
the scope of another project, its location and route information is currently not available, and
will be included in the ESIA Report upon receipt.
Access Roads: Roads and tracks for facilitating access to and maintenance of the solar
panels and equipment. The proximity to Highway 15 and secondary roads eliminates the
need for a major access road. Temporary access roads within the site may be opened as
needed. Further and more accurate information on the access roads will be provided in the
ESIA Report.
Accommodation Facilities: Accommodation facilities for project workers for construction,
operation, maintenance and decommissioning. Accommodation arrangements will be met at
Tabuk City. A more accurate location for the construction camp will be provided in the ESIA
Report.
As mentioned, details regarding associated facilitiesAFs will be updated and discussed in
detail in the ESIA Report.
[3.4] Proposed Project Site
M5 Solar Park Project is planned as a utility-type solar park, which is a large-scale
installation that utilizes solar panels to convert sunlight into electrical energy. It will consist of
multiple PV modules, mounted on trackers, which absorb sunlight and convert it into DC
electricity. The generated electricity will then be converted into AC through inverters and fed
into the utility grid.
As mentioned, the total area within the site boundaries is 79.43 km2. The site is located
outside of the NEOM boundaries and will be enclosed by a fence. The coordinates (in the
projection of Universal Transverse Mercator WGS84 and 37 degree) of the M5 Solar Park
are presented in Table 3-8, and the corner coordinates are displayed on Figure 3-.
Table 3-9: Coordinates of the Project Site
No Latitude Longitude No Latitude Longitude
1 28.547816 37.038261 7 28.447342 36.954873
2 28.503792 37.038924 8 28.433269 36.955588
3 28.502286 36.984148 9 28.432076 36.917705
4 28.487244 36.984494 10 28.525271 36.909756
5 28.485424 36.939885 11 28.528035 36.959699
6 28.446970 36.942609 12 28.543241 36.958111

y
Figure 3-11: M5 Solar Park Project Boundary Corner Coordinates

y
During the site survey, agricultural activity was observed both within and in the immediate
vicinity of the M5 Site. Furthermore, associated with the agricultural activity, 3 (three)
individual settlements were observed near the agricultural areas. Some of those individual
settlements observed to be inhabited, while others were abandoned.
For the settlement(s) inside the site boundary, Assystem team was informed by the Client
that they are not official and that the land belongs to the government. It is recommended that
these areas are avoided during the early works (such as drilling, access road opening, etc.),
and in the following stages, this issue should be managed according to NEOM’s policies
before the initiation of any work.
An electricity transmission line (overhead line) passes within the site, in a west-northeast
direction. Accordingly, the 200 km buffer zone around them has been considered in the
design studies.
This site has centre-pivot irrigation fields in the vicinity. There are two circular farm areas
having a maximum diameter of approximately 500m at the western side of site. Highway 15
runs parallel to the southern boundary of the Project Area with a distance of 3 km,
connecting Al Nabaq to Tabuk.
Various activities, such as "agriculture" and "camel grazing," were observed within the
Project Area and its immediate vicinity.
No surface water body or groundwater well was observed during the site visit. Dry wadi
channels were observed throughout the M5 Site.
Figure 3- constitutes the photos displaying views from the Project Site and their locations.

y
Figure 3-12: Views from M5 Solar Park Project Site

y
3.4[3.5] Activities throughout the Stages of the Activity
The M5M4 Solar Park Project was at the preliminary design stage during the drafting of this
Scoping Report. The available preliminary design information followed by the limited stage-
based information is presented in the following sub-sections. The associated Preliminary
Design Report (Master Plan) is presented in Annex 8.2-C.
3.4.1[3.5.1] General Technical Information about the Activity

The initial layout of M5M4 Solar Park Project is provided in Figure 3-13, and the final layout
and detailed design will be provided during the ESIA Stage upon the completion of the
detailed design phase. The design will take into account the flood and erosion risk and
consider future climate changepotential flood risk through the assessment which will
examine future trends regarding water resources making the design adaptable to evolving
climate patterns and accordingly, the hydrological modelling results will be integrated to the
design through detailed surface water management.

y

y

y
Figure 3-13: Initial Layout Details of M5M4 Solar Park Project

y
PV Modules
The current design envisages that the Project will comprise 7,3123,397,176 modules. These
are likely to be N-type mono-crystalline bifacial modules with dual glass (610-630W).
A Solar Tracking System adjusts the face of the solar panel or reflective surfaces to align
with the sun as it moves across the sky. This motion is done using a DC generation fed from
small batteries charged from the PV power output. Trackers are used to increase output
yield with smaller PV area used.
Single Axis Solar Tracking Systems follow the sun by moving in a single axis (vertical or
horizontal) depending on the solar trajectory and the weather condition. Generally, the
inclination angle is adjusted manually at certain intervals during the year and automatic
movement is provided in the east–west direction.
Single axis tracker, with single module 1V, SOLTEC design as basic approach.
*Note: Clearance could change depending on the roughness or the embedment length.
Inverter Station
The inverter station will contain the inverter, adjacent LV/MV transformer(s) and associated
equipment such as the Block LV switchgear, the Block MV switchgear, protection system,
meters, etc.
The inverters and step-up transformer will be mounted on concrete foundation and the MV
switchgears and auxiliary cabinet and auxiliary transformer will be mounted on skid. All the
components will be outdoor and rated for the environmental conditions.
Table 3-10: Transformer Characteristics
Transformer Characteristics
Rated Power 8800KVA
Max Power 10560 KVA
Impedance 9.5% (0~±10%) @8800kVA

y
Transformer Characteristics
Vector group Dy11y11
Loss class low losses
Oil Type Mineral oil (PCB free) or degradable oil on
request
LV/MV Voltage 0.66 kV / 0.66 kV / (20 – 35)
kV
Frequency 50 Hz
Installation Outdoor
High Voltage Substations

The M5M4 Solar Park will be connected to NEOM High Voltage Network via AC High
Voltage Substations which will be interconnected to National Grid (Tabuk + Yanbu
interfaces) with Net-zero approach.
The substations were in conceptual design stage during the preparation period of this
Scoping Report.
In addition to the above, the following will be established at the site:
 DC cabling and connections, used to connect individual solar panels to form strings.
 AC cabling and connections, to transmit the power from the inverters to the point of
interconnection with the distribution system.
 Combiner box that will be used to collect the output from multiple strings of solar
panels and combine them into a single DC circuit.
 Electrical protection systems which will disconnect the Solar Park to minimize
damage from faults. Main and backup or dual protection schemes will be installed
using modern protection relays. The protection voltage and current transformers on
the Substation will be provided by the Substation and the Substation will be advised
on the technical requirements to ensure compatibility of the protection schemes.
Protection schemes and inter-tripping from the Plant to the Delivery Station interface
cubicles will be cabled.
 SCADA (supervisory control and data acquisition) system which is a category of
software applications for controlling PV Systems, gathering data in real time from
remote locations in order to control equipment and conditions will be established.
SCADA provides organizations with the tools needed to make and deploy data-driven
decisions regarding their industrial processes.
 CCTV (Closed Circuit Television) will be used to monitor the solar plant.
 Control building, comprising office space and storage facilities, as well as operational
monitoring and maintenance equipment (including SCADA, CCTV etc.).
 Fencing to prevent unauthorized access as the perimeter of the solar park will be
fenced with a high welded wire fabric fence with coil of razor wire mounted above.
 Access roads within the site, that will be used by workers during the operation and
maintenance while moving from one location to another.

y
3.4.2[3.5.2] Early Works and Construction Stage

EarlyThe early works are also elaborated under the and construction stage, as some
activities are similar. well as commissioning before the start of operation will be carried out
in five phases:
 Phase 1 – Stockpiling (laydown) areas and temporary facilities;
 Phase 2 – Initial civil works (internal roads and trenching);
 Phase 3 – Division of site into zones for systematic installation of the plant
equipment items
 and buildings;
 Phase 4 – Commissioning of the plant; and,
 Phase 5 – Final tests and certificates to obtain operational certificates.
The site preparation activities for the proposed project will entail the following:
 Site clearing and levelling;
 Construction of access roads;
 Fencing of site;
 Construction of access roads; internal road network for ease of access to the
modules for operation and maintenance purposes and security road around the
perimeter of the Project site for security patrolling; and access road from the highway
to the site.
 Fencing of site; the entire Project Area will be surrounded by a chain-link fence
topped with strands of barbed wire for security. The site fencing will be installed
during the first stages of the Project’s construction and remain throughout the
operational life.
 Material delivery to site.
 Installation of solar panels and mounting structures including inverters;
 Construction of control building;
 Cable laying; and
 Electrical and grid connection.
All construction activities shall occur within the fence., and the machinery to be utilized
during construction will include:
 Graders;
 Compactors;
 Water tankers
 Excavators JCB;
 Wheel loaders;
 Piling machines;
 Cranes;
 Air compressors;
 Electrical power generators; and
 Forklifts.
Commissioning of PV plant facilities systems will commence which will entail functional tests,
trial and run.
Duration

y
The total construction period is anticipated to take two (2) years and commence in 2025.
Access
Highway 15 will provide access for the transportation of machinery and equipment during the
construction of the Solar Park, linking the Project with national infrastructure.
Workforce
During the site preparation period, the workforce required for site security, manual labour,
civil works, transportation of goods and other similar services will most likely be drawn from
the local labour pool. Only skilled labour will involve migrant labour.
A workforce comprising 1,600000 workers will be engaged in the construction phase. The
accommodation facilities for the construction workers, on the other hand, are planned to be
located outside the Project Area. The workforce for this project is planned to be at Tabuk
City, which is approximately 3520 km west and 30 minutes transit time away.
The construction will take place for 24 hours, with normal working shifts.
Water Requirement
At this stage, the amount of water that will be required for construction-related works,
domestic requirement of workers and potable water amount needed are not available. This
information will be included in the ESIA Report. The installation of the equipment will not
require water in any form. The water that will be needed for piling or foundation work, dust
control, cleaning of machinery and equipment, etc. will also be sourced from authorized
tankers. Potable water will also be brought to the site with tankers through the site water
supplier. The information on the amount of required water will be included in the ESIA
Report.
Wastewater Management
NEOM dictates that all sewage and wastewater generated during construction must be
treated at the on-site Sewage Treatment Plant (STP). Accordingly, during the construction
and commissioning stage, an on-site STP will be constructed to manage the generated
wastewater.
Waste Management
Although the Project Area is not located within NEOM boundary, since it is part of the NEOM
project pipeline, NEOM strategical planning is considered to be applicable. Within NEOM,
there are three (3) existing uncontrolled landfills, operated under the Tabuk Municipality;
namely, Sharma, Magna and Al Badr.
Moving to a zero waste to landfill and zero waste to combustion (energy from waste) model
will drive NEOM into a world leading position in a relatively short period. NEOM plans a
Resource Recovery and Waste Facility in the south of NEOM, where the construction waste
will be treated. Details of the route and facility where the waste will be transported will be
presented in ESIA.
Types, Sources and Amounts of Raw Materials
During this phase, construction materials such as concrete, asphalt, sand, etc. will be
utilized. Furthermore, diesel for the machinery and equipment and fencing material to be
used for the site perimeter will be needed. Typical materials to be used during the
construction include concrete, steel, imported materials and electrical cables.

y
At the preparation period of this Scoping Report, detailed information on types, sources and
amounts are not available; and all will be provided in the ESIA Report.
Construction Power
The estimated power required during the construction stage is not available at this stage.
However, during this phase, power will be supplied by diesel generators. Detailed
information regarding energy consumption as well as the number of generators is not
available at this stage, and it will be included in the ESIA Report.
Type and Quantity of Fuels
For the vehicles as well as the generators used during construction, diesel will be used. Fuel
quantity information is not available at this stage and will be provided in the ESIA Report.
Type and Quantity of Chemicals
The use of chemicals is not expected during the construction stage.
Waste
Within NEOM’s system of a Circular Economy, construction projects are expected to strive
towards 100% diversion of materials from landfill. Figure 3-14 illustrates the NEOM waste
hierarchy which outlines the approach for managing waste and resources in NEOM. The
preferred approach is to avoid, reuse and repurpose waste and only dispose of waste when
materials have no beneficial use.
Figure 3-14: NEOM Waste Hierarchy
Regarding liquid waste, NEOM dictates that all sewage and wastewater generated during
construction must be treated at the on-site Sewage Treatment Plant (STP). Accordingly,
during the construction and commissioning stage, an on-site STP will be constructed to
manage the generated wastewater.

y
Regarding the solid waste, the following waste types are anticipated during the construction
stage:
 Domestic solid wastes;
 Solid waste generated via earthworks and construction of perimeter fences, paths,
access roads and buildings;
 Non-hazardous combustible solid waste such as paper waste, wood and carboards;
and
 Hazardous solid waste such as paint cans and empty chemical
containers, solvents.
The information regarding the amounts of waste from early works and construction stage will
be included in the ESIA Report.
3.4.3 Operation Stage
The operation of a solar park is relatively uncomplicated and restricted to daylight hours.
With automated functions of inverter and switchyard controllers, the maintenance will be
mostly oriented towards better up-keep and monitoring of overall system performance.
Maintenance Activities
The solar PV system requires the least maintenance among all power generation facility due
to the absence of fuel, intense heat, rotating machinery, waste disposal, etc. However,
keeping the PV panels in good condition, monitoring and correcting faults in the connected
equipment and cabling are still required in order to get maximum energy from the plant.
The maintenance functions of a typical solar PV power plant can be categorized as below:
 Scheduled / Preventative Maintenance: Planned in advance and aimed at preventing
faults from occurring, as well as keeping the plant operating at its optimum level.
 Unscheduled (Breakdown) Maintenance: Conducted in response to occurred failures.
Lifetime
Expected lifespan of the solar park is 25 years.
The tracker structure will be made of steel or a zinc alloy to resist corrosion. The Project will
require routine (preventative) maintenance throughout the operation stage to ensure an
extended system lifetime.
Water Requirement
At this stage, the final selection of technology for dry-cleaning solar panels is pending and
will be determined during the advance design phase, which is ongoing at the preparation
period of this Scoping Report. However, it is paramount to highlight ENOWA’s commitment
to prioritize water-efficient methods in line with the NEOM “zero water use policy”, which
encourages dry-cleaning of solar panels. Under normal circumstances, water-efficient
cleaning techniques will be the primary choice for routine maintenance. Nevertheless, in the
rare event of excessive soiling or unusual weather conditions such as sandstorms, water
may be used as an assisting agent in the cleaning process.
To manage the vast scale of the PV panels, the deployment of robotic cleaners is planned.
These autonomous robots are capable of cleaning entire rows of panels without human
intervention, with occasional assistance required from Operations and Maintenance (O&M)
workers to facilitate transitions between rows. As the construction phase nears completion,

y
the most industry-standard and efficient dry-cleaning solution will be chosen to ensure
minimal water consumption and environmental impact while maintaining optimal solar panel
performance and cleanliness.
It is important to consider the potential need for water usage during extreme weather events.
Per industry estimates, during wet cleaning, approximately 3 liters of water are required per
module. If up to four (4) extreme weather events occur annually and necessitate wet
cleaning for all 7,3123,397,176 PV modules, the estimated water consumption could reach
around 85,00040,800 m3.
Potable water will also be brought to the site with tankers through the site water supplier.
Wastewater Management
The Project will maintain minimalinformation on the amount of potable water usagethat will
be required, will be included in alignment with the NEOM “zero water use policy,” which
encourages dry-cleaning methods for solar panels. To address wastewater generated on-
site during operation, STP established for the construction stage will continue to be used.
NEOM dictates that all sewage and wastewater generated during construction and operation
must be treated at the on-site STP.
Waste Management
Although the Project Area is not located within NEOM boundary, since it is part of the NEOM
project pipeline, NEOM strategical planning is considered to be applicable. Within NEOM,
there are three (3) existing uncontrolled landfills, operated under the Tabuk Municipality;
namely, Sharma, Magna and Al Badr.
Moving to a zero waste to landfill and zero waste to combustion (energy from waste) model
will drive NEOM into a world leading position in a relatively short period. NEOM plans a
Resource Recovery and Waste Facility in the south of NEOM, where the operation welded
waste will be treated. Details of the route and facility where the waste will be transported will
be presented in ESIA Report.
Types, Sources and Amounts of Raw Materials
During this phase, consumable spares for maintenance purposes, and water for cleaning of
the panels (although dry-cleaning is planned, still limited amount of water may be required)
will be needed. Furthermore, diesel for the vehicles will be needed. At the preparation period
of this Scoping Report, detailed information on types, sources and amounts are not
available; and all will be provided in the ESIA Report.
Power Requirement
The estimated power required during the operation stage is not available at this stage.
However, during this phase, power will be supplied by the national grid and diesel
generators.
It is imperative to emphasize that all diesel generators deployed on-site must meet the
standards of US EPA Tier 4 engines.
Type and Quantity of Fuels
For the vehicles to be used during the operation stage, diesel will be used. Fuel quantity
amount is not available at this stage and will be provided in the ESIA Report.
Type and Quantity of Chemicals

y
Dry-cleaning is planned for the solar panels. In case use of chemicals are needed,
depending on the used panel type, eco-friendly cleaning materials will be used.
Waste
Regarding the liquid waste during operation stage, the Project will maintain minimal water
usage in alignment with the NEOM “zero water use policy,” which encourages dry-cleaning
methods for solar panels. To address wastewater generated on-site during operation, an
STP will be established on the premises. NEOM dictates that all sewage and wastewater
generated during construction must be treated at the on-site STP.
Regarding the solid waste, the following waste types are anticipated during the operation
stage:
 Food wastes;
 Solid waste from operational activities including maintenance of PV panels,
replacement of broken PV panels, packaging of PV panels,
 Domestic waste from workers and general daily maintenance of administration
facilities; and
 Solvents and paints.
The information regarding the amounts of waste during the operation stage will be included
in the ESIA Report.
3.4.4 Decommissioning Stage
The exact details of how the facility will be decommissioned will be determined prior to
abandonment, agreed with the KSA authorities and potentially the subject of an ESIA.
For assessment purposes, the total decommissioning period is assumed to take less than
one (1) year.
This phasestage involves the careful dismantling of the physical infrastructure, which
includes the removaland will require:
 Reallocation and / or retrenchment of business personnel;
 Replacement of solar panels, mounting structures, electrical components, and
anymodules, at the end of the Project lifecycle, with higher capacity or superior
technology, or disposed as per the applicable legislation;
 Demobilization of all surface equipment and units used to support the Project
activities; and,
 Reinstatement of the site and all associated buildings or structures. facilities within
Project areas to pre-construction conditions.
Waste
Waste management and recycling practices should be followed, ensuring that waste
materials, such as old solar panels and electronic components, are handled in an
environmentally responsible manner, with efforts made to recycle or dispose of them
appropriately. Soil remediation may be necessary to assess and address any soil
contamination or compaction issues, ultimately restoring the soil to a healthy state capable
of supporting natural vegetation.
NEOM dictates that all sewage and wastewater generated during construction must be
treated at the on-site STP. Accordingly, to address the wastewater generated on-site during

y
decommissioning, the STP already established during the operation stage will be used
during this stage, too.
Reinstatement of the Site to Pre-construction Conditions
One of the primary objectives of decommissioning is the restoration of the natural vegetation
cover at the site. This can involve replanting native vegetation or encouraging its growth,
which not only restores the local ecosystem but also enhances the site’s ecological value. To
minimize the risk of transferring invasive species during the decommissioning process,
specific measures are implemented, such as protocols for cleaning vehicles and equipment.
The land is carefully graded and recontoured to return it to its original topography, with a
strong emphasis on preventing erosion and creating a stable, erosion-resistant surface.
The decommissioning stage is similar to the construction phase, and all approaches
employed during construction will be applicable for decommissioning as well especially for
waste and wastewater management.
All remaining infrastructure, including access roads, fencing, electrical lines, and security
measures, should be removed as needed to ensure that the site is returned to its natural
state or another productive use. Ongoing environmental monitoring should be conducted to
assess water quality, soil conditions, and potential ecological effects, allowing for the prompt
addressing of any issues. Clear and transparent communication with the local community
should be maintained, and a final site inspection should be conducted to ensure that all
decommissioning activities meet the specified requirements and that the land is
appropriately restored. Throughout these activities, strict adherence to local, state, and
federalnational regulations should be maintained to ensure that all decommissioning
activities are conducted in compliance with legal requirements and international standards.
3.4.5[3.5.3] Unplanned Events
In accordance with the planning and assessment of a PV facility, the Project will be
subjected to a thorough assessment of the risk (likelihood of occurrence) and consequences
of credible unplanned events. Those aspects of the assessment that pertain to major
accident hazards, which have implications on the health and safety of workers and offsite
populations, will be the subject of a separate dedicated report as part of the risk assessment
undertaken by the design team.
A summary of the unplanned events for the environmental aspects in this report include, but
are not limited to, the following:
 Explosions / fires;
 Cable failures;
 Electrical shock or burns;
 Floods;
 Accidental leaks and spills;
 Natural disasters, such as flooding, extreme weather conditions, etc.;
 Introduction of invasive species from the movement of equipment or people, or
through utilization of non-native soil and plant species used for restoration;
 Weather extremes;
 Disasters, fires, explosions, etc.;
 Increased hunting due to population influx, etc.

y
3.5[3.6] Geographic Scope of the Project

The Project Area is located approximately 3520 km east of Tabuk and outside of the NEOM
boundaries (see Figure 3-). The total area within the site boundaries is 79.4325.77 km2,
while the area utilized for the project activities is 65.4424,270 km2 (as previously displayed
on Figure 3-13).
Additionally, the AoIs identified separately for the physical, biological and socio-economic
environments are which will be considered for the impact assessment process are previously
displayed in Section 1.4.1, under the Spatial Scope sub-section.

y

y

y
Figure 3-15: Location of M5M4 Solar Park Project Site and Tabuk City

y
3.6[3.7] Timetable and Action Program

The M5M4 Solar Park Project pre-development works will be completed in the first quarter
(Q1) of 2024, which will be followed by auctioning process (Q1 2024 – Q1 2025). The
constructionConstruction is expected to start in April 2025 and end in April 2027.
Accordingly, the in the first six months of 2027, the Solar Park will start operating. The
operation is expected to last 25 years until mid-2052, and the decommissioning stage is
anticipated less than one (1) year until the first quarter of 2053.
The Gnatt Chart of the Project is presented in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11: Gantt Chart for the M5M4 Solar Park Project Activity Stages
3.7[3.8] Activity Costs

This cost information will not be included in ESIA but can be provided as per the request of
NCEC.

y
4 Alternatives to the Activity

4.1 Methodology for the Selection and Assessment of Alternatives
During site selection studies, it is crucial to identify whether proposed developments are
located in sensitive or high-risk natural hazard areas or not. Projects located in such areas
may cause higher adverse impacts than the ones which are not located within any sensitive
areas.
Therefore, location alternatives have been assessed by the Client to ensure that proposed
development is located at less sensitive areas. In addition, selected technology may have
positive or negative influence on the receiving environment during the operation period.
Starting from the design stage; “practicable”, “technically feasible” and “no development”
alternatives are taken into consideration, also in line with the green energy nature of the
Project.
Under Section 4.2, the methodologies as well as the alternatives considered in different
aspects are elaborated.
4.2 List of Possible Alternatives to the Project
4.2.1 Site Alternatives
As mentioned earlier, Site M4 is located without NEOM, but NEOM has set a target of
preserving 95% of its land in its natural state. There is, therefore, very few choices as most
of the lands allocated for development have been developed. Considering this fact, the site
boundaries provided to ASY at the commencement of the Project, were not open to
modification. On the other hand, the thorough site selection process of NEOM for this
Project, and other solar park projects within NEOM, is elaborated below.
NEOM, through a consultant, conducted a PV Suitability Study which was later supported by
a “NEOM Solar Site IdentificationOptimization Study” in 2022. The study's primary objectives
encompass the identification and prioritization of optimal, which resulted in top 50 optimized
sites for solar photovoltaic (PV) development within a 125km-wide region, extending beyond
the current NEOM border. To achieve this, a GIS model has been crafted for the specified
area of interest, wherein essential features and constraints have been discerned and
assigned weightings to assess their significance and a heatmap is created. This heatmap, in
turn, has facilitated the generation of a curated list comprising out of 303 target sites
intendedsuitable for solar park development both within the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Furthermore, the project scope has been extended to encompass an assessment of an
additional area within Jordan, resulting in the identification of an additional 50 targetand
outside NEOM. Those “top sites” are currently either already pre-developed or undergoing
pre-development.
For the sites within NEOM, the hard and soft constraints presented in Table 4-12 were
identified [2].
Table 4-12: Hard and Soft Constraints
Hard Constraints Soft Constraints
Wadis/Potential Flood Areas Flatness
Wind SitesCoast Proximity to Electrical LinesElectricity Stations
Wind Sites Slope

y
Airport Flatness Proximity to Road Network

Wadis/Potential Flood AreasGlobal Horizontal
Electricity Lines
Irradiance (GHI)
Electricity Stations SettlementsA proximity to Road Network
High Slope Air Space RestrictionTemperature
ConservationWadis/Potential Flood Areas AspectConservation Areas
Cultural Heritage Cultural Heritage Slope
Proximity to NEOM Boundary Mineral
Conservation Areas
Resources
Global Horizontal Irradiance (GHI)
Temperature
The GIS layers for different constraints are displayed, as examples, in Figure 4-17.
Figure 4-16: Hard and Soft Constraints in Separate GIS Layers
As elaborated in the NEOM Solar Site Identification Summary (WOOD, 2022), [3], an
aggregated 1km2 gridded ranked suitability layer was produced using the suitability
model output developed as a GIS layer. A fishnet polygon layer covering the entirety
of the area was then created in ArcGIS with each polygon in the grid covering an area
of 1km2.

y
The suitability model output was then summed using zonal statistics for each grid
square. This score was then ranked, and a sequential integer assigned to each grid
square (see Figure 4-17). The “hard” field gives the percentage of the area covered by
hard constraint. The “rank” field shows the rescaling of the summed suitability score
to a range of 1 to 100. The “rankworst” field is an integer sequential rank which starts
at 1 for the most suitable grid square. The “rankbest” field is an integer sequential
rank which starts at 1 for the most suitable grid square. This is the field used to label
the grid squares. It is possible to navigate to any grid square by expanding the
aggregated 1km2 gridded ranked suitability layer and double clicking on the grid cell
rank that is of interest.
The four (4) colors used to display the grid represent the quartiles of the score. Red is
most suitable followed by yellow, then green, then blue. Attribute fields for each grid
are available to the user when the polygon grid cell is clicked. Statistics for the
suitability score provided are minimum, maximum, range, mean, standard deviation
and sum.
Figure 4-17: Aggregated 1 km2 gridded ranked suitability layer in Google Earth
The final suitability model output (see Figure 4-18), which incorporated the weighted
soft constraints and hard constraints, was processed using the ESRI ArcGIS Focal
Statistics geoprocessing tool. The final output is a ‘raster’ type map covering the
whole area and provided as a .kmz file.

y
Figure 4-18: Sustainability Model Output

This layer was then used to identify the 10 m resolution model cell with the highest
summed suitability score. The central model cell was then converted into a
buffersquare site boundary of 125 km. This produced the most optimum site for a solar
farm according to the suitability model. The site was then removed from the suitability
model and the process repeated until 303 sites had been created.
In the NEOM Solar Site Identification study, it has been determined that the lowest
ranking among the model cells within the Project Area stands at 1642%, while the
highest ranking has been determined to be 9596%. Both the lowest and highest
evaluations, as well as assessments for example cells within the site, are presented in
Figure 4-19 and Table 4-13 to provide insight into the rankings.

y

y
Figure 4-19: Model Cell Rankings Within the Boundary of M5M4 Site

Table 4-13: Suitability Score Statistics for the Model Cells Within the Boundary of
M5M4 Site
Standard
Hard
Minimum Maximum Range of Mean of Deviatio Ran
Rank constrain
score score score score n of k (%)
t (%)
Score
1159 53.17 59.32 6.14 57.19 1.84 0 95
49.8654.4 56.2160.6 54.3158.3
4953400 6.3523 1.8795 0 9096
0 3 0
49.6753.9 56.1660.2 53.4157.3
65051029 6.4933 2.0111 0 8895
0 3 5
6764 48.25 55.06 6.81 53.26 1.55 33.25 59
48.0752.1 54.7559.0 52.9056.4
74601921 6.6883 1.7590 1.750 8693
9 3 1
52.5759.9 7.4614.2 50.3752.8
126617597 45.1166 1.484.52 820.25 1687
1 5 3
134241154 54.5053.9
46.4754 8.037.44 50.0586 2.271.69 12.550.25 7342
8 8
Assessment Methodology
Optimization study results serve as reference points for the performance of individual
cells within the project area and significantly contribute to the overall efforts for site
optimization. The study guides the selection of optimal locations for solar
installations, considering factors such as solar irradiance, slope, shading, etc.
Commitment remains to ensuring that the Project is positioned to maximize its
environmental benefits and energy generation potential while minimizing its
ecological footprint and environmental impacts. Therefore, in addition to the
optimization study, environmental factors have also been assessed for overall site
selection.
Environmental components and criteria to be investigated can be listed as follows:
 Solar resources;
 Grid connection;
 Water availability;
 Climatic factors;
 Soil resources and quality;
 General geology and physical ground conditions;
 Ecological characteristics and biodiversity (habitats as well as important flora
and fauna species);
 Protected and environmentally sensitive areas;
 Landscape (shading due to topography);
 Land uses and planned developments and potential changes in land use;
 Land acquisition;
 Land tenure;
 Archaeological, historic and cultural heritage;

y
 Sensitivity to noise and vibration;

 Population and community identity;
 Local economy and social conditions (demography, employment etc.);
 Infrastructure capacity (accessibility, transmission lines and water supply);
and
 The inter-relationships between these factors were also being examined.
Alternative sites were evaluated based on a set of predefined criteria and significant
constraints that could potentially lead to negative impacts on the project. For M5M4
Site, these constraints were compared with an average of non-selected alternative
sites and presented in Table 4-14. While the table may suggest that only M5M4 Site is
suitable for the location of the solar park, it is essential to clarify that this assessment
was conducted within the constraints set by the evaluation criteria. The evaluation did
not encompass all possible sites, and it focused on the comparison of selected sites
against specific criteria. There may indeed be other sites, both within and outside
NEOM, that were not included in this particular evaluation since these areas are
occupied for other projects i.e., wind power, airport, etc.
Table 4-14:Alternative Comparison
Average of
M5SiteM4Site (and Other
Criteria OtherNon-Selected
NEOM Selected Sites)
Sites
Ecological Characteristics
Ecology
 Habitat Composition
+ -
 Biodiversity
 Endemic Species
Protected Areas
 National Parks
+ -
 Natural Sites
 Wildlife Improvement Area
Physical Characteristics
Land Use
 Land Ownership
 General Land Use Patterns
- -
 Plan Decisions (wind farm,
airport etc.)
 Potential Changes
Cultural Heritage
 Archaeological Sites
-+ -
 Registered Assets
 Landscape
Water Resources + -

y
Average of
M5SiteM4Site (and Other
Criteria OtherNon-Selected
NEOM Selected Sites)
Sites
 Coast
 Wetlands
 Surface Water
 Ground waterGroundwater
Air Quality
 Climate + -
 Point Sources
Environment
 Slope
+ -
 Flood possibility
 Temperature
+ : No significant constraint
- : Significant constraint
4.2.2 Technical Alternatives

The technology alternatives taken into consideration are categorized in two main
headings, namely, alternative energy sources and photovoltaic technology
alternatives. Those are elaborated in the following sub-sections.
4.2.2.1 Alternative Energy Sources
Assessing the alternative energy sources is one of the key issues. These include wind
power, hydropower, and biomass energy, geothermal energy, nuclear energy,
Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT) power plants and combustion engines with
heavy fuel.
Different energy sources and corresponding normalized scores for comparison are
presented below.
Wind Energy
Wind energy is a mature and widely adopted alternative to traditional fossil fuels for
electricity generation. It harnesses the kinetic energy of wind to turn turbines and
generate electricity. Wind energy involves the conversion of kinetic energy from the
wind into electricity through wind turbines.
While wind energy has its merits, there are several factors to consider when
comparing it to utility-scale solar PV in the Tabuk region of Saudi Arabia:
 Geographic Suitability: Tabuk is known for its arid desert climate with limited
vegetation and relatively low average wind speeds. The region's topography
may not provide consistent and strong enough winds for efficient wind energy
generation. Solar PV, on the other hand, thrives in such arid, sunny conditions,
making it a more favourable option.
 Resource Variability: Wind energy generation is variable and depends on wind
speed and direction. In Tabuk, wind patterns may not be as reliable as solar
irradiance. Solar PV provides more predictable and stable energy production,
making it easier to integrate into the grid.

y
 Land Use and Environmental Impact: Wind farms require significant land use,
which can be a challenge in arid regions where land may be limited and
valuable for other purposes. Solar PV systems can often be integrated into
existing infrastructure, such as desert land with minimal ecological impact.
 Infrastructure and Maintenance: Wind turbines require a complex
infrastructure for installation, including tall towers and a network of electrical
cables. This infrastructure can be costly to build and maintain, especially in
remote areas like Tabuk. Solar PV systems have simpler infrastructure
requirements.
 Grid Integration: Wind energy may pose challenges for grid integration due to
its intermittent nature. Without effective energy storage solutions, the grid may
struggle to handle fluctuations in wind power output. Solar PV can be
integrated more smoothly into the grid, especially when combined with energy
storage systems.
 Environmental and Cultural Considerations: Wind turbines can have visual and
noise impacts on the environment and communities. In a region like Tabuk,
preserving natural beauty and cultural heritage is crucial, and wind energy's
infrastructure may pose challenges in this regard.
Conclusion:
While wind energy is a valuable renewable energy source in many regions, the
specific characteristics of the Tabuk region in Saudi Arabia, including its arid climate,
limited wind resources, and potential land use issues make utility-scale solar PV a
more suitable and advantageous choice for sustainable energy generation. Solar PV
offers greater predictability, easier integration, and potentially lower visual and noise
impacts, making it a more favorable option for the Tabuk, KSA region.
Hydropower
Hydropower, or hydroelectric power, is generated by the movement of water, typically
in rivers or dams. It involves harnessing the kinetic energy of flowing water to
produce electricity. Hydropower is considered a renewable and reliable energy
source, but its adoption in specific regions like Tabuk, Saudi Arabia, presents unique
challenges.
 Water Availability: The Tabuk region is characterized by its arid desert climate
with limited freshwater resources. Hydropower relies on a consistent and
substantial flow of water, which is not readily available in the region. Water
scarcity could severely limit the feasibility of hydropower projects in Tabuk.
 Topography and Terrain: The landscape of Tabuk is primarily desert with
minimal natural river systems. While there may be some wadis (dry riverbeds),
these typically experience infrequent and unpredictable flow. To generate
hydropower effectively, a steady and substantial water source is required,
which Tabuk lacks.
 Environmental Consideration: Introducing dams or other infrastructure for
hydropower generation could have significant environmental impacts. It may
disrupt fragile desert ecosystems and potentially harm any remaining water
resources in the region. Environmental preservation is a critical concern in arid
regions like Tabuk.
 Land Use and Infrastructure: Developing hydropower projects often involves
significant land use and infrastructure construction. Given the limited available
land in Tabuk and its potential value for other purposes like agriculture, the
competition for land use becomes a challenge.

y
 Maintenance and Efficiency: Hydropower facilities require ongoing

maintenance, which can be challenging in remote desert areas. Dust and sand
can accumulate on equipment and affect efficiency. Maintenance of
infrastructure in harsh desert conditions can be costly and logistically
complex.
 Resource Variability: Hydropower generation is sensitive to fluctuations in
water flow, which can be highly variable, especially in arid regions. This
variability can make it challenging to ensure a stable and consistent energy
supply.
Conclusion:
In the Tabuk region of Saudi Arabia, the adoption of hydropower faces substantial
challenges related to water scarcity, topography, environmental impact, and
competition for land use. While hydropower is a reliable and renewable energy source
in regions with abundant water resources, it is not a suitable choice for Tabuk due to
its unique geographical and climatic characteristics. Utility-scale solar PV remains a
more favorable option for the region, given its compatibility with arid climates, lower
environmental impacts, less land use, unlike hydropower, which may require
extensive land for dam construction and reservoirs requirements.
Biomass Energy
Biomass energy is derived from organic materials, including wood, agricultural
residues, and municipal waste. While biomass is a renewable energy source, its
adoption in a region like Tabuk, Saudi Arabia, comes with specific challenges.
 Feedstock Availability: Tabuk is characterized by a hot and arid desert climate,
which limits the availability of biomass feedstock. Biomass resources, such as
wood and crop residues, are typically scarce in such regions, making it
challenging to secure a reliable and sustainable fuel source.
 Water Resources: Biomass energy production often requires significant
amounts of water, particularly in processes like fermentation and biofuel
production. In water-scarce regions like Tabuk, competing demands for water
resources, such as agriculture and drinking water, may hinder biomass energy
projects.
 Environmental Consideration: The introduction of biomass energy production
could potentially lead to land use changes, deforestation, or overuse of
available biomass resources. In arid regions, maintaining ecological balance
and conserving natural resources is paramount, and biomass projects may
raise concerns in this regard.
 Infrastructure and Transportation: Establishing biomass supply chains in
Tabuk may involve significant transportation and logistics challenges due to
the region's remote and arid environment. This could increase the costs and
environmental footprint of biomass energy production.
 Technology Viability: The arid climate of Tabuk may not be conducive to
certain biomass energy technologies, such as anaerobic digestion or biogas
production, which require moisture-rich feedstock and favourable
temperatures. Ensuring the efficiency and viability of biomass processes may
be difficult in such conditions.
 Competing Land Use: In regions where agricultural land is scarce, utilizing
land for biomass feedstock production may conflict with food production
goals. Balancing these competing land uses can be challenging.
Conclusion:

y
The adoption of biomass energy in the Tabuk region faces considerable challenges
concerning feedstock availability, water scarcity, environmental impact,
infrastructure, and technology viability. Given the arid and resource-constrained
nature of the region, utility-scale solar PV remains a more practical and sustainable
choice for clean energy generation. Solar PV systems can thrive in Tabuk's sunny and
arid conditions without the need for extensive biomass feedstock supply chains or
water-intensive processes. Additionally, solar PV projects require comparatively less
land use and have lower environmental impacts, making them a more suitable and
favorable option for the region.
Geothermal Energy
Geothermal energy utilizes heat from the Earth's internal core to generate electricity
or provide heating and cooling. It involves tapping into underground reservoirs of hot
water or steam to produce power through geothermal power plants.
Considerations for Geothermal Energy Adoption in Tabuk, KSA Region are
summarized below:
 Geological Suitability: The feasibility of geothermal energy depends on the
geological characteristics of the region. Tabuk's geology may not be
conducive to geothermal energy development as it lacks known geothermal
resources. Geological surveys and exploration would be required to assess the
region's potential.
 Water Resources: Geothermal power plants typically require a substantial and
consistent supply of hot water or steam. Tabuk is known for its arid climate
and limited water resources, making it challenging to secure the necessary
water for geothermal energy generation.
 Exploration and Drilling: Discovering and accessing geothermal reservoirs
often involve deep drilling and exploration, which can be costly and technically
complex. The remote and challenging terrain of Tabuk may further increase the
difficulty and cost of exploration.
 Environmental Consideration: Developing geothermal energy projects can
have environmental consequences, such as subsurface changes, potential
groundwaterground water contamination, and surface disturbances. In
ecologically sensitive arid regions, these impacts may raise concerns.
 Economic Viability: The upfront investment required for geothermal
exploration, drilling, and power plant construction can be substantial. In
regions like Tabuk, where solar resources are abundant, the economic viability
of geothermal projects may be questioned, especially considering the
availability of more cost-effective renewable energy options.
 Resource Variability: The long-term sustainability of geothermal energy
depends on the replenishment rate of underground heat sources. It is essential
to ensure that geothermal reservoirs are not depleted over time, which requires
careful management.
Conclusion:
While geothermal energy is a reliable and renewable energy source in regions with
suitable geological conditions and ample hot water resources, it may not be a
practical choice for the Tabuk due to its unique challenges. The lack of known
geothermal resources, water scarcity, geological complexity, and the availability of
more economically viable renewable energy options like solar PV make geothermal
energy less favourable in this context. Utility-scale solar PV remains a more suitable

y
and advantageous choice for the Tabuk region, given its compatibility with arid
climates, and lower environmental impacts.
Nuclear Energy
Nuclear energy is generated through nuclear reactions, specifically nuclear fission,
where the nucleus of an atom splits into two smaller nuclei, releasing a significant
amount of energy. Nuclear power plants use this process to produce electricity.
Nuclear energy is a low-carbon energy source but has specific challenges and
considerations, especially in the context of the Tabuk region of Saudi Arabia.
 Water Resources: Nuclear power plants typically require large amounts of
water for cooling purposes. The Tabuk region is characterized by water
scarcity, making it challenging to secure the necessary water supply for
cooling nuclear reactors. This could result in competition for limited freshwater
resources.
 Environmental Consideration: Nuclear energy production generates
radioactive waste, which poses long-term storage and disposal challenges. In
arid regions like Tabuk, finding suitable and safe locations for radioactive
waste storage is particularly complex. There is also the potential for
environmental contamination in the event of accidents or mishandling of
nuclear materials.
 Safety and Security: Nuclear power plants require rigorous safety measures
and security protocols to prevent accidents and unauthorized access to
radioactive materials. Ensuring the highest safety standards and security in
remote regions like Tabuk can be logistically challenging and costly.
 Public Perception: Nuclear energy often faces public concerns related to safety
and radiation exposure. In regions like Tabuk, where community engagement
and trust-building are essential, addressing public perception and concerns
about nuclear energy can be a significant challenge.
 Infrastructure and Expertise: The construction and operation of nuclear power
plants require a high level of technical expertise and infrastructure, including
specialized workforce, nuclear fuel supply, and waste management facilities.
Establishing and maintaining such infrastructure in remote areas can be
difficult and costly.
 Grid Integration: Integrating nuclear power into the grid demands a robust and
resilient electrical infrastructure. Ensuring grid stability in a remote region like
Tabuk may necessitate significant investments.
Conclusion:
While nuclear energy is a low-carbon energy source and can provide a stable and
consistent power supply, its adoption in the Tabuk region presents substantial
challenges related to water scarcity, environmental impact, safety and security, public
perception, infrastructure, and grid integration. Given these challenges, along with
the region's abundant solar resources and the availability of alternative renewable
energy options, such as utility-scale solar PV, nuclear energy may not be a practical
or cost-effective choice for Tabuk. Solar PV offers advantages in terms of
compatibility with arid climates, minimal environmental impact, and ease of
integration into existing infrastructure.
Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT) Power Plants

y
Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT) power plants are a type of thermal power plant
that combines the use of gas turbines and steam turbines to generate electricity
efficiently. They are known for their high efficiency and flexibility. While CCGT power
plants have advantages, there are specific considerations when evaluating their
adoption in the Tabuk region of Saudi Arabia, as follows:
 Fuel Availability: CCGT power plants primarily rely on natural gas as a fuel source.
The availability of natural gas in Tabuk needs to be assessed, as the region may
not have abundant natural gas reserves. Dependency on external sources can
affect fuel supply stability and costs.
 Environmental Impact: CCGT power plants produce GHG emissions, even though
they are more efficient and have lower emissions than older fossil fuel power
plants. In arid regions like Tabuk, the environmental impact of such emissions can
exacerbate climate change and affect local ecosystems.
 Water Usage: CCGT power plants require water for cooling and steam generation.
The Tabuk region's water scarcity makes it crucial to assess the feasibility of
securing sufficient water for power plant operations without negatively impacting
other essential uses of water.
 Infrastructure: Developing and maintaining a CCGT power plant involves
significant infrastructure requirements, including gas pipelines, transmission
lines, and cooling systems. Ensuring the reliable operation of this infrastructure in
remote areas can be challenging.
 Grid Integration: Integrating CCGT power into the existing grid infrastructure
demands a robust and resilient electrical grid. In Tabuk, where grid infrastructure
may require upgrades, investments may be needed to ensure stable electricity
supply.
 Energy Efficiency: While CCGT power plants are known for their efficiency, their
performance can be affected by factors such as ambient temperature. In Tabuk's
hot climate, high ambient temperatures can reduce the efficiency of gas turbines.
Conclusion:
The adoption of CCGT power plants in the Tabuk region comes with specific
challenges related to natural gas availability, environmental impact, water usage,
infrastructure, grid integration, and energy efficiency in hot climates. Considering
these challenges, along with the region's abundant solar resources and the
availability of alternative renewable energy options, such as utility-scale solar PV,
CCGT power plants may not be the most practical or sustainable choice for Tabuk.
Solar PV offers advantages in terms of compatibility with arid climates, lower
environmental impact, and ease of integration into existing infrastructure.
Combustion Engines and Heavy Fuel Oil
Combustion engines, often powered by heavy fuel oil (HFO), are a traditional
technology used for electricity generation. These engines burn HFO to produce
mechanical energy, which is then converted into electrical energy through generators.
The considerations and challenges when evaluating its adoption in the Tabuk region
are listed below:
 Fuel Supply and Price Volatility: The availability and cost of heavy fuel oil can
be variable and subject to fluctuations in international markets. Dependence
on HFO may lead to energy price volatility and budget uncertainties for power
generation in Tabuk.
 Environmental Consideration: Combustion engines burning HFO emit GHGs,
particulate matter, and other pollutants that contribute to air pollution and

y
climate change. In a region where air quality and desert ecosystems are
important, these emissions can have significant environmental impacts.
 Fuel Storage and Handling: Storing and handling heavy fuel oil require specific
infrastructure and safety measures to prevent spills and environmental
contamination. Adequate facilities and precautions must be in place to handle
HFO safely.
 Efficiency and Energy Losses: Combustion engines are less efficient
compared to many other modern power generation technologies. They may
have higher energy losses, especially in the form of waste heat, which can be
less desirable in hot climates like Tabuk.
 Maintenance and Operational Challenges: Combustion engines require regular
maintenance and can be sensitive to factors like temperature and fuel quality.
The remote and harsh desert environment of Tabuk may present challenges for
maintenance and efficient operation.
 Fuel Flexibility: The reliance on HFO limits the flexibility of power generation.
In a region where renewable energy sources like solar power can provide
consistent energy in arid conditions, the inflexibility of combustion engines
may not align with the region's long-term sustainability goals.
 Sustainability: Use of combustion engines and heavy fuel oil will hamper the
achievement of sustainability goals since it will be against transitioning to
cleaner and more efficient technologies, reducing emissions, and promoting
alternative, sustainable energy sources and practices.
Conclusion:
The adoption of combustion engines powered by heavy fuel oil in the Tabuk region
comes with specific challenges related to fuel supply, environmental impact, fuel
storage, efficiency, maintenance, and operational considerations. Considering these
challenges, along with the region's abundant solar resources and the availability of
alternative renewable energy options, such as utility-scale solar PV, combustion
engines using heavy fuel oil may not be the most practical or sustainable choice for
Tabuk. Solar PV offers advantages in terms of compatibility with arid climates, lower
environmental impact, and ease of integration into existing infrastructure. Besides,
solar PV contributes to the achievement of sustainability.
Comparison of Alternatives
Creating a scoring mechanism to compare different energy sources for adoption in
Tabuk involves evaluating each option against specific criteria. These criteria may
include resource availability, environmental impact, cost-effectiveness, scalability,
and suitability for the region’s climate.
“Resource availability” assesses how abundant or accessible the energy source is in
the region, “environmental impact” considers the ecological and environmental
impacts, “cost-effectiveness” examines the financial feasibility, “scalability” assesses
how adaptable the energy source is to changing demands, and “suitability for the
region’s climate” gauges how well the source performs in the local climate
conditions. A detailed scoring mechanism is presented in Table 4-15. Similarly, Table
4-16 presents the weighted scores of different alternatives.
Table 4-15: Scoring Mechanism for Energy Sources in Tabuk, KSA

y
Resource Environmental Cost-

Scalability
Criteria Availability Impact Effectiveness
(10 points)
(10 points) (15 points) (20 points)
14/15 19/20
9/10 9/10
Solar Energy (Low emissions, (Falling PV costs,
(Abundant (Modular,
comparatively less low operating
sunlight) scalable)
land use) expenses)
12/15 17/20
5/10 7/10
Wind Energy (Low emissions, (Moderate capital
(Variable wind (Space-
potential visual costs, ongoing
resources) intensive)
impact) maintenance)
11/15 16/20 8/10
3/10
Hydropower (Ecosystem (High capital (Dependent on
(Limited water
disruption, water costs, low water
resources)
use) operational costs) resources)
15/20 7/10
2/10 10/15
Biomass (Moderate capital (Dependent on
Energy (Scarcity of (Emissions, land
costs, fuel biomass
biomass) use)
expenses) availability)
17/20 8/10
2/10 13/15
Geothermal (Moderate capital (Dependent on
Energy (Lack of known (Low emissions,
costs, low geological
geothermal) minimal land use)
operating costs) conditions)
4/10 9/15 14/20 6/10
Nuclear (Feasibility (Radioactive (High capital (Complex and
Energy needs waste, safety costs, complex time-
assessment) concerns) operations) consuming)
6/10 12/15
16/20 8/10
CCGT Power (Dependent on (Moderate
Plants (Moderate capital (Dependent on
natural gas emissions, water
and fuel costs) natural gas)
supply) use)
13/20
Combustion 4/10 11/15 7/10
Engines with (Moderate capital
(Dependent on (High emissions, (Dependent on
HFO costs, fuel
HFO supply) oil spills) HFO supply)
expenses)
Table 4-16: Weighted Scores of Different Alternatives

Tabuk
Region, KSA
(Utility type Scalability
Availability Consideration Effectiveness
power
plants)
Normalized
Weight: 25% Weight: 25% Weight: 25% Weight: 25% TOTAL
Score
Solar Energy 22.50 23.33 23.75 22.50 92.08
Wind Energy 12.50 20.00 21.25 17.50 71.25

y
Tabuk
Region, KSA
(Utility type Scalability
Availability Consideration Effectiveness
power
plants)
Hydropower 7.50 18.33 20.00 20.00 65.83
Biomass
5.00 16.67 18.75 17.50 57.92
Energy
Geothermal
5.00 21.67 21.25 20.00 67.92
Energy
Nuclear
10.00 15.00 17.50 15.00 57.50
Energy
CCGT Power
15.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 75.00
Plants
Combustion
Engines with 10.00 18.33 16.25 17.50 62.08
HFO
After assessing various energy sources using the scoring mechanism, solar energy
emerges as the most favourable option for adoption in the Tabuk region due to the
following:
1. Resource Availability: Tabuk experiences abundant sunlight throughout the
year, making solar energy highly accessible and reliable (9/10 points).
2. Environmental Consideration: Solar energy has one of the lowest
environmental impacts, with minimal emissions and land use (14/15 points).
3. Cost-Effectiveness: Solar energy is cost-effective, with decreasing PV costs
and low operating expenses (19/20 points).
4. Scalability: Solar energy is highly scalable, allowing for modular expansion as
needed (9/10 points).
In contrast, other options like wind and hydropower have challenges related to
resource availability and environmental impact. Biomass, geothermal, and nuclear
energy face resource constraints or complexity, while CCGT and heavy fuel oil
combustion engines have moderate environmental impacts and dependency on fuel
supply.
Given Tabuk's sunny climate and the advantages of solar energy in terms of resource
availability, environmental impact, cost-effectiveness, and scalability, it is a strong
choice for clean and sustainable energy generation in the region. However, a
comprehensive feasibility study and site-specific assessment are essential for precise
project planning and implementation.
4.2.3 Photovoltaic Technology Alternatives
Photovoltaic technology alternatives explore a diverse array of options within the
world of solar energy generation. As the demand for clean and renewable energy
continues to rise, understanding the various photovoltaic module types, tracking
technologies, and emerging innovations becomes crucial. This exploration will delve

y
into the distinctive characteristics and applications of these alternatives, offering

insights into how they shape the future of sustainable power generation.
4.2.3.1 PV Module Types
PV modules are the building blocks of solar power systems, converting sunlight into
electricity. Various PV module types have been developed to suit different
applications, environmental conditions, and efficiency requirements. Here are the
most common PV module types:
1. Monocrystalline Silicon (Mono-Si):
 Mono-Si modules are known for their high efficiency and space-
efficiency.
 They are made from single-crystal silicon wafers, resulting in a uniform
dark color.
 Monocrystalline panels are efficient but typically come at a higher cost.
2. Polycrystalline Silicon (Poly-Si):
 Poly-Si modules are less expensive to produce than monocrystalline
panels.
 They use multiple silicon crystals, resulting in a speckled blue
appearance.
 While slightly less efficient than mono-Si, poly-Si modules offer a cost-
effective option.
3. Thin-Film PV:
 Thin-film modules use various semiconductor materials, including
amorphous silicon (a-Si), cadmium telluride (CdTe), and copper indium
gallium selenide (CIGS).
 They are lightweight, flexible, and suitable for diverse applications, such
as building-integrated PV (BIPV) and portable devices.
 Thin-film panels tend to have lower efficiency compared to crystalline
modules but can excel in low-light conditions.
4. Bifacial Modules:
 Bifacial panels can capture sunlight from both sides, increasing energy
production.
 They are typically used in ground-mounted or elevated installations to
utilize reflected and diffused light.
 Bifacial technology can enhance overall system yield but may come at a
higher initial cost.
5. PERC (Passivated Emitter Rear Cell) Modules:
 PERC modules have a rear-side passivation layer that reduces electron
recombination, improving efficiency.
 They are a type of mono or poly-Si module with enhanced performance.
 PERC technology has become increasingly popular due to its efficiency
gains.

y
6. Heterojunction (HIT) Modules:

 HIT modules combine amorphous and crystalline silicon layers for
increased efficiency and temperature tolerance.
 They have a distinctive dark appearance with grid lines on both sides.
 HIT panels offer excellent performance in hot climates.
7. Cadmium Telluride (CdTe) Thin-Film Modules:
 CdTe thin-film modules are known for their cost-effectiveness.
 They are often used in large utility-scale projects due to their lower
manufacturing costs.
 While less efficient than some crystalline modules, they can be a
practical choice for certain applications.
8. Copper Indium Gallium Selenide (CIGS) Thin-Film Modules:
 CIGS thin-film modules offer a balance between efficiency and
flexibility.
 They are lightweight and adaptable, suitable for a range of installations.
 CIGS panels have gained attention for their potential to deliver
competitive efficiency and cost-effectiveness.
The choice of PV module type depends on factors like budget, space availability,
efficiency requirements, and project goals. As technology advances, new module
types and hybrid solutions continue to emerge, offering even more possibilities for
harnessing solar energy efficiently and sustainably. For Tabuk 2 solar parks
“2x78(156)-cell N-type Mono-Crystalline Bifacial Modules with dual glass” has been
selected.
N-type vs P-Type Solar Cells
The comparison summary of n-type and p-type solar panels are provided in Table 4-
17.
Table 4-17: Comparison of n-type and p-type Solar Panels
Feature N-Type Solar Cells P-Type Solar Cells
Doped with Electron Donors Doped with Electron
Type of Doping
(e.g., Phosphorus) Acceptors (e.g., Boron)
Charge Carriers Electrons (Negative Charge) Holes (Positive Charge)
Higher mobility due to excess Lower electron mobility
Electron Mobility
electrons due to holes
Majority Charge Carrier Electrons Holes
Minority Charge Carrier Holes Electrons
Absorbs longer
Absorbs shorter wavelengths
Absorption of Light wavelengths (red and IR)
(blue and UV) effectively
effectively
Typically slightly higher Typically slightly lower
Efficiency
efficiency efficiency
Tolerance to Radiation More resistant to radiation- More susceptible to

y

induced defects radiation-induced defects
Performs better in low-light Performs slightly worse in
Performance in Low Light
conditions low-light conditions
Generally more thermally Can be less thermally
Thermal Stability
stable stable
May have higher fabrication Generally lower fabrication
Cost
costs costs
Often used in high-efficiency Widely used in
Common Use Cases solar cells and bifacial conventional silicon solar
modules cells
Suitable for space
Common in residential and
Applications applications and high-
commercial solar panels
efficiency modules
Up to 10% performance
Light-induced Degradation
No LID caused by reduction caused by LID
(LID) Due to Manufacturing
manufacturing defects due to boron-oxygen
Defects
defect
The N-type solar panel is a highly valuable technology that is becoming widely
popular in the world market share (see Figure 4-20). Furthermore, the development of
this technology will most likely keep on growing in the short to mid-term.
Figure 4-20: World Market Share Comparison for Different Solar Panel Types

y
Based on above information, a scoring comparison between n-type and p-type solar
cells based on various factors, with a higher score indicating an advantage in each
category is presented in Table 4-18.
Table 4-18: Scoring Comparison of n-type and p-type Solar Panels
Charge Carrier Mobility 4 3
Majority Charge Carrier 4 3
Minority Charge Carrier 3 4
Absorption of Light 3 4
Efficiency 3 2
Tolerance to Radiation 4 2
Performance in Low Light 4 3
Thermal Stability 4 3
Cost 2 4
Common Use Cases 4 3
Applications 4 3
Total Score 35 30
In this scoring comparison, n-type solar cells have a total score of 35, indicating
certain advantages such as higher charge carrier mobility, better tolerance to
radiation, and suitability for high-efficiency applications. On the other hand, p-type
solar cells have a total score of 30, suggesting their advantages in terms of cost-
effectiveness and common use in traditional solar panels.
Bifacial vs Monofacial Modules
Another direct comparison between PV technology is based on module types. Bifacial
and monofacial solar modules are two distinct types of photovoltaic panels with
differing designs and capabilities. Here are the key differences between them:
 Light Absorption: The primary distinction lies in how these modules capture and
utilize sunlight. Monofacial modules are designed to absorb light only from one
side, typically the front side with the solar cells. In contrast, bifacial modules are
designed to capture sunlight from both the front and rear sides. Bifacial modules
have a transparent backsheet or glass on the rear side, allowing them to harness
reflected and diffused light from the ground or nearby surfaces in addition to
direct sunlight. This dual-sided absorption can significantly enhance the overall
energy production of bifacial panels compared to monofacial ones.
 Performance and Efficiency: Bifacial modules generally have a higher energy yield
and efficiency compared to monofacial modules. The ability to collect reflected
and diffuse light extends their energy generation capabilities, particularly in
environments with reflective surfaces like snow, water, or light-colored ground.
However, the actual performance gain depends on factors such as the installation
angle, ground cover, and albedo (reflectivity) of the surroundings. In some cases,
bifacial modules can deliver up to 20% more energy than monofacial modules,
making them a preferred choice for utility-scale projects and locations with high
albedo.

y
 Installation and Cost: While bifacial modules offer enhanced performance, they
require specific installation considerations. Mounting structures need to be
designed to allow light to reach the rear side of the modules, and proper spacing
between the modules and the ground is essential to minimize shading. This can
add to the installation complexity and cost. Monofacial modules, on the other
hand, have a more straightforward installation process. The choice between
bifacial and monofacial modules often involves assessing the specific conditions
of the installation site, such as ground cover, reflectivity, and available space, to
determine whether the increased efficiency of bifacial modules justifies the
potentially higher installation cost.
Based on above information, a scoring comparison between Bifacial and Monofacial
solar modules on various factors, with a higher score indicating an advantage in each
category, with a higher score indicating an advantage in each category, can be found
in Table 4-19.
Table 4-19: Scoring Comparison Bifacial and Monofacial Solar Modules
Feature Bifacial Solar Modules Monofacial Solar Modules
Light Absorption 4 3
Performance and Efficiency 4 3
Installation and Cost 3 4
Shading Tolerance 4 3
Albedo Effect 4 3
Applicability to Ground Cover 4 3
Total Score 23 19
In this scoring comparison, bifacial solar modules have a total score of 23, indicating
their advantages in terms of light absorption, performance, shading tolerance, and
albedo effect. Bifacial modules can harness energy from both sides and are well-
suited for environments with high reflectivity or varying ground cover.
Monofacial solar modules have a total score of 19, suggesting their simplicity and
potentially lower installation cost. However, they are limited to capturing light from
one side, which may result in lower energy yield in specific conditions.
The choice between bifacial and monofacial modules depends on factors like site-
specific conditions, installation complexity, and budget considerations. For locations
with suitable conditions, bifacial modules can offer a significant advantage in terms of
energy production.
Standard vs Smaller vs Larger Cell Sizes
PV modules come in various cell sizes, which refer to the dimensions of the individual
solar cells within the module. These cell sizes have implications for the module's
overall performance, efficiency, and cost. Here are the key differences in cell sizes:
 Standard Cell Sizes: Standard cell sizes are typically around 156 mm x 156 mm (6
inches x 6 inches) and are commonly referred to as 6-inch cells. These cells have
been widely used in the solar industry for many years. They offer a balance
between efficiency, manufacturing cost, and compatibility with existing module
designs. Modules with standard cell sizes are readily available and offer good
performance in a variety of applications.

y
 Smaller Cell Sizes: Smaller cell sizes, often referred to as 5-inch or 5x5 cells (125
mm x 125 mm), are less common but have been used in certain specialized
applications. Smaller cells may result in smaller and lighter modules, making them
suitable for portable or lightweight installations. However, they typically have
lower efficiency compared to larger cells, which can result in the need for more
cells per module to achieve the same power output.
 Larger Cell Sizes: Larger cell sizes, such as 72-cell or 78-cell modules, have
gained popularity for utility-scale solar projects. These cells can be as large as 210
mm x 210 mm or more. Larger cells can improve module efficiency and reduce
overall installation costs by requiring fewer cells per module and, consequently,
fewer interconnections. However, they may be less suitable for residential or
small-scale applications due to their size and weight.
A scoring comparison between standard cell sizes, smaller cell sizes, and larger cell
sizes in photovoltaic modules, with a higher score indicating an advantage in each
category, is provided in Table 4-20.
Table 4-20: Scoring Comparison of Cell Sizes
Feature Standard Cell Sizes Smaller Cell Sizes Larger Cell Sizes
Efficiency 3 2 4
Manufacturing Cost 3 4 3
Compatibility 3 2 4
Installation Flexibility 3 2 4
Weight and Portability 3 2 3
Suitable Applications 3 2 4
Total Score 18 14 22
In this scoring comparison, larger cell sizes have a total score of 22, indicating their
advantages in terms of efficiency, compatibility, installation flexibility, and suitability
for utility-scale solar parks like the one in Tabuk, Saudi Arabia. Larger cell sizes are
well-suited for maximizing energy output in such large-scale applications. Standard
cell sizes and smaller cell sizes have lower scores to reflect their relatively less ideal
fit for utility-scale projects in this context. Smaller cell sizes may have advantages in
other applications, but in the case of a utility-type solar park in Tabuk, larger cell sizes
are the more favorable choice.
Overall, the design team ishas selected the 2x78(156)-cell N-type Mono-Crystalline
Bifacial Modules with dual glass for the design works for M5M4 Solar Park, within the
scope of Tabuk 2 Project.
4.2.3.2 Mounting Structure
Module mounting structures are an essential component of solar PV systems,
providing the support and orientation needed to maximize the efficiency and
performance of solar panels. These structures are designed to securely hold the PV
modules in place while optimizing their exposure to sunlight. Below is a detailed
explanation of module mounting structures and their significance in solar PV
systems.
Types of Mounting Structures:

y
There are several types of module mounting structures, each designed to suit specific
applications and site conditions:
 Fixed Tilt Structures: These structures keep solar panels fixed at a specific
angle, usually optimized for the site's latitude. They are cost-effective and easy
to install but have a fixed orientation, which means they don't adjust to the
sun's changing position throughout the day and year.
 Single-Axis Tracking Structures: These structures allow solar panels to rotate
on a single axis, typically east to west. This tracking follows the sun's path
during the day, improving energy production by up to 25% compared to fixed-
tilt systems. However, they are more complex and costly.
 Dual-Axis Tracking Structures: These structures provide two-axis rotation,
enabling solar panels to track the sun both horizontally and vertically. Dual-
axis tracking systems yield the highest energy output but come with increased
complexity and expense.
Importance of Module Mounting Structures:
 Optimal Sunlight Exposure: Module mounting structures ensure that solar
panels are positioned at the correct tilt and azimuth angle to receive maximum
sunlight throughout the day. This alignment significantly impacts the system's
energy production. Simply put, a single-axis tracker allows for more direct
sunlight, producing more energy than a fixed-tilt rack. This makes the single-
axis tracker more effective at absorbing energy as the system can track the
sun’s movements throughout the day. Trackers increase the production of a
site by roughly 15% to 25%, compared to fixed-tilt systems. Multiple variables
influence this measurement such as the amount of sun exposure, climate
conditions, land costs, installation and maintenance fees, number of panels,
etc. However, when comparing the two systems, the single-axis tracker is
optimized to produce more energy, leading to a higher financial rate of return.
 Durability and Stability: Mounting structures are engineered to withstand
various environmental conditions, including wind, snow, and seismic events.
Their robust design ensures the long-term stability and safety of the solar
installation.
 Minimized Shading: Properly designed mounting structures minimize shading
between adjacent rows of solar panels, reducing energy losses due to inter-
row shading.
 Aesthetics and Space Utilization: Mounting structures can be customized to fit
the available space and meet aesthetic requirements, making them suitable for
both ground-mounted and rooftop installations.
Considerations in Design and Installation:

 Site-specific Analysis: The design of module mounting structures should
consider the specific solar resource, climate, and terrain characteristics of the
installation site to optimize energy generation.
 Foundation and Anchoring: Secure anchoring and foundations are crucial to
ensure the stability and longevity of the mounting structure. Proper foundation
design takes into account soil conditions and local building codes.
 Maintenance and Accessibility: Efficient design of solar panel mounting
structures should consider accessibility for maintenance and cleaning. While

y
single-axis tracker systems boost production significantly, they come with

added installation and maintenance costs. Fixed-tilt systems have lower capital
costs but lower overall performance. When assessing both fixed and variable
costs, single-axis trackers often offer lower levelized electricity costs. Fixed-tilt
systems have fewer long-term operational costs due to their simplicity. Both
require regular maintenance, including cleaning, with single-axis trackers
needing specialized professional maintenance. This covers electrical, controls,
rack, actuator, monitoring, and battery replacement. Regular cleaning is
advised to maintain energy output, but it comes with labour and material costs.
However, soiling can lead to annual losses ranging from 4.3% to 7.5%.
A scoring comparison for module mounting structures in the context of a utility-type
solar park installation in Tabuk region is provided in Table 4-21.
Table 4-21: Scoring Comparison for Module Mounting Structures
Single-Axis Dual-Axis Tracking
Feature Fixed Tilt Structures
Tracking Structures Structures
Energy Production 3 4 5
Cost-Effectiveness 3 4 2
Shading and Intercell
3 4 2
Gaps
Durability and Stability 3 4 2
Maintenance and
3 4 2
Accessibility
Space Utilization and
3 4 2
Aesthetics
Adaptability to Local
3 4 2
Climate and Conditions
In this scoring comparison, the single-axis tracking structures have the highest total
score of 28, indicating their clear advantage in terms of energy production and overall
suitability for a utility-type solar park installation in Tabuk, Saudi Arabia.
Fixed tilt structures have a total score of 21, while dual-axis tracking structures have a
total score of 15, reflecting their lower favorability in this context, particularly due to
their cost and complexity without a significant increase in energy production
compared to single-axis tracking systems.
The scoring emphasizes the preference for single-axis tracking structures in
maximizing energy production and efficiency for the specific location and application
in Tabuk. The design team ishas selected the single-axis mounting system taking into
consideration of above factors along with the preliminary geotechnical and
geophysical survey results.
4.2.3.3 PV Inverters
PV inverters are integral components of utility-type solar parks, playing a crucial role
in converting the direct current (DC) electricity generated by solar panels into
alternating current (AC) electricity suitable for the grid. These sophisticated devices
are essential for optimizing energy production, ensuring grid compatibility, and

y
enabling efficient power transmission. Below, a comprehensive explanation of PV

inverters in utility-type solar parks is presented.
In addition to this fundamental function, modern PV inverters incorporate advanced
features for maximum energy production. These include Maximum Power Point
Tracking (MPPT) to ensure panels operate at their peak efficiency, grid
synchronization for smooth power transfer, and safety mechanisms like ground fault
detection.
Types of PV Inverters
Central Inverters: Typically used in large utility-scale solar parks, central inverters are
designed for high power capacities. They aggregate the output from multiple strings
of solar panels and convert it into AC power. Central inverters are known for their
efficiency and ease of maintenance but may have lower granularity in monitoring
individual panels. Its main advantages include the following:
 Easier maintenance.
 Fewer inverter elements, fewer fault points and higher reliability.
 Fewer harmonic contents, less dc component, higher power quality.
 High inverter integration level, higher power density, lower cost.
 Complete protection functions of the inverter, higher safety of the power
station.
 Possess the power factor adjustment function and low voltage crossing
function, good grid adjusting performance.
The main disadvantages include the following:
 High fault rate of the DC convergence box, affect the entire system.
 Narrow MPPT voltage scope of the central inverter, generally 500-820V,
inflexible component configuration, short power generation time in rainy or
misty days.
 The inverter itself as well as the machine room ventilation and dissipation
consume power, thus has rather complicated system maintenance.
 The centralized grid-connected inverter system has no redundancy ability. If it
stops because of a fault, the entire system will stop power generation.
String Inverters: String inverters are installed in smaller strings of solar panels. They
are suitable for medium-scale installations and offer more detailed panel-level
monitoring. String inverters are known for their flexibility, scalability, and cost-
effectiveness.
Main advantages of string inverts include the following:
 The string inverter adopts the modular design. Each PV string corresponds to
one power inverter. The advantage is that it is not affected by the difference
between the modules and shadow sheltering. While reducing the optimal
operating point of the PV module and the inverter does not match, the
generated power will be increased to the maximum.
 The string inverter has a wide MPPT voltage range, generally 200-800V, and the
component configuration is more flexible. In areas of rainy and misty days, the
power generation time is long.
 The string grid-tied inverter is small in size and light in weight, thus being easy
to be handled and installed. It does not require professional tools and
equipment. It can simplify construction and reduce occupation in various
applications. The DC line connection does not require any DC combiner box or

y
DC power distribution cabinet. The string type also has the advantages of low
self-consumption, low impact, convenient replacement and maintenance.
The disadvantages, on the other hand, are listed below:
 There are many electronic components.
 If there are many power inverters, the total fault rate will rise, and the system
monitoring is difficult.
Microinverters: Microinverters are attached to individual solar panels, converting DC
to AC at the panel level. They offer the highest granularity in monitoring, improved
efficiency under partial shading, and enhanced safety. Microinverters are commonly
used in residential and small commercial installations, but they are not cost-effective
for large utility-scale parks.
Considerations for Utility-Type Solar Parks:
 Efficiency: Efficiency is a critical consideration for utility-scale projects. PV
inverters should have high conversion efficiency to minimize energy losses during
the DC-AC conversion process.
 Grid Compatibility: Utility-type solar parks must adhere to grid codes and
standards. PV inverters need to synchronize with the grid's frequency and
voltage, ensuring seamless integration with the existing electrical
infrastructure.
 Remote Monitoring: Advanced PV inverters offer remote monitoring
capabilities, allowing operators to track the performance of individual inverters
and panels in real-time. This feature aids in identifying and addressing issues
promptly, optimizing system performance, and reducing maintenance costs.
 Reliability and Durability: PV inverters should be designed to withstand harsh
environmental conditions such as extreme temperatures and humidity.
Reliability is crucial to minimize downtime and ensure a consistent energy
supply to the grid.
Advancements and Future Trends:
The PV inverter industry continues to evolve with advancements like hybrid inverters
that integrate energy storage and smart grid functionality. Moreover, next-generation
inverters are focusing on reducing component costs, improving efficiency, and
enhancing grid stability. As utility-type solar parks expand globally, inverters will play
an increasingly critical role in ensuring efficient and reliable energy generation from
solar resources.
A scoring comparison for central inverters, string inverters, and microinverters in
utility-type solar parks is provided in Table 4-22, a higher score indicating an
advantage in each category.
Table 4-22: Scoring Comparison for Inverters
Feature Central Inverters String Inverters Microinverters
Power Capacity 4 3 2
Efficiency 4 3 3
Granularity of Monitoring 3 2 4
Scalability and Flexibility 3 4 3
Cost-Effectiveness 3 4 2

y
Feature Central Inverters String Inverters Microinverters

Grid Compatibility 4 3 3
Durability and Reliability 4 3 3
Remote Monitoring and
4 3 4
Control
In this scoring comparison inverter types, central inverters have the highest total
score of 29, indicating their advantages in terms of power capacity, efficiency, and
grid compatibility, making them well-suited for large-scale utility installations.
String inverters have a total score of 25, reflecting their flexibility, scalability, and
cost-effectiveness, which make them a good choice for medium-scale projects.
Microinverters have a total score of 21, with strengths in granularity of monitoring and
remote monitoring and control, but they may be less cost-effective and have lower
power capacity for utility-type solar parks.
The design team has selected the central inverters (Sungrow SG8800UD-MV-20)
taking into consideration ofthe above factors and applied it for the medium-voltage
design works.
4.2.4 No Amendment Alternative
NEOM is part of Saudi 2030, intended to diversify the economy away from oil and
aiming to derive 50% of its electricity from renewable power sources by 2030. Among
NEOM’s energy vision, implementing a 100 % renewable system also takes place.
The proposed Project is part of NEOM developments, following the goal of building a
self-contained, low-cost grid of renewable energy. The expected AC power from M5M4
Solar Park Project is approximately 38521790 MW and the expected power is 4.612.14
GWp, which will be prone to modification after the completion of advance designs.
This production will significantly contribute to avoiding emission of CO 2 as compared
to the case in which crude oil would be the fuel of choice for electricity generation. As
such, it contributes to Saudi Arabia’s vision that announced net-zero GHG pledge by
2060.
As outlined above, solar energy (together with wind energy) and storage will not only
provide sustainable energy on their own, but they’ll also offer a singular set of
conditions for developing new clean technologies such as green hydrogen.
As such, the “No amendment” alternative would lead to loss of potential renewable
energy production, loss of renewable energy sources and would result in diminished
improvement of current environmental conditions.
Furthermore, the “No-project” alternative would lead to loss of investment and new
jobs that would otherwise be created during both the construction and operation of
the proposed Project.

y
5 Description of Surroundings
5.1 Methodology for Data Collection and Analysis
Baseline data collection for the ESIA will involve identifying key themes and
receptors,
defining temporal and geographical (spatial) boundaries of assessment and collecting
and
compiling baseline information. Baseline information will be obtained from primary
data
generation and secondary data available from existing databases and previous
reports.
The following documents, provided by NEOM, will be made use of throughout the
ESIA studies:
 NEOM Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment – 2021 (C2O Consulting);
 Ground Water Management – Strategy – January 2023 (ENOWA);
 NEOM Resource Recovery and Waste Management Framework, Task 1.1 Waste
and Resource Strategy – May 2021 (GHD Global);
 NEOM Resource Recovery and Waste Facility, Early Concept Master Plan –
February 2022 (NEOM);
 Relocation Action Plan Uromastyx sp (NEOM Environment),
 Survey Report on Soil Quality Study – 1 – August 2022 (King Fahd University of
Petroleum and Minerals),
 Cumulative Impact Assessment Long List of Projects and the associated kmz
file (received in March 2023).
Additionally, secondary data and available databases listed below will also be used at
minimum:
 Google Earth Satellite Images,
 Open Street Map Land Use & Land Cover Geodatabase,
 Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) Harmonized
World Soil Database–- The Digital Soil Map of the World Version 3.6,
 Air Quality Index (AQI) of Halat Ammar City (https://ncec.gov.sa),
 International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List of Threatened
Species databases were used to identify protected species in and around the
Project Area, (https://www.iucnredlist.org/),
 National Center for Wildlife, Digital Observatory for Protected Areas (DOPA),
Protected Planet databases were used to determine the protected areas in and
around the Project Area,
 UNEP-WCMC and IUCN (2022), Protected Planet: The World Database on
Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based
Conservation Measures (WD-OECM) [Online], December 2022, Cambridge, UK:
UNEP-WCMC and IUCN (www.protectedplanet.net).

y
Furthermore, a thorough site reconnaissance survey and a comprehensive ecological

survey were conducted in April 2023. The data collected in those surveys are used in
the preparation of this Scoping Report and will be used as input to the ESIA Report.
Below, the methodologies for the baseline studies encompassing ongoing and/or
completed survey and research activities are listed for each topic.
5.1.1 Natural Vegetation Cover
The flora survey for terrestrial ecology included plants and habitats. Using the
quadrat survey method, the flora surveys comprised identifying and characterizing
the habitat and vegetation cover inside the project areas.
The recorded vegetation is represented by the DAFOR Scale (see Table 5-23), which
involves simply assigning each species as Dominant, Abundant, Frequent,
Occasional or Rare (‘DAFOR’). The DAFOR scale is used for assessing abundances of
plants over large areas. It is a density or cover measure. These classes have no strict
definition, and the Environmental Consultant must decide based on their professional
judgement and interpretation, including the scoring system based on relative cover or
density of species.
Table 5-23: DAFOR scale selection criteria
Species abundance
DAFOR term Abbreviation
percentage
51-100% Dominant D
31-50% Abundant A
16-30% Frequent F
6-15% Occasional O
1-5% Rare R
5.1.2 Air Quality

Air quality sampling has been conducted within the scope of baseline surveys which
were completed at the end of October 2023 (at the preparation period of this
document, the environmental survey results were not yet received).
As mentioned, the whole area is idle and barren. The nearest source of potential pollution is
the Highway 15 parallel to the southern boundary of the Project Area with a distance of 8
km, which will also be used by vehicles during the construction stage. During the site visit,
small individual settlements were observed inside, and near the southern and southwestern
border of the Project Site. According to the approved Field Survey Design Report
(Annex 8.2-B); AQ-54 was selected close to the individual settlement situated at the
southwest of the Site. AQ-6It is close toalso on the main road (Highway 15) that will be
used during the construction stage.
The coordinates of the air quality sampling location for M5M4 Solar Park Project is
presented in and Table 5-24 displayed on the map in Figure 5-.
Table 5-24: Indicative Baseline Air Quality Sampling Location
Name Latitude Longitude

y
AQ-54 28.434316462169 36.982717735327

AQ-6 28.401596 37.068292

y

y
Figure 5-21: Air Quality Sampling Locations for M5M4 Project Site

Project Standards
The relevant guideline of NEOM is Air Quality and Weather Monitoring Standards
(02_NEOM Baseline Standards and Methods Air Quality and Weather_Rev2).
Table 5-25 presents the applicable air quality standards for the NEOM baseline study,
which will also be applicable to this project. It is proposed that when both an NCEC
and a World Health Organization (WHO) standard is available for a given parameter,
the most stringent standard is adopted to assess monitored concentrations. WHO
provides interim targets in recognition of the need for a staged approach to achieving
the recommended guidelines for developing countries.
Table 5-25: NEOM Ambient Air Quality Standards
Pollutant Averaging Time NCEC Standards WHO Standards
(µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(Project Standards)
Nitrogen Oxides (NO2) Hourly 660 [1] 200
Annual 100 40
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Hourly 730 [1] -
24 Hours 365 [2] 125 (Interim target-1)
50 (Interim target-2)
20 (Guideline)
Annual 80 -
Carbon Monoxide (CO) Hourly 40,000 [1] -
8 Hours 10,000 [1] 10,000
Ozone (O3) Hourly 235 -
8 Hours 157 160 (Interim target-1)
100 (Guideline)
Benzene (C6H6) Hourly 30 [4] -
Annual 3 [4] 5
Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Hourly 200 [5] -
24 Hours 40 [6] -
Particulate Matter (PM10) 24 Hours 340 150 (Interim target-1)
50 (Guideline)
Annual 80 70 (Interim target-1)
20 (Guideline)
Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 24 Hours 35 75 (Interim target-1)
37.5 (Interim target-3)
25 (Guideline)
Annual 15 35 (Interim target-1)

y
Pollutant Averaging Time NCEC Standards WHO Standards

(µg/m3) (µg/m3)
(Project Standards)
10 (Guideline)
[1] Not to be exceeded more than twice per thirty days.

[2] Maximum concentration not to be exceeded more than once per year.
[3] Maximum daily 8 hours.
[4] Alberta Ambient Air Quality Objectives and Guidelines Issued in August 2012.
[5] Not to exceed in any 12 months period.
[6] Not to exceed more than once in any 12 months period.
[7] Exceeding the PM10 and PM2.5 24 hours or annual standards because of abnormal natural
background concentrations shall not be considered a violation of the designated standard.
Tools / Equipment / Sampling Method
A mobile ambient air quality monitoring station will be installed at each air quality
sampling/monitoring point. The air quality station will be located in a compact,
lockable device that can be placed anywhere on site in a convenient location and put
on a tripod or stand. The station will provide real-time reporting of air quality for
pollutants including CO, O3, PM10 and PM2.5.
The monitoring device will be mounted in a mobile vehicle powered by electricity. An
un-interrupted power supply (UPS) device will be used to provide emergency power to
the system when the input power source or main power fails.
Furthermore, bottle-vacs will be used for sampling Benzene (C 6H6) and Hydrogen
Sulfide (H2S) in the air.
Since air quality monitoring/sampling analysis of different parameters requires
utilization of different methods for varying durations, a summary is presented in Table
5-26.
Table 5-26: Air Quality Sampling / Analysis Parameter List for Baseline Study
No Parameters Method Duration

3 days of
Nitrogen Dioxides
1 UV fluorescence monitoring per
(NO2)
location
3 days of
2 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Chemiluminescence monitoring per
location
3 days of
Ground level ozone Spectrometer measurement
3 monitoring per
(O3) method
location
3 days of
Carbon Monoxide Non-Dispersive Infra-Red
4 monitoring per
(CO) (NDIR)
location
3 days of
Particulate Matter
5 Gravimetric monitoring per
(PM2.5 and PM10)
location
6 Benzene (C6H6) Bottle-vac installed with a 8 hours of

y
No Parameters Method Duration

monitoring per
flow meter
location
8 hours of
Hydrogen Sulfide Bottle-vac installed with a
7 monitoring per
(H2S) flow meter
location
NO2 & NOX Measurements

For the measurement of NO2 and NOX, a device (Horiba – APSA370) integrated to the
mobile station will be used. The measuring instrument is a chemiluminescence
monitor using the "crossflow" modulation principle. Sample gas and reference gas
are alternately supplied to the measuring cell. Sample gas with eliminated NO X
concentration will be used as reference gas.
SO2 Measurements
For SO2, the device integrated to the mobile station conducts continuous monitoring
of atmospheric SO2 using UV fluorescence. The sample gas is irradiated by a UV
lamp (Xenon) and stimulates the SO2 molecules to vibrate. The emitted UV light is
proportional to the SO2 concentration of the sample gas. An electronic signal
processing to correct variations in light intensity.
O3 Measurements
It will be possible to measure the levels of O 3 in the high atmosphere using a variety
of techniques that operate on various time and space scales. Spectrophotometers
gauge the atmosphere's transparency to various wavelengths of ultraviolet sun
energy. On the basis of these observations, the total amount of O 3 in the air column
above the station is determined.
CO Measurements
The device installed on the air quality monitoring station will continuously monitor the
atmospheric CO concentration using a Non-Dispersive Infra-Red (NDIR) cross-flow
modulation principle. The device employs independent, internal dry-method sampling
to achieve the highest levels of sensitivity and accuracy.
PM10 & PM2.5 Measurements
Following Directive 2008/50/EC on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe,
which establishes the parameters specific to the assessment of ambient
concentration levels of particulate matter, the objective of this European Standard is
to present a harmonized methodology for monitoring the mass concentrations of
suspended particulate matter (PM10 and PM2.5, respectively) in ambient air.
By sampling the particulate matter on filters and weighing it with a balance, this EU
Directive 2008/50/EC establishes a standard that describes a method for determining
the PM10 or PM2.5 mass concentrations of suspended particulate matter in ambient air.
Measurements are made using samplers that operate at nominal flow rates of 2.3 m 3/h
over nominal sampling periods of 24 hours. The results are expressed in g/m3, where
the volume of air is the volume at ambient conditions near the inlet at the time of

y
sampling. This method will be applicable within the scope of the Pre-Development of
Tabuk 2 Solar Power Plants Project.
C6H6 Measurements
The measurements will be conducted at the identified locations using bottle-vacs
installed with a flow meter. The bottle-vac allows for sample collection to passively
ﬂow from the external environment into the container via a pressure differential
established in the laboratory before sampling. So that, the bottle collects the Volatile
Organic Compounds (VOCs), including C6H6.
H2S Measurements
The measurements will be done at the identified locations using bottle vacs installed
with a flow meter. The same procedure as the C 6H6 measurement applies for H2S,
however the analysis methods at the laboratory differ.
Meteorology
Meteorology measurements will bewere carried out at the same location withas air
quality sampling/monitoring locationslocation (AQ-5 and AQ-64).
The monitoring station used for air quality monitoring as elaborated above, will also
be equipped to monitor the real-time meteorological parameters on a 10-meter
meteorological tower with sensors registering and recording the following:
 Wind direction,
 Wind speed,
 Temperature,
 Relative humidity, and
 Ambient air pressure.
5.1.3 Noise
Noise level measurement has been conducted within the scope of baseline surveys
which were completed at the end of October 2023 (at the preparation period of this
document, the environmental survey results were not yet received).
During the site visit, small individual settlements were observed inside, and near the
southern and southwestern border of the Project Site. According to the approved Field
Survey Design Report (Annex 8.2-B); NL-54 was selected close to the individual
settlement situated at the southwest of the Site. NL-6It is close toalso on the main road
(Highway 15) that will be used during the construction stage. The coordinates of the
air quality sampling location for M5M4 Solar Park Project is presented in and Table 5-
24 displayed on the map in Figure 5-.
The coordinates of the noise level measurement locations for M5M4 Project are
presented in Table 5-27 and also displayed on the map in Figure 5-.
Table 5-27: Indicative Baseline Noise Level Measurement Locations

NL-54 28.433926461519 36.983490734703
NL-6 28.415221 37.061659

y

y

y
Figure 5-22: Noise Level Measurement Locations for M5M4 Solar Park Project

Project Standards
The relevant guideline of NEOM is Noise and Vibration Monitoring Standards
(01_NEOM Baseline Standards and Methods Noise and Vibration_Rev2). It was
prepared in accordance with guidance prescribed in the General Environmental
Standard for Noise (2012).
With the responsibilities of GAMEP being distributed to five centers (namely NCEC,
National Centre for Waste Management, National Centre for Vegetation Cover,
National Centre for Meteorology and National Centre for Wildlife), some standards,
such as noise, were updated and modified in 2021.
The NEOM standards for noise are presented in this section; however, due to the
presence of a more up-to-date national standard, ASY proposes to use a combination
of national standards and IFC requirements, whichever is more stringent (see Table 5-
28).
Table 5-28: Project Standards for Noise Level (Combination of NCEC and IFC)
NCEC IFC3 Project Standards
Area Type
Daytime Nighttime Daytime Nighttime Daytime Nighttime
Categor
50 dB 40 dB 50 dB 40 dB
y (A)
Categor
Residential 55 dB 45 dB
y (B)
and
commercial Categor
60 dB 50 dB 55 dB 45 dB
y (C)
55 dB 45 dB
Categor
65 dB 55 dB
y (D)
Roadsides (including
70 dB 65 dB
main highways)
Industrial Zones
(including the outdoor 70 dB 65 dB 70 dB 70 dB 70 dB 65 dB
premises of activities)
Category (A): Low-density residential areas in addition to tourist attractions, recreational
parks, surroundings of hospitals, schools, elder care centers, nurseries, and environmentally
sensitive areas.
Category (B): Medium-density residential areas.
Category (C): High-density residential areas in addition to areas of both residential and
commercial activities.
Category (D): Commercial areas, including warehouses and financial centers.
*Project Standards applicable to M4 Solar Park Project
The project area is located within Low-density residential areas; however, the measurement
point was selected near the settlement and road due to the stated accessibility reasons and
the fact that the area is inactive and barren with individual settlement. Therefore, the project
standards applicable to M4 Project are determined to be 55 dB during the day and 45 dB at
night. In the assessment of the results that will be included in the ESIA Report, necessary
3
IFC General EHS Guidelines, Noise Level Guidelines

y
justifications and clarifications will be included accordingly referring to the Project Area being
further inland from the road. Furthermore, the noise modelling study, results of which will be
presented in the ESIA Report, will shed light on noise propagation.
Noise level measurement will be conducted by trained specialists. Noise level
measurement will last for 48 hours with the use of noise monitors that will be capable
of logging data continuously over this time period, or hourly, or more frequently, as
appropriate (or else cover differing time periods within several days, including
weekday and weekend workdays). Measurement will be carried out at points
approximately 1.5 m above the ground and no closer than 3 m to any reflecting
surface (e.g., wall etc.).
As previously elaborated, noise baseline measurement results will be assessed in line
with the 'Noise Level Guidelines' determined within IFC Environmental Health and
Safety Guideline, which is referring to the WHO Guidelines for Community Noise.
The noise level measurements will be conducted via NCEC’s recommended strategy
and the ISO 1996. All noise level measurements will be carried out for 48 hours and
averaged as the day and nighttime in each location.
The noise level measurements will be carried out using Type 1 integrated sound level
meter. The Type 1 integrated sound level meter will be pre-set at fast response and
calibrated before and after each location using a certified calibrator.
The noise level measurement related specifications for this baseline study are
presented in Table 5-29.
Table 5-29: Noise Level Measurement Specifications for the Baseline Study
Type Measurement Description

48 hours consecutive at each location
Noise Level Measurement
1.5 meters above the ground
5.1.4 Water Quality (Surface Water, Ground Water, Seawater)

Due to lack of available ground water wells, no ground water sampling could be
conducted within the scope of baseline surveys.
Regarding the surface water, since no surface water body was observed in or near
any of the project sites during the site visit in April 2023, surface water quality cannot
be assessed. Yet, dry wadiwater channels were observed throughout the M5M4 Site.
Considering the wadiswater channels and the potential flood risk at the site after heavy
rainfalls, available long-term meteorological data from the nearest stations will be
used for hydrology studies.
Furthermore, in relation to clean water domestic use during construction and
operational stage, detailed information will be requested from ENOWA for the
construction and operational phases.

y
5.1.5 Quality of Soil and Sediments

Although there are no contaminative activities or observed remediation requiring
contamination at the site, soil quality sampling has been conducted within the scope
of baseline surveys. At the preparation period of this document, the environmental
survey results were not yet received.
For the corrosion assessment; as part of the on-going geotechnical studies, soil
samples will be collected, and soil properties will be documented across the
investigated test pits through chemical analysis on soil samples and soil aggressivity
tests.
Agricultural area traces (centre-pivot irrigation field marks) are situated around M5at
the northwest part of M4 Site. To understand the baseline soil quality conditions,
sampling locations were selected taking into consideration the past and existing
activities, existing infrastructure and accessibility of the locations. Finally, the
existing design layout was utilized, and soil quality sampling points were selected to
be in the areas where panels are planned to be installed.
The coordinates of the airsoil quality sampling locationlocations for M5M4 Project isare
presented in Table 5-30 and it isthey are displayed on the map in Figure 5-.
Table 5-30: Indicative Baseline Soil Quality Sampling Locations

SQ-108 28.43856150547 36.961658770543
SQ-119 28.491972481051 36.930291767051

y

y
Figure 5-23: Soil Quality Sampling Locations for M5M4 Project Site

y
Project Standards
The relevant guideline of NEOM is Soil and Groundwater Survey Procedure (06_NEOM
Baseline Standards and Methods_SoilandGW_Rev2). It was prepared in accordance
with provisions set by the applicable Saudi Legislation, national / international
standards and guidelines, and best practices.
Furthermore, “Environmental Procedures - NEOM-NEV-TGD-601 Technical Guideline
Document on Environmental & Social Assessment Reporting” also states that soil
quality standards and targets used to determine levels of contamination will be those
defined in the Dutch Ministry of Infrastructure and Water Management (2013) Soil
Remediation Circular 2013.
Accordingly, Table 5-31 presents a comparison of NCEC Limits and Dutch Standards.
Table 5-31: Comparison of NCEC Limits and Dutch Standards for Soil Quality (Project
Standards)
Dutch Standards
NCEC Limits
(Project Standards)
Soil Particle Size
Classification
Parameters Unit Coarse Soil Soft Soil
Dutch Dutch
Type of
Types of Target Intervention
Land Use:
Land Use: Value** Value
Natural
Natural Area
Area
Limits Limits
Physical
Nature of sediments
- - - -
and particle size
Chemical
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
mg/
Naphthalene 0.017 0.014 - 0.07
kg
mg/
Phenanthrene 0.061 0.051 - 0.005
kg
mg/
Anthracene 0.0056 0.0046 - -
kg
mg/
Fluoranthene 0.039 0.032 - -
kg
mg/
Chrysene 6.2 6.2 - -
kg
mg/
Benzo[a]anthracene 0.083 0.07 - -
kg
mg/
Benzo[a]pyrene 0.6 0.6 - -
kg
mg/
Benzo[k]fluoranthene - - - -
kg
Indeno (1,2,3-cd) mg/ - - - -
02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000007 REVISION CODE: C PAGE 140 OF 332

y
Dutch Standards
NCEC Limits
(Project Standards)
Soil Particle Size
Classification
Parameters Unit Coarse Soil Soft Soil
Dutch Dutch
Type of
Types of Target Intervention
Land Use:
Land Use: Value** Value
Natural
Natural Area
Area
Limits Limits
pyrene kg
Benzo (g,h,i) mg/
- - - -
perylene kg
PAHs (total) (aggr. mg/
- - 40 -
10)A kg
mg/
Arsenic 17 17 - 76
kg
mg/
Boron 3.3 3.3 - -
kg
mg/
Cadmium 3.8 3.8 - 6
kg
mg/
Copper 63 63 - 190
kg
mg/
Chromium (total) 64 64 - 30
kg
mg/
Lead 70 70 - 530
kg
mg/
Mercury (inorganic) 12 12 - 36
kg
mg/
Nickel 45 45 - 100
kg
mg/
Vanadium 130 130 - 250
kg
mg/
Zinc 200 200 - 720
kg
It should be kindly noted that in addition to the chemical parameters listed above,
Total Organic Carbons, Aluminum, Iron and Manganese are also included in the
NEOM’s parameter list for soil characterization study (Soil and Groundwater Survey
Procedure - 06_NEOM Baseline Standards and Methods_SoilandGW_Rev2). On the
other hand, since the mentioned chemical parameters are not included in the Dutch
standards and the NCEC standards, those are not considered for this project due to
the lack of threshold values to make comparison with. Similarly, “soil microbial
biomass” and “subterranean soil invertebrates” are included in NEOM list; however,
since they are not given in the Dutch standards, they are also not included in this
document.

y

Personnel who are qualified and competent will conduct all soil sampling studies. Soil
samples will be taken with Hand Auger from between 20 to 50 cm, and via composite
sampling covering an area with a radius range of 8-10 m.
Clean gloves will be used for each sample to avoid cross-contamination. Before
sampling, sample containers will have a permanent label on them that includes at
least sampling location, sampling date, and a dedicated sample number. The auger
methods are the most effective sampling methods for acquiring volumetric soil-root
samples. The techniques include hand auger sampling or automated sampling
equipment and washing to separate the roots from the soil. The samples are often
smaller than those produced by monolith techniques. The task is completed by using
the auger to drill into the soil to the necessary depth, remove the auger, and then
remove the soil for analysis and sampling. With this method, it will be possible to take
samples of various soil levels.
The soil will be sampled in a way to ensure that the sample is sufficiently
representative of the soil layer in question and that the packaging or the sampling
equipment did not contaminate or evaporate the contaminant concentrations. During
the fieldwork, soil-filled sampling containers will be kept in a place that is as cool as
possible (around 2-4°C) and out of direct sunlight.
Within the scope of sampling, sample sheets will accompany each sample, indicating
the depth of the sample, which horizons are visible, soil texture and color. This will
also include the date and coordinates. In addition, a chain of custody will accompany
each sample.
After the fieldwork is over, the soil samples will be brought as quickly as possible to
the laboratory. Information will be recorded, including the date of the sampling, the
coordinates of the sampling location, and the identities of the sampling team. The
samples will be sent to the laboratory with instructions on preservation methods and
storage times. The samples will be examined upon arrival at the laboratory to identify
any issues that might affect or halt the analyses. Any such incidents will be noted.
5.1.6[5.1.5] Biodiversity (Land)
Avifauna: Walk over surveys were carried at the project sites. All bird species along
with the abundance were recorded during the survey on a predesigned data sheet.
Point Counts were carried for 15-minute duration to record the birds. The Point
Counts were carried out in stratified manner in the project area.
The Soaring Bird Sensitivity Map Tool was also used to access the information on the
distribution of soaring bird species along the Rift Valley / Red Sea flyway with respect
to project sites. This information can help to make informed decisions on the safe
siting of new developments, ensuring that negative impacts on this important
migration route are minimized.
Reptile: Walk over surveys were carried out at the project sites, random searches and
opportunistic records methods were employed to estimate the abundance of reptiles.
All reptile species along with their abundance were recorded during the survey on a
predesigned data sheet.

y
Mammals: Walk over surveys were undertaken to record all fauna during diurnal
periods within the project area. All fauna observed during walk over surveys were
identified and recorded in field data collection sheets. Binoculars were used to
identify the different animal species. If the species was not identified in the field,
detailed notes has been noted down in the field book on its appearance, and
photographic records were also taken. Animal tracks and traces were examined and
recorded during the survey. Camera traps that worked on passive infrared motion
were placed on the basis of any evidence (scats and track sign) within the sites.
5.1.7[5.1.6] Community Health and Safety (Occupational and Public)
Information on worker numbers and accommodation details at different stages of the
project will be requested from ENOWA.
5.1.8[5.1.7] Landscape and Visual Comfort
Regarding visual, within the scope of Scenic Value Assessment & Model &
Photographic Aesthetic Value Study [6]. NEOM already conducted a comprehensive
study. The landscape character area and representative viewpoints were already
studied for the whole NEOM area. This data will be used during the ESIA study, and
the assessment will be supported with visualizations including landscape photography.
Furthermore, for the glint and glare assessment that will be conducted, the solar and
meteorological data already used for the preliminary design will be used at minimum.
This will be supported by design information as well as GIS data.
5.1.9[5.1.8] Land Use
SiteA site survey was conducted in April 2023 to identify and assess land use present
in the area. The information will be backed up with existing data from previous
studies and, therefore, no additional data collection will be required.
5.1.10[5.1.9] Waste Generation
No additional field work will be conducted in relation this topic. A detailed waste
inventory will be requested from ENOWA for the construction and operationaldifferent
project phases.
5.1.11[5.1.10] Economic and Social Aspects
The site reconnaissance survey was completed to observe and identify the
presence/lack of built assets. No further data collection is, therefore, needed.
Information such as the number of construction vehicles to be used, the number of
construction workers, the accommodation planning for the workers, etc. will be
requested from ENOWA.
5.1.12[5.1.11] Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
The cultural heritage field data collection will encompass a systematic survey of the
project area and its surroundings. Visible cultural heritage features, ranging from
structures to artifacts, inscriptions, and other historical signs, will be meticulously
documented. Each feature will have its GPS coordinates recorded, accompanied by
detailed photographs.

y
Surface artifact searches will be conducted, and their type, location, and condition
will be logged. Any artifacts found will be carefully collected, labeled, and stored for
further analysis.
Selected areas with high potential for undiscovered archaeological resources will
undergo test excavations or trenching and GIS mapping will visualize cultural
heritage features and potential risks.
All gathered data will culminate in ESIA report with preservation recommendations.
This integrated approach will ensure a profound understanding of the area's cultural
heritage and its preservation throughout the project's lifecycle.
5.1.13[5.1.12] Climate and Climate Change

For the calculation of GHG emissions during construction and operation stages,
annual fuel requirement of construction vehicles and generators, as well as the
amount of water consumption will be needed, at the minimum.
5.1.14[5.1.13] Ecosystem Services
Site survey was conducted in April 2023 to identify and assess ecosystem services
present in the area.
5.1.15[5.1.14] Human Rights
The national and applicable international regulatory framework is deemed sufficient
for the protection of human rights including non-discrimination, equal opportunity,
and measures to protect worker welfare and basic human rights. Therefore, no further
baseline surveys or studies are proposed.
5.2 Preliminary Description of the Physical, Biological, Archaeological, Cultural,

Social, and Economic Environment
5.2.1 Physical Environment
The information provided in this section is from previous studies and secondary data,
and hence some areis outdated. Within the scope of the Project, an environmental
baseline survey was conducted in October 2023, and the obtained up-to-date data will
be reflected to ESIA upon receipt of the analysis/measurement results from the
laboratory. Details regarding the surveys, locations and methodologies for each topic
is presented in Section 6.
Since the length and route of the overhead transmission line (an associated facility) is
not known at this stage, it was not considered in the identification the below
elaborated AoIs. As mentioned, after the receipt of this information in the ESIA stage,
the review of the AoI sizes during the ESIA will also consider this issue.
5.2.1.1 Air Quality
Area of Influence (AoI)
The United States (US) Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) states that wind speeds >
5.3 m/s are typically required to lift dust from open surfaces. This will be lower for dust
generated by mechanical means (i.e., due to the movement of vehicles over unpaved
surfaces and earth moving activities), at around 3 m/s. dust will typically travel a maximum of

y
200 m from the source before falling from the air column and a maximum of 500 m at
moderate to high wind speeds [25]. Considering the low precipitation patterns in the region,
attenuation of dust formation via rainfall is not considered common, but with high wind
speeds it is likely that dust generated in the Project Area will travel. Although there is no
nearby human sensitive receptor, considering the highway passing from the south of the
Project Area, 500 m buffer from boundary will be considered as the AoI for air quality to be in
the safe side.
Baseline Conditions
According to NEOM State of the Environment Report [4], air quality within NEOM is
generally good except for particulate matter (dust). The primary concern regarding
ambient air quality at NEOM pertains to elevated levels of particulate matter (PM). In
common with much of the rest of Saudi Arabia, there are regular exceedances of
national standards, and international recommendations (e.g., World Health
Organization) for PM10 and PM2.5, where the number relates to the effective diameter of
dust particles, in micrometers.
These exceedances are said to be due to natural background levels within an arid
country like Saudi Arabia. While dust storms are a natural phenomenon within the
Arabian Peninsula and blowing across the Red Sea from Africa, the situation has
been exacerbated by anthropogenic processes. Fine dust particles and the frequency
of dust clouds and hazes are increased through poor land management e.g.,
overgrazing and off-road driving which affects the stability of the soil surface. Loss of
vegetation and damage to the soil crust enables winds to erode the surface layers,
causing saltation and generation of dust clouds.
Long-term air quality data for the project area is not available. Therefore, information
regarding the project area has been obtained through a literature review and is
presented below.
Spatial distribution of the total PM2.5 (Natural PM2.5 is largely due to dust.) and PM 10
presented in Figure 5-24 shows that the WHO guideline concentrations of 10 µg/m 3
and 20 µg/m3 are exceeded in the Project Area and the vicinity. The left limits of the
color bars for PM2.5 and PM10 are set to be equal to the corresponding WHO annual
guideline concentrations (Table 5-32), the annual mean surface concentrations of
PM2.5 and PM10 exceed WHO guidelines of 5 and 15 µg/m3, respectively.

y
Figure 5-24: PM2.5 and PM10 Weather Research and Forecasting Model Output
Averaged for 2015–2016 (Ukhov, Mostamandi, & Silva, 2020)
Table 5-32: WHO Air Quality Standards in µg/m3 (2021)
WHO Guideline
Pollutant Average Period
Concentrations (µg/m3)
24 h 15
PM2.5
1 year 5
24 h 45
PM10
1 year 15
24 h 25
NO2
1 year 10
SO2 24 h 40
While the PM10PM is almost entirely anthropogenic, about half of the PM 2.5 is desert
dust (52% region-wise, thus including scarcely populated deserts). Nevertheless, a
large part of the health hazardous PM2.5 (above the WHO guideline) is anthropogenic
and avoidable, while this fraction is higher in populated areas due to the vicinity of
anthropogenic sources.
As can be seen in Figure 5-25, in model studies [26] NO2 remains below WHO limit
values in the project area and its immediate surroundings. The WHO annual guideline
is 10 µg m-3 (~5.5 ppbv assuming standard temperature and pressure).

y
Figure 5-25: Model results for NO2 at the surface (ppbv) [26]

y
Figure 5-26: Model calculated monthly dry deposition of anthropogenic sulphur

compounds (g SO2/m2) [26]
Deposition of sulphur compounds is presented in Figure 5-26 shows that the WHO
guideline concentrations of 40 µg/m3 is not exceeded in the Project Area and the
vicinity.
The data presented in Table 5-33 illustrates the potential health impacts associated
with PM2.5 and O3 exposure in Saudi Arabia, as indicated by the annual mean exposure
levels. These values are based on a study conducted by Osipov, Chowdhury,
Crowley, and Tadic in 2022 [26].
Excess mortality due to PM2.5 is particularly concerning, with a significant impact of
47.3% underscores the importance of addressing air quality and controlling fine
particulate matter emissions to reduce adverse health outcomes. Furthermore, the
data reveals a lesser but still significant impact from O 3 exposure, with excess
mortality rates of 5.2/100,000/yr and 1.4/100,000/yr for PM2.5 and O3, respectively.
Table 5-33 also displays the annual mean exposure, total death rate and excess
mortality (with the 95% confidence intervals in parentheses) in relation to PM 2.5. It
shows the impacts on health in Saudi Arabia.
Table 5-33: Annual mean exposure, total death rate and excess mortality (with the
95% confidence intervals in parentheses) [26]
Death rate Excess mortality Excess mortality

PM2.5* (µg/m3)
(/100,000/yr) (/100,000/yr) (%)
Anthropogeni
Total All causes PM2.5 O3 PM2.5 O3
c
47.3 (34.2- 5.2 (3.6-
48.6 13.6 356 13.3 1.4
65.9) 7.4)
Besides the Saudi-scale data presented above; in towns/cities, NCM is using the Air
Quality Index (AQI), which was firstly established by US Environmental Protection
Agency. The term “AQI” refers to an index that is used to characterize the quality of
the air in a particular area and can be used to entire nations. The index is controlled
independently for each pollutant monitored and expressed in many categories using
various definitions and colors.
This index rates the level of health concern brought on by air quality as good,
moderate, unhealthy for groups at risk, very unhealthy, and dangerous. Levels of
health concern and their justifications are listed in Table 5-34.
Table 5-34: Health Concern Levels According to Air Quality Index Value
Health
Index
Concern Colors Definitions
Value
Levels
0-50 Good Green Air quality considered satisfactory, and air pollution
possess little or no risk.
–51–- Medium Yellow Pollution in this range may pose a moderate health
100 concern for a very small number of individuals. People

y
Health
Index
Concern Colors Definitions
Value
Levels
0-50 Good Green Air quality considered satisfactory, and air pollution
possess little or no risk.
who are unusually sensitive to ozone or particle
pollution may experience respiratory symptoms.
Unhealthy for
101- Orang Members of vulnerable groups may experience health
Vulnerable
150 e effects, but the general public is unlikely to be affected.
Groups
Everyone may begin to experience health effects.
–51–-
Unhealthy Red Members of vulnerable groups may experience more
200
serious health effects.
–01–- Very This level triggers a health alert, meaning everyone may
Purple
300 Unhealthy experience more serious health effects.
Health warnings of emergency conditions: The entire
–01–- Maroo
Hazardous population is even more likely to be affected by serious
500 n
health effects.
Source: https://www.airnow.gov/aqi/aqi-basics/
NCM monitors the ambient air quality and publishes relevant AQI. The AQI is
calculated for 5 pollutants. These are carbon monoxide (CO), nitrogen dioxide (NO 2),
ozone (O3), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), and particulate matter (PM10). The AQI Value
(indicating Healthy level) for the Tabuk (located approximately 3520 km west of the
Project Site) was obtained from official website of NCM on 29 rd October 2023.
Accordingly, Figure 5-27 displays the ambient air quality values of the parameters.

y
Figure 5-27: Ambient Air Quality According to Tabuk Station

Source: https://ncec.gov.sa/aq-star-rate/aq-dashboard.html

y
These results show that the current ambient air quality in Tabuk, 20 km distance to
the Project Area, is in good condition.
Furthermore, Atmospheric Conditions and Air Quality Assessment over NEOM, KSA was
conducted by a team of experts supported by King Abdullah University of Science and
Technology (KAUST) under the “Virtual Red Sea Initiative” (Dasari, Desamsetti, Langodan &
Karumuri, 2020). Within the scope of the study, measurement campaigns were conducted at
five (5) points in NEOM, and the results are presented in Table 5-35.

y
Table 5-35: Observed Concentrations (ppb) of Different Pollutants from the Study (Dasari, Desamsetti, Langodan & Karumuri, 2020)
Concentration Result
Pollutant (µg/m3) Parameter National Standard
Duba Al Bad Al Muwaileh Sharma Gayal
Annual average concentration 2.1 0.5 0.6 0.9 0.4 30
No. of Exceedance of annual standard None None None None None None
1-hour maximum concentration 55.4 1.9 8.6 5.8 3 280
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
No. of Exceedance of 1-hour standard None None None None None 2 times per year
24-hour maximum concentration 6.9 0.9 1.0 2.6 1.1 140
No. of Exceedance of 24-hour standard None None None None None Once per year
No. of Exceedance of annual standard None None None None None None
Hydrogen Sulphide 1-hour maximum concentration 1.3 1.1 1.2 2.9 0.9 -
(H2S) No. of Exceedance of 1-hour standard None None None None Once per year -
No. of Exceedance of 24-hour standard None None None None Once per year 10 times per year
Annual average concentration 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -
Carbon Monoxide (CO) No. of Exceedance of 1-hour standard None None None None None None
8-hour maximum concentration 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.3 8.1
No. of Exceedance of 8-hour standard None None None None None None
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) No. of Exceedance of annual standard None None None None None None

y
Concentration Result
Pollutant (µg/m3) Parameter National Standard
Duba Al Bad Al Muwaileh Sharma Gayal
No. of Exceedance of 1-hour standard None None None None None Twice in 30 days
No. of Exceedance of 1-hour standard None Excess None Excess Excess None
PM10 1-hour maximum concentration 252.3 1098 795.5 7366.1 748.2 -
No. of Exceedance of 24-hour standard None 1 None 1 None 24 times per year
No. of Exceedance of 1-hour standard Excess Excess Excess Excess Excess None
PM2.5 1-hour maximum concentration 52.7 154.2 116.5 790.8 80.8 -
No. of Exceedance of 24-hour standard None 2 2 27 4 24 times per year

y
The evaluation of the results has been carried out according to the national standards. The
ambient air quality in NEOM was assessed for various pollutants, including Hydrogen Sulfide
(H2S), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), and Particulate Matter (PM10 and
PM2.5):
 H2S, originating from sources such as organic matter breakdown, petroleum, and
gas-related industries, concentrations remained consistently low, well below air
quality standards, indicating minimal impact on the environment.
 CO concentrations, mainly attributed to incomplete combustion, were exceptionally
low throughout the monitoring period, significantly below regulatory limits.
 NO2 levels varied across locations, with rural sites exhibiting lower concentrations
and urban areas, influenced by human activities and traffic, showing higher values.
However, all observed concentrations were anticipated to be within acceptable limits.
 PM10 and PM2.5, displayed some instances of exceeding standards, primarily due to
natural sources like dust storms in the arid environment.
The local conditions prevailed in the NEOM region, and the study suggests generally good
air quality over the area.
Sensitive Receptors
southern and southwestern border of the Project Site. For the settlements/structures inside
the site, Assystem team was informed by the Client that they are not official and that the land
belongs to the government (informal users). A secondary road passes approximately 1 km
west of the Project Site. Also, Highway 15 runs parallel to the southern boundary of the
Project Area with a distance of 8 km, connecting Al Nabaq to Tabuk. Due to the Site and its
surrounding, only the personnel working during the construction and operation phases in the
Project Area are considered as receptors. When considering that only PM 10 and PM2.5
baseline levels exceed the standards, receptors are deemed to have low sensitivity.
Early works and construction activities can result in dust emissions from a combination of
on-site excavation and haulage of soil materials, contact of heavy equipment with the soil,
and exposure of soil stockpiles to wind. In addition to the negative impact of resulting
particulate matters on human health, this can give rise to potentially harmful build-up on
immovable properties and vegetation.
Fugitive dust from soil disturbances and engine exhaust from heavy equipment and vehicles
for workers commuting, materials delivery and support within and around the facility would
contribute to air emissions of pollutants, volatile organic compounds (VOCs), GHGs, and
small amounts of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) (e.g., H2S). Typically, potential impacts of
fugitive dust emissions on ambient air quality would be higher than those of engine exhaust
emissions.
The heavy equipment to be used is assumed to include graders, compactors, water tankers,
excavators, wheel loader, piling machine, crane, forklifts and air compressor. Additionally, it
is assumed that 5 generators meeting the standards of US EPA Tier 4 will be used in the
construction site, and they will operate 8 hours/day for 24 months (construction period) with
22 working days. It is assumed that the generators work half load which corresponds
approximately 36 liters/hour fuel consumption.

y
For heavy equipment, activity data was calculated from total diesel fuel consumption in tons.
It is assumed that the heavy equipment to be used in a day is 20, one heavy equipment
consumes 200 liters/day, and the construction phase will last 24 months with 22 working
days.
During the construction phase, only fuel to be used for all the vehicles will be diesel fuel.
It is important to emphasize that at this stage, i.e. the Scoping Report preparation phase, all
mentioned numbers are rough estimates and are all subject to change with the advancement
of design, which will be included in the ESIA Report.
Source of emissions include exhaust gases from diesel engines of earthmoving equipment.
Exhaust Emissions for Construction Vehicles (Exhaust Emission Factors for Non-Road
Engine Modeling - Compression-Ignition (Report No. NR-009A)) prepared by the United
States (US) Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to calculate the amount of possible
emissions from the vehicles that will be used during the construction works of the project.
Emission factors are presented in Table 5-36 [28] .
Table 5-36: Emission Information of Machinery and Equipment to be Used in Construction
Works
Machinery – Motor Emission Coefficient (g/HP-hour)

Number
Equipment power (HP) H2S CO NO2 PM
Graders 2 235 0.8 2.0 9.0 0.8
Compactors 1 235 0.4 1.0 4.5 0.4
Water
2 200 0.8 2.0 9.0 0.8
Tankers
Excavators
2 260 0.8 2.0 9.0 0.8
(JCB)
Wheel Loader 1 200 0.4 1.0 4.5 0.4
Piling Machine 4 260 1.6 4.0 18.0 1.6
Crane 1 235 0.4 1.0 4.5 0.4
Air
1 235 0.4 1.0 4.5 0.4
Compressor
Electrical
Power 5 260 2.0 5.0 22.5 2.0
Generators
Forklifts 1 235 0.4 1.0 4.5 0.4
Total - - 8.0 20.0 90.5 8.0
According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Guidelines for National
Greenhouse Gas Inventories – Stationary Combustion (2006); CO2, CH4, and N2O are
expected to mainly generate due to combustion of diesel fuel [29]. Here, in this preliminary
calculation, stationary combustion for heating and cooling activities during stage are
neglected. In addition to fugitive dust, the direct GHG emissions that mainly result from early
works and construction activities will originate from stationary combustion due to diesel
generator and heavy vehicle use.
02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000007 REVISION CODE: C

y
Emission factors used in the calculations for diesel fuel combustion are presented in Table 5
16 together with the GHG inventory for the project regarding diesel generator and heavy
vehicles.
Table 5-37: Emission Factors and GHG Inventory for the Early Works and Construction
Stage (IPCC Guideline, 2006)
Construction Stage Emissions

Emission Factors Emissions
CO2 CH4 N2O CO2 CH4 N2O
kgCO2/TJ kg
Total for Diesel Generators 74,100 3 0.6 2,015,610 81.60 16.32
Total for Heavy Equipment 74,100 3 0.6 22,409,120 907.25 181.45
Despite the presentation of these preliminary calculations, it should be noted that how far
these pollutants will travel throughout the atmosphere and at which concentrations they will
be at certain locations will be the outcomes of the air quality modelling study that will be
conducted, results of which will be presented in the ESIA Report.
However, from expertise it is known that the potential impacts of fugitive dust emissions on
ambient air quality are expected to be higher than those of engine exhaust emissions. It
should also be noted that the construction equipment air emissions will arise over a relatively
large geographical area over the entire construction period, therefore any localised
deterioration in air quality is expected to be minor and transient. In addition, there is no
human receptor within 10 km area.
According to, the Institute of Air Quality Management’s Guidance on the Assessment of Dust
from Demolition and Construction (January 2024, Version 2.2), a detailed air quality
assessment will normally be required where there is [30]:
 a ‘human receptor’ within:
250 m of the boundary of the site; and/or
50 m of the route(s) used by construction vehicles on the public highway, up to 250
m from the site entrance(s).
 an ‘ecological receptor’ within:
50 m of the boundary of the site; and/or
50 m of the route(s) used by construction vehicles on the public highway, up to 250
m from the site entrance(s).
While international guidelines, such as those provided by the IFC, do not prescribe a specific
AoI for Solar PV projects, best practices suggest a buffer of approximately 5 km [31] from
the physical footprint of the Project. This approach facilitates the evaluation of potential
environmental and social impacts on receptors within the surrounding area.
Taking the above calculations into consideration and with a conservative approach, the AoI
for the air quality has been identified as a 5 km buffer from the project boundary. During the
ESIA stage, with more data from the air quality model, the AoI size will be revisited and
modified, if necessary.
Summary
According to NCM results, the air quality in the area is in good condition. The M5M4
Project Site, on the other hand, is an undeveloped area with no industrial or

y
anthropogenic emissions, except for the highway passing from the south of the
Project Site. It should be noted that there is approximately 38 km distance between
the northern boundary of the Project Site and the Highway 15, which passes from the
north. Considering the limited emissions produced by the vehicles using the highway,
the area can be considered as unpolluted.
WHO guideline concentrations of 10 µg/m³ and 20 µg/m³ are exceeded in the larger
Project Area for PM2.5 and PM10. While a significant portion of PM 2.5 is attributed to
desert dust, the annual mean concentrations for both PM 2.5 and PM10 surpass WHO
guidelines, particularly in populated regions, emphasizing the need for mitigating
sources of air pollution.
In contrast, NO2 levels remain below WHO limits in the larger project area. Deposition
of sulphur compounds does not exceed WHO guideline concentrations. However,
excess mortality, especially from PM2.5, underscores the urgency of improving air
quality and reducing fine particulate matter emissions to protect public health in
Saudi Arabia.
As elaborated in Section 6.2.2 below, in order to obtain up-to-date and site-specific
data, air quality sampling has been conducted as part of the environmental baseline
surveys. At the preparation period of this report, the laboratory analysis report was
not ready, so the comparison of field data with Project Standards (a combination of
NCEC limits and international standards) could not be conducted at this stage, but the
results will be presented in the ESIA Report.
Future Trends
M5The M4 Project site, in its existing state, is an undeveloped, remote airshed with no
industrial emissions. Whilst limited gaseous emissions will be produced by the
Project itself and the vehicles using Highway 15, the air can be considered as
unpolluted due to the undeveloped and barren nature of the location. However, it is
anticipated that dust concentrations will rise with increased temperatures and stronger
winds. Meteorological measurements and air quality sampling have been conducted as part
of the baseline survey, and the findings will be detailed in the ESIA Report.
The trend of air quality in the Project Area is expected to deteriorate during the construction
phase for a limited time, which will It should be minimized with the implementation of
mitigation measures to be proposed in the ESIA Report.
With regards to increased temperaturenoted that emissions of pollutants such as H2S, CO,
CO2, NOx and stronger winds, dust concentrationsSO2 are also expected to increase.
Meteorology measurements and air quality sampling/monitoring due to construction
activities in and around the project area. Furthermore, it is important to mention that Tabuk
and its surrounding areas are undergoing development, leading to an increase in
settlements, multiple constructions and consequent emissions. These factors will have been
carried out as part of the baseline survey and the findings will be presented in the ESIA
Report. Emissionspotential impacts on air quality. All emissions from construction, and
also operation, of the Solar Park will be assessed quantitatively, considering the potential
impact of dust and construction equipment exhaust emissions on air quality. Awhere a
quantitative modeling approach (using AERMOD) will be undertaken for the impacts,
considering. As part of this assessment, emissions from vehicles will be included in the
modeling. The vehicle-related data, including the number of vehicles and their routes, will
either be provided by ENOWA or assumed by ASY. Furthermore, the potential presence of

y
any camps and offices, which will serve for employees to rest, eat and meet their needs
during construction, within the AoI will be considered, as they serve as sensitive
receptors.
It is crucial to note that as elaborated below in Section 5.4, a number of large renewable and
non-renewable projects are planned to be developed in the vicinity of Tabuk City and within
the greater NEOM area. These projects will have construction stages with likely temporal
overlap. Considering the dominant sandy nature of KSA, multiple construction activities of
such large-scale projects of NEOM will have a negative impact on air quality, mainly in
relation to dust, which should be well-managed by NEOM in all individual projects.
On the other hand, the transition from fossil fuel-generated energy to renewable energy
sources, such as solar power, in the NEOM region is expected to yield significant
improvements in air quality. By reducing the emission of pollutants like NOx and SO2 and PM
associated with the burning of fossil fuels, the adoption of renewable energy will contribute to
a cleaner and healthier atmosphere. This shift aligns with global efforts to mitigate climate
change and promote sustainable development, offering not only environmental benefits but
also economic advantages through decreased healthcare costs and enhanced quality of life
for residents in the NEOM region.
5.2.1.2 The adoption of renewable energy over fossil fuel reliance presents a
promising trajectoryWater
There are no ground water wells are located within M5 Project Site. Ground water will not be
abstracted for Project purposes.
By means of surface water, no permanent surface water bodies are present on the site. The
preliminary results show that maximum levels of water accumulations at the site are
approximately between 40 cm and 50 cm. The results show that the flooding can be
manageable and remediated by using engineering structures at the sites.
Whilst some agricultural areas are adjacent to the site, none are expected to be affected by
groundwater drawdown given that water will be supplied by tankers to the Site. To be
conservative, 3 km buffer has been identified for AoI in relation to water to account for the
sensitive receptors in the region.
for enhancing air quality in the NEOM area. As the global community intensifies efforts to
address climate change and reduce carbon emissions, renewable energy technologies are
poised to play an increasingly pivotal role in shaping the energy landscape. In NEOM,
embracing renewable energy sources such as solar, wind, and hydrogen not only aligns with
broader sustainability goals but also positions the region at the forefront of clean energy
innovation. By investing in renewable energy infrastructure and transitioning away from fossil
fuels, NEOM can anticipate long-term benefits, including improved air quality, reduced
environmental degradation, and enhanced resilience to climate-related challenges.
Furthermore, as renewable energy technologies continue to advance and become more
cost-effective, the economic viability of such initiatives will strengthen, driving further uptake
and contributing to a cleaner, healthier future for the NEOM community and beyond.
5.2.1.3 Water
Baseline Conditions

y
Ground Water
There are no ground water wells are located within M5M4 Project Site. Although not
directly observed at the site, due to working mechanism of center-pivot irrigation
lands, there are wells at their center as well. More than (see Figure 5-). 10 of these wells
are located in the AoI, which is identified as 3 km as per the justifications provided
earlier (see previously presented in Table 1-2). It should be noted that, those wells are
used for agricultural activities fall within the AoI defined for socio-economic
environment, which is 6040 km buffer (see Section 1.4.1).
The Tabuk Well Field is approximately 10080 km according to the information
provided in Dornier’s Hydrogeological Investigations to Support Planning &
Management of Ground Water Resources in Neom Region [5].
According to the aforementioned Dornier Hydrogeological Investigation Study,
Project Area is located in the Saq Aquifer, the natural groundwater flow direction of
which is generally towards the Red Sea. However, according to water level map
simulation referred to in the same study, in the northern part of the Saq Aquifer,
where the Project Site is located, the groundwater flow direction seems to be partially
affected by heavy groundwater abstraction from Saq aquifer at that time (i.e., in 2005).
This flow pattern indicates that the natural groundwater flow was locally overprinted
by man-made activities in 2005.

y
Figure 5-28: Ground Water Wells in the Region

Surface Water
The desert climate of KSA, paired with a rising population and large agricultural base
mean
that there is significant pressure on water supply. KSA has the 4 th highest global
average
water usage per person, and it is anticipated that 30% of the country’s water needs
are
provided through ground water extraction, with the remaining 70% sourced through
desalination plants.
The climate of the region is dry with rainfall becoming irregular with large variations
between
years. On average April is the month which receives the most rainfall, with an average
of 15.5 mm whilst September has the lowest average rainfall at just 1.04 mm.
During the site reconnaissance survey, no permanent freshwater bodies were
observed in the region surrounding the M5M4 Solar Park Project Area. Additionally,
the watercourses in the area, known as wadis, are non-perennial, meaning they only
experience flow for short periods following high-intensity rainfall events. Dry wadi
channels were observed throughout the Bir M4 Solar Project Site.
Within the scope of the Project, flood hazard analysis will be performed to evaluate
the possible effects of flooding on the site. Flood modelling has been performed with
HEC-RAS 2D software (USACE, 2016). With the hydrological model generated for the
Site, inundation zones and the level of the water depths were determined (see Figure
5-29).

y
Figure 5-29: Preliminary Hydrological Analysis Result for the M5M4 Area

y
The preliminary results show that maximum levels of water accumulations at the site
are approximately between 40 cm and 50 cm. The results show that the flooding can
be manageable and remediated by using engineering structures at the sites.
However, it should be noted that after having a better resolution site specific
topographical data, the analyses will be re-run and the results will be reevaluated.
Those updated / confirmed results will be included in the ESIA Report.
Sensitive Receptors
There are no ground water wells are located within M4 Project Site. Although not directly
observed at the site, due to working mechanism of center-pivot irrigation lands, there are
wells at their center as well. . Also, the nearest large well field is located approximately 80
km away (Tabuk Well Field) and no ground water will be abstracted for the Project purposes.
Since 10 of these wells are located in the AoI, which is identified as 3 km as per the
justifications provided earlier, the sensitivity of ground water value is considered as medium.
No surface water was observed during the survey in December 2023; however, signs of
water flow, wadi channels and elevated roads were observed indicating water flow after
heavy rainfall. Due to this ephemeral situation and considering the importance of water
resources for KSA, surface water Value is considered to have medium sensitivity.
There are no ground water wells are located within M4 Project Site. Ground water will not be
abstracted for Project purposes.
In the geotechnical and geophysical investigations conducted by ASY as part of the
geotechnical assessment work package within the scope of Pre-development of Tabuk 2
Solar Power Plants Project, ground water was not encountered until 10 m depth. Within the
scope of the mentioned geophysical studies, a total of 60 boreholes were drilled and 13 trial
pits were opened throughout the Project Area in September 2023.
There are center-pivot agricultural areas vicinity the project area. Also, the nearest large well
field is located approximately 80 km away (Tabuk Well Field). Ground water will not be
abstracted for the Project purposes and water will be supplied by tankers to the Site. Whilst
some agricultural areas are adjacent to the site, none are expected to be affected by
groundwater drawdown given that water will be supplied by tankers to the Site.
According to the BSRIA (Building Services Research and Information Association), the
average water consumption is about 4 cubic meters per employee per year for the
construction stage.
For 1000 workers, the total water usage would be:
1000 workers * 4 m³/worker/year = 4,000 m³/year
Assuming that most of the water used is discharged as wastewater, the total wastewater
generation would also be approximately 4,000 cubic meters per year. This is a rough
estimate, and the actual wastewater generation could be higher or lower depending on
factors such as the specific water usage habits of the workers and the efficiency of water use
on the site. The wastewater generated within the project area will be treated at the on-site
STP, and it will be purified for reuse as utility water. No discharge will be made to any
external water source.

y
Additionally, as explained in Section Error: Reference source not found, during the operation
stage, although dry cleaning with robots is planned, annually 22,650 m 3 of water may be
needed for cleaning purposes considering the water usage during extreme weather events.
Furthermore, assuming 20 workers during the operation stage (which may be subject to
modification in the ESIA Report with advance design), the wastewater generation is
expected to be 80 m³/year. Similar to operation stage, the wastewater will be treated at the
on-site STP and used as utility water without any water discharge.
By means of surface water, no permanent surface water bodies are present on the site and
the vicinity. However, due to the presence of dry wadi channels within the Project Area, the
possibility of runoff or flooding has been taken into account, and the AoI has been
determined as 3 km at this stage. With the completion of the hydrological study (i.e., the
flood risk modelling study), the results will be presented in the ESIA Report. Accordingly,
with this further data obtained from the hydrological study the AoI size will be revisited and
revised, if needed. This will also be in line with the mitigation measures to be recommended
in line with the flood risk, and the impact that those measures will have on the wadi systems
downstream.
Summary
No permanent surface water bodies were observed in the region reconnaissance
surrounding the M5M4 Solar Park Project Area. Also, the wadis within the Site are
non-perennial, experiencing flow for short periods following high-intensity rainfall
events. Flood hazard analysis will be conducted for the Project Site and the results
will be part of the ESIA Report.
Future Trends
No permanent surface water bodies are present on the Site. Also, as mentioned ground
water well was not encountered. A series of wadis and associated tributaries are present
within the site. The flood modelling will assess future trends in relation to water, and the
findings will be presented in the ESIA Report.
Anticipated alterations in precipitation patterns and ground water levels may impact the
overall water quantity in the region. Anticipated variations in water quality may result from
factors such as Project construction activities. Climate change may lead to alterations in
temperature and precipitation, influencing the frequency and intensity of flooding events.
In Saudi Arabia, climate change is expected to affect both temperature and precipitation
patterns. Rising temperatures can increase evaporation rates, potentially reducing surface
water and groundwater levels. Changes in precipitation patterns can also affect the recharge
of groundwater resources, such as the Saq Aquifer. Currently, extensive agricultural
programs have almost depleted the nonrenewable groundwater and deteriorated water
quality. It is estimated that an average of 20% of distributed water remains unaccounted
(Mirza Barjees Baig, 2020).
The flood modeling will examine future trends regarding water resources in the Project Area,
considering factors such as climate change and potential shifts over the next 100 years. The
outcomes will be detailed in the ESIA Report, encompassing a broader perspective on long-
term trends in water resources within the specified timeframe.
Limitations

y
In the April and October 2023 periodperiods, when the preliminary and extensive site
reconnaissance survey wassurveys were respectively conducted, no surface water
bodies were encountered. This does not mean that during heavy rain periods, water
bodies may not be observed in parts of the area. Using the long-term meteorology data,
flood risk will be assessed, and any risk associated with that will be eliminated accordingly.
To address this and identify if any risky areas are present, a comprehensive flood risk
assessment will be conducted utilizing long-term meteorological data. The assessment will
be included in the ESIA Report. Any identified flood risk will be evaluated, and corresponding
mitigation measures will be proposed as part of the flood risk assessment and the ESIA
Report.

y
5.2.1.4 Waste
The Project Site and the wider Tabuk region will be considered for the AoI for waste. This is
identified such a large area due to the fact that transport of waste to allocated infrastructure
sites will be ensured in line with NEOM’s Waste Management Strategy [8].
Baseline Conditions
With a population of 33 million, Saudi Arabia generates at least 15 million tons of solid
waste each year, most of which ends up untreated and landfilled [7]. Dammam,
Jeddah, and Riyadh Municipalities exceed a million tons per annum (Ministry of
Municipal and Rural Affairs, 2019).
This often creates problems such as municipal waste sludge, leachate production,
soil contamination, as well as spontaneous fires and GHG emissions (Ministry of
Municipal and Rural Affairs, 2019). Landfills are becoming ruinous to the Kingdom,
with the per capita waste generation of 1.5 kg to 1.8 kg per person per day, mainly
composed of plastic and food (Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs, 2019). With so
much waste produced, open landfills are expected to reach total capacity in the next
decade (Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs, 2019).
Although local municipalities and some private companies manage solid waste
collection, waste management involves the majority of municipal solid waste goes to
landfills and combustion (Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs, 2019) (Anjum, et al.,
2016).
Once the landfill sites are full, the land typically cannot be used for other purposes. It
is acknowledged that, historically, waste management infrastructure and facilities in
the Kingdom have been limited, particularly in isolated regions.
Some of the bigger waste management facilities present in KSA are listed below:
 Landfill site located in Makkah;

 Landfill site located in Jeddah;
 Saudi Investment Recycling Company (SIRC) located in Riyadh;
 National Environmental Recycling Company (Tadweer) located in Riyadh;
 Waste Collection and Recycling Co. (WASCO) located in Jeddah; and,
 Yanbu United Company (UNITCO) located in Yanbu Al-Sinaiyah.
Municipal Waste
When the Tabuk region is considered, one waste facility for managing municipal solid
waste was identified in Tabuk; however, the capacity of the facility to receive
additional waste is not confirmed. Additionally, a number of small unofficial waste
facilities, illegal tips, uncontrolled small-scale commercial practices and sewage
ponds are also present throughout NEOM, along with instances where excavated
material from construction activities are left adjacent to transport routes or
developments.
Although the Project Area is not located within NEOM boundary, since it is part of the
NEOM project pipeline, NEOM strategical planning is considered to be applicable.
Within NEOM, there are three (3) existing uncontrolled landfills, operated under the
Tabuk Municipality; namely, Sharma, Magna and Al BadrBada.

y
It is considered that these existing landfill sites are inappropriate to continue to

receive waste as they potentially pose significant environmental risks, do not have
modern infrastructure and equipment, have legacy waste management issues
preventing expansion and are currently underperforming in operational management.
These sites are currently in use by NEOM but will be closed and rehabilitated after a
new sanitary landfill is constructed and operational.
Since a new waste facility/landfill rehabilitation has not started yet for municipal waste, these
facilities will be used for operation phase. If the facility begins operating during the ESIA
preparation process, information about the designated waste area will be updated in the
report.
According to NEOM Waste Management Strategy Document [8], the major goals are
to:
 Treat waste as a resource is an essential step in moving towards achieving a
circular economic and sustainable system of waste management, and
 Reimagine traditional thinking on waste to enable a future circular economy.
Moving to a zero waste to landfill and zero waste to combustion (energy from waste)
model will drive NEOM into a world leading position in a relatively short period. NEOM
plans a Resource Recovery and Waste Facility in the south of NEOM, which has the
conceptual layout presented Figure 5-30.
Figure 5-30: Conceptual Layout of Resource Recovery and Waste Facility

Construction and Demolition Waste
According to the Waste Strategy document provided by ENOWA, a Waste Segregation and
Management Facility was constructed in 2018 and receives construction and demolition
wastes from all NEOM areas. The facility presented in Figure 5-31 is located approximately
160 km west of the M4 Project Area on Road 8784–- the Sharma to Tabuk Highway.

y
Figure 5-31: NEOM Construction Waste Segregation and Management Facility

The wastes received to the mentioned Waste Segregation and Management Facility include
concrete and masonry, gravel, steel, cladding, reinforcement, aluminum, plastics, timber,
electrical cables, sanitary, glass, plumbing material, general waste and furniture. The exact
composition and volume of wastes is not known at this time, though waste is mainly from
demolition sites, and partially construction waste.
Waste that does not meet the Waste Acceptance Criteria are refused to be accepted to the
facility. The rejected waste is likely to be taken to landfill in Tabuk or Duba.
Specific to the M5M4 Solar Park Project Site, it should be noted that no contamination
requiring remediation was observed.
Operational Waste
According to the Waste Strategy document provided by ENOWA, NEOM is developing
adequate waste management facilities to prevent unauthorized waste disposal within or
outside of NEOM. Regional Resource and Waste Facility (RRWF) has been proposed as
part of the NEOM Industrial City development. This will replace the existing non-engineered
dump sites in the region, provide a short-term waste management capacity whilst other

y
management facilities are in development and allow for the final disposal of residual wastes
that are unable to be reused, recycled or otherwise recovered.
The RRWF will be located approximately 6 km to the northeast of Al Mueaileh and
approximately 4 km northeast from the Red Sea coastline and will be connected to Highway
5 via a new access road. The planned RRWF is located approximately 170 km southwest of
M4 Solar Park Project Area.
This new facility will facilitate the closure of the currently operational landfills at Magna, Al
Bada and Sharma, which are unlined without any leachate/ gas pollution prevention controls.
The RRWF will comprise landfill cells, offices, front end resource facility, incinerator,
hazardous waste treatment recycling facilities, and railhead for future delivery of the waste
via railway.
Sensitive Receptors
The direct impact of waste on the environment is mainly on soil and water. However, also
considering IFC PS-4 Community Health and Safety, human receptors are vital, as well. This
being said, there are no ground water wells in or near the Site, no surface water body was
observed during the surveys and there are no settlements in and near the Project Area.
The absence of groundwater wells ensures that local water sources are not at risk of
contamination from waste, the lack of observed surface water bodies eliminates concerns
about potential water pollution, and the absence of settlements nearby implies that there are
no immediate human receptors directly impacted by the waste, reducing the potential for
health and safety risks to the local population. Therefore, the landfill area and its
surroundings, due to the existing condition of waste areas, have been identified as sensitive
receptors, categorized with a sensitivity level of medium.
The designated AoI for waste management is selected as 160 km, to cover the nearest
dumpsite in the region (Al Bada), Construction Waste Segregation and Management Facility
(Sharma), as well as Tabuk City, which is the nearest significant urban center and
designated sensitive receptor. The identified AoI also covers the planned RRWF area, which
is planned to facilitate the closure of mentioned existing Sharma, Magna and Al Bada
landfills which are currently operational without any environmental protection measures.
The Project Site and the wider Tabuk region will be considered for the AoI for waste. This is
identified such a large area due to the fact that transport of waste to allocated infrastructure
sites will be ensured in line with NEOM’s Waste Management Strategy [8].
Summary
In the existing situation, there are three (3) existing uncontrolled landfills, operated
under the Tabuk Municipality; namely, Sharma, Magna and Al BadrBada, within NEOM.
These are considered to be inappropriate to continue to receive waste due to various
reasons, including lack of sufficiency and environmental safety. . Also, a Waste
Segregation and Management Facility, near Sharma, was constructed in 2018 and receives
construction and demolition wastes from all NEOM areas. At this stage, this is considered to
be used for M4 Project construction and demolition waste as well.
Regarding the operational waste, NEOM is developing adequate waste management
facilities to prevent unauthorized waste disposal within or outside of NEOM. Accordingly, the

y
construction of an RRWF, located approximately 6 km to the northeast of Al Mueaileh, is

planned.
Considering the M5M4 Solar Park and other NEOM projects that will have temporal
overlap and the amount waste will increase in time, the NEOM facilities will be used,
and all wastes will be disposed of by approved and licensed contractors. Accordingly,
NEOM has developed a Waste Management Strategy to properly handle the future
capacity of planned NEOM projects.
Future Trends
Existing waste management capacity is limited and is considered insufficient to cater
for the cumulative wastes generated by M5M4 Solar Park Project and other NEOM
projects in the region. As the amount of generated waste increases, with the planned
NEOM developments progressing, the NEOM facilities will need to be utilized and all
wastes will need to be disposed of by approved, licensed contractors. NEOM havehas
developed a waste management strategy to provide future capacity for the NEOM
projects and the Tabuk Municipality. Details of the landfill and recycle facilities and
waste management strategies for decommissioning phase will be reflected toin the
ESIA Report following the NEOM’s decisions and strategies.
5.2.1.5[5.2.1.2] Soil, Landform, Land Use and Landscape
The Project boundary will be considered as the AoI for soil, landform and land use, as the
potential impacts will be restricted to the Project area.
Considering the introduced large infrastructure will impact the landscape and be visible from
a distance based on topographical conditions, 3 km buffer from the Project boundary will be
considered for the AoI for landscape.
This AoI will be revisited and revised at the ESIA Report preparation stage after the
landscape assessment, considering the introduced large infrastructure that may impact the
landscape and be visible from a distance based on the topographical conditions.
Baseline Conditions
Soil
According to the State of Environment Report [4], there is no history of widespread
industrial or commercial development in NEOM, generally soils within NEOM have no
historic or current contamination pressures. The lack of industrial or commercial
development in the M5M4 Solar Park Project Area was also confirmed at the site
reconnaissance survey. Furthermore, no contaminative activities or observed
remediation requiring contamination at the Site. Agricultural area traces (center-pivot
irrigation field marks) are situated at the within M5northwest part of M4 Site.
Landform
The Project Site is covered generally with sand, siltstone, and sandstone layers
claystone interbedded with silt and clay layers. Some rock boulders can be observed
from place to place at the site. It can be stated that there is no vegetation at the site
except some desert plants (Annex 8.2-A. Preliminary Site Assessment Report, ASY,
2023).

y
The geological map of the project site is presented in Figure 5-32. Geological map is
covered by two units Oa: Sand and Sq: Claystone and Sandstone layers. The latter
geological unit is also defined as the rock outcrop (i.e., rock presence) within the site.
Considering the area coverage percentage of rock layers with respect to total project
area, the total area for rock outcrops is calculated as 53.415 km2, which is 6758.1% of
total project site area.

y

y
Figure 5-32: Geological Map of M5M4 Project Site

y
The site is covered generally with sand, gravel-sand mixture, alluvial deposit,
claystone and sandstone layers. Some rock boulders were observed from place to
place at the site. It can be stated that there is no vegetation at the site except some
desert plants, which will not create any difficulty for the field studies.
Telegraph wires, pylons and communication masts are the most notable skyline
features in much of this flat landscape and these generally run alongside the main
roads. Small communities and services stations are also located close to the road.
Land Use
southern and southwestern border of the Project Site. For the settlements/structures
inside the site, Assystem team was informed by the Client that they are not official
and that the land belongs to the government (informal users). A secondary road
passes approximately 1 km west of the Project Site. Also, Highway 15 runs parallel to
the southern boundary of the Project Area with a distance of 38 km, connecting Al
Nabaq to Tabuk.
An electricity transmission line (overhead line) passes within the site, in a west-
northeastnorthwest-southeast direction. Accordingly, the 200 km buffer zone around
them will be considered in the design studies.
During the survey, significant agricultural activity was observed in the immediate
vicinity of M5M4 Site, mainly on the south of the boundary. Furthermore, there are
greenhouses observed approximately 7 km southwest of the site.
Site has center-pivot irrigation fields around its wider vicinity (within 20 km radius).
There are two circular farm areas having a maximum diameter of approximately 900 m
at the western side of site.
During the conducted field surveys, several activities, including "camel grazing," were
observed within the confines of the Project Area and its immediate surroundings.
Figure 5-33 displays the land use map prepared based on site observations,
displaying that the land use category in the Project Site and the immediate vicinity
does not fall in any of the categories of agriculture, urban or industrial.

y
Figure 5-33: Land Use Map

Landscape
The Project Area is in its natural state widely (unaltered by man-made structures) with
dominance of sand dunes and gravel plains. The only man-made structure in the
Project Area is the energy transmission line.
Sensitive Receptors
Considering that the nearest structure where the project area might be visible is the Highway
15, located 8 km away, there are no sensitive receptors for land use and landscape.
There is no agricultural activity in the Project Site. However, there are agricultural areas in
the near vicinity of M4 Site, mainly on the south of the boundary. Furthermore, there are
greenhouses observed approximately 7 km southwest of the site. Although soil sampling
studies will provide further information on the soil type, texture, etc., it is considered not to
have productive potential. Accordingly, the sensitivity of soil Value is considered low.
Considering that the nearest structure where the project area might be visible is Highway 15,
located 8 km away. However, in the future, roads for accessing the Project Area will be
constructed, and considering the possibility of receptors emerging in this area and possible
change in the landform and land use, a 3 km buffer from the project boundary will be
considered for the AoI for landscape, landform and land use.
landscape assessment, considering the introduced large infrastructure that may impact the
landscape and be visible from a distance based on the topographical conditions.
Summary
Soils in the region exhibit no signs of contamination. Site reconnaissance surveys confirmed
the absence of contaminative activities or observed remediation needs.
The Project Site primarily consists of sand, gravel-sand mixtures, alluvial deposits,
and sandstone layers, with some rock boulders dispersed throughout the area.
Land use is predominantly natural, with no industrial activities observed. Activities
such as camel grazing and farming were noted in the Project Area and its immediate
surroundings. The land use map shows no allocation to agriculture, urban, or
industrial categories. The Project Area remains generally untouched by human
development. Notable skyline features include telegraph wires, pylons, and
communication masts running alongside main roads, with small communities and
service stations in proximity.
Future Trends
The M5M4 Solar Park Project, based on its current baseline conditions, is expected to
experience continuity and stability in its soil quality, landform, land use, and
landscape. Despite the presence of former agricultural areas, the absence of
historical or existing soil contamination pressures, along with the predominant
geological composition of sand, gravel, alluvial deposits, and rock outcrops,
suggests that soil quality and landform are likely to endure without significant
alterations. The landscape, characterized by telegraph wires, pylons, and communication
masts, is expected to remain flat and open, with minor changes to small communities and
service stations along main roads.

y
The landscape, characterized by sand dunes and gravel plains, is anticipated to be

modified with the installation of solar park infrastructure. Notable features such as
telegraph wires, pylons, and communication masts are expected to persist.
Settlements near project borders, agricultural activities, and other observed land uses
are likely to continue, maintaining the existing activities.
SoilThe soil characteristic of the Project site will be revealed after the analysis of soil
sampling. Information related to future trends will be included in the ESIA Report,
accordingly. As soil formation is extremely slow, climate changes over the life of the
Project are not expected to influence soil conditions or land use. On the other hand,
with the construction of the solar park as a permanent asset, the landscape will
change until the end of operation phase.
[5.2.1.3] Noise
The noise impacts in relation to the Project are expected to be short-term and localized. The
AoI for noise is, therefore, considered to be confined to the Project Site with a buffer of
500 m.
[5.2.1.4] However, this AoI will be revisited and revised if needed at the ESIA Report
preparation stage based on the evaluation of the area obtained from the noise
model.
Baseline Conditions
According NEOM’s State of the Environment Report, most of NEOM is considered to
be at or near natural background sound levels. Limited anthropomorphic influences
exist within the urban areas of NEOM and along existing transportation routes and the
airport.
Highway 15 runs parallel to the southern boundary of the Project Area, (approximately
8 km at the closest location), connecting Tabuk to Jordan.
During the reconnaissance survey, it was observed that the no significant source of
noise at/near the M5M4 is existed., and the only potential source of noise near the site is
traffic at the main road passing 8 km from the south of the Site. At the current situation,
there are no ongoing constructions in the near vicinity. In addition to these, it’s
important to note that some areas in NEOM can be quite noisy due to natural factors. Wind
can significantly contribute to the ambient noise levels in certain areas. This is particularly
true for the windy regions within NEOM.
On the other hand, noise level measurement has been conducted within the scope of
baseline surveys in October 2023 (at the preparation period of this document, the
measurements results have not been received).
In the ESIA Report, the results of the conducted noise survey will be assessed, and the
measured baseline noise levels will be reflected in the Report.
Sensitive Receptors
M4 Project site, in its existing state, is an undeveloped and largely barren with no
settlements. Due to this inhabitation in and around the Site, hence only the personnel
working during the construction and operation phases and fauna in the Project Area are
considered as receptors and are deemed to have medium sensitivity.

y

Machinery will be used for the construction phase are presented in Table 5-38. It should be
noted that the numbers of machinery included in the calculations are preliminary and high-
level assumptions at this stage. With the advancement of the design, the numbers will be
updated in the ESIA Report.
Considering the main noise pollution sources will be during the construction stage, the
following calculations made for AoI size determination were made only for the construction
stage. Furthermore, it is worth mentioning that a modelling activity will be conducted both for
construction and operation stages, the results of which will be presented in the ESIA Report.
Table 5-38: Machinery/Equipment to be Used during the Construction Phase and Noise
Levels
Machinery Decibel Level (dB) Number

Graders 100 2
Compactors 100 1
Water Tankers 128 2
Excavators (JCB) 100 2
Wheel Loader 100 1
Piling Machine 120 4
Crane 85 1
Air Compressor 80 1
Electrical Power Generators 80 5
Forklifts 90 1
The equivalent noise levels (Leq) for the machinery and equipment to be used in
construction phase have been determined.
Noise calculations were made using the formulas below and the worst-case scenario has
been taken into consideration where all vehicles would operate at the same point, at the
same time.
The total equivalent noise level generated by noise sources is calculated using the formula
(1) given below4. In this formula, noise sources are considered to be in the same plane.
n Li
Leq  10  log 10 10
i 1 ……………………………………………..(1)
Where;
n = Number of noise sources;
Li = Sound power level of each source (dB(A));
Leq = Total equivalent noise level;
4
Environmental Noise Assessment and Management, Seminar Notes from Type A Certificate Program- METU Continuing Education
Center, ANKARA, 2007

y
❑❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑
❑
Leq = 113.77 dB(A)
The power level (Lp) of the sound which is caused by machinery/equipment and which
reaches a given distance was calculated using the formula (2) given below 1 ;
 Q 
LP  Leq  10  log  2 
 4. .r  ……………………………....(2)
Where;
Lp : Sound power (noise) level (dB(A))
Q : The reduction factor selected by the flat or rugged nature of terrain
was taken as 3 due to the terrain being flat.
r : Distance (m)
The distance-dependent change in sound level is presented in Table 5-39 and Figure 5-34.
Table 5-39: Levels of Noise from Equipment by Distance
Distance in meters Sound Power Level (Lp) in dB(A)

0 113.77
25 79.59
50 73.57
75 70.05
100 67.55
130 65.27
150 64.03
250 59.59
500 53.57
750 50.05
1,000 47.55
1,250 45.61
1,500 44.03

y
120
100
Sound Intensity Level (dBA)
80
60
40
20
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Distance (m)
Figure 5-34: Levels of Noise from Equipment by Distance

As presented in Section Error: Reference source not found, a combination of national
standards and IFC requirements, choosing is more stringent. Although the project area is
located within Low-density residential areas; due to the accessibility issues with the Project
Area, the area being idle and barren without any settlements, and the road being the only
pollution source which will also be used by vehicles during the construction stage, the
measurement point was selected near the road. Therefore, the project standards applicable
to M4 Solar Park Project are determined to be 55 dB during the day and 45 dB at night.
Also, it is stated in the World Bank Group (WBG) General EHS Guidelines that “Noise
impacts will not exceed the levels presented in Table 5-40 or result in a maximum increase
in background levels of 3 dB at the nearest receptor location off-site.”
Table 5-40: WBG Noise Limit Values
Type of Operation (Construction, Demolition and Repair) Lday (dB(A)) Lnight (dB(A))
Limit value not to be exceeded by the noise from construction
55 45
site activities at the sensitive receptor
According to the preliminary calculations, the calculated noise level meets both the day and
night limit values at 1,500 m distance from the noise source, as displayed in Table 5-39.
Considering that the construction works will continue for a certain period, it is apparent that
the expected effect will be temporary. Similarly, it is obvious that the actual noise level will be
far below the calculated value, considering the calculated values were calculated estimated
based on the worst-case scenario where each equipment would operate at the same point,
at the same time.
The AoI for noise is, therefore, considered to be a buffer of 1,500 m considering the faunal
receptors within this buffer.
Summary

y
The M4 Project Site is undeveloped and dominantly quiet. Highway 15 is situated to

the south of the Project Area.
Within the scope of the environmental baseline studies, noise level monitoring has
been conducted to understand the noise baseline levels. These results will be presented
in the ESIA Report. During the life of the Project, particularly during the early works
and construction phase, changes in the ambient noise levels are expected in relation
to project activities. Although limited noise pollution is expected to result from the operation
of the solar park, noise modelling activities will also cover the operation stage.
Future Trends
The Project Site is undeveloped and a quiet airshed with limited anthropogenic noise
emission sources. In the context of urbanization and population increase, the Tabuk region
in Saudi Arabia has been experiencing significant growth. As urban areas expand and
population increases, there can be an increase in anthropogenic noise sources. These can
include increased traffic (both due to movement of equipment and material, and also
workers’ transport to and from their accommodation locations), construction activities, and
other urban noises. This could potentially lead to an overall increase in ambient noise levels
in the region during the construction stage, which is expected to decrease when the solar
park is operational.
While the output of the noise level measurement conducted as part of the baseline surveys
will be evaluated in the ESIA Report, changes in As the Project progresses, introducing
increased human activity, vehicular movements, and construction-related operations, the
ambient noise levels are expected during project activities.likely to undergo a gradual
transformation. The overall projection is one of the temporary and manageable noise
impacts associated with the solar park construction. Furthermore, although the solar
park will only be operational during daylight hours, as the inverter stations and transformers
are permanently energized, they may emit some noise by way of magnetostriction hum
during night-time.
The output of the noise level measurement conducted as part of the baseline surveys will be
evaluated in the ESIA. The result will be assessed against the Project Standards
identified comparing NCEC and IFC standards and selecting whichever is more
stringent. Furthermore, a noise modelling study (using SoundPLAN) will be
conducted to quantitatively assess the impacts and results will be presented in the ESIA
Report.
5.2.1.6[5.2.1.5] Light
Baseline Conditions
Considering that the area is largely barrenConsidering that the Project Area is in its natural
state and is barren, only with a Highway 15 passing from runs parallel to the Project Area, in
the existing situation, the area is dark. This situation will likely be impacted by the night-time
illumination mainly during the early works, construction stage and especially operation stage.
Receptor sensitivity
There are currently no specific guidance documents or papers available to determine the
sensitivity of a receptor in terms of lighting impact. Guidance notes produced by the
Institution of Lighting Professionals (ILP) are among the most commonly referenced

y
guidance notes for good practice on light. The determination of receptor sensitivities was
based current baseline conditions and on the Guidance Notes for the Reduction of Obtrusive
Light (MMA Lighting Consultancy Ltd, 2023).
For the purpose of this assessment receptor sensitivity descriptions and criteria have been
based on the descriptions presented in Table 5-41.
Table 5-41: Sensitivity of the Receptor/ Environment and Descriptions (MMA Lighting
Consultancy Ltd, 2023)
Sensitivity of
Human
the Receptor/ Description Human (Safety) Ecological
(Amenity)
Environment
Receptors Where a
Fragile and has limited Receptors
which are change in the
capability to where a change
sensitive to a lighting affects
accommodate change in in the lighting
change in the habitats,
artificial light conditions has the potential
lighting such breeding or
without fundamentally to either
that the quality feeding of fauna
High altering its present state dramatically
of life would be (e.g. protected
or character or is of improve or
affected (i.e. habitats or other
international or national reduce safety
Lighting is special areas)
importance. Recovery (for pedestrians,
designated a or growth
would be difficult or drivers, or
statutory patterns of
impossible. workers).
nuisance). fauna / crops.
The receptor/
environment has
moderate ability to
accommodate change in
Receptors
artificial light conditions Receptors Where a
where a change
without significantly which would not change in the
in the lighting
altering its present state/ noticeably be lighting affects
has the potential
character. The receptor/ aware of a the movement
to either
Medium environment has a change in or feeding
improve or
degree of adaptability lighting. (i.e. In patterns of
reduce safety
and resilience and is areas of fauna but the
(for pedestrians,
likely to accommodate medium to high receptor can
drivers, or
the changes caused by luminance). adapt.
workers).
an impact, although there
may still be some
residual modification as a
result.
The receptor/
environment is tolerant of
and can accommodate
Receptors Receptors
change in artificial light
which would not where a change
conditions without
noticeably be in the lighting
detriment to its character
aware of a has limited
or is of low or local Area with
Low change in potential to
importance. The limited wildlife.
lighting. (i.e. In affect safety (for
receptor/ environment is
areas of pedestrians,
adaptable and is resilient
medium to high drivers, or
to change. Nearly all
luminance). workers).
impacts can be absorbed
within it without modifying
the baseline conditions.

y
M4 Project site, in its existing state, is an undeveloped and largely barren. During the site
visit, small individual settlements were observed inside, and near the southern and
southwestern border of the Project Site. The nearest receptor is located Highway 15 runs
parallel to the southern boundary of the Project Area with a distance of 8 km, connecting
Tabuk to Jordan
Considering the distance from highways, settlement and agricultural area, it has been
determined to have medium sensitivity. Ecological areas, taking into account the possibility
of shelter for reptiles and birds, have also been assessed as having medium sensitivity.
For the identification of the AoI for light, the following steps were considered (NEOM Area of
Influence Guidance, December 2023):
 Understand which sensitive receptors are nearby the project area and their sensitivity
to lumen levels and colour lighting.
 Roughly estimate the light propagation from the project area boundary and
understand which levels of lumen are still perceptible at which distance.
 Compare lumen levels to sensitive receptors and draw the boundary of the AOI at the
appropriate levels that minimise effects on sensitive receptors.
However, it should be noted that the AoI will be modified in the ESIA Report with the receipt
of further data, if needed.
Considering that the area is barren with no man-made structures that require night-time
illumination in the existing situation, the construction and operation stages will bring
illumination related modifications to the area. To be conservative, 3 km buffer from the
Project boundary will be considered for light.
Furthermore, due to the nature of the project, solar reflection related impacts (glint and glare)
are likely. Accordingly, the glint and glare study will also consider an AoI of 3 km buffer in
relation to light to assess the possible impacts from the M5 Solar Park Project.
ThisDuring construction phase, it is likely that the surroundings will be affected through the
use of temporary site lighting either for health and safety purposes, site security, or both. It is
assumed that the main impacts will be spill light and luminous intensity. Lighting for health
and safety will be needed where work is required to take place during the hours of
diminishing ambient lighting levels which is likely to occur if the construction works are
carried out in if night-time working is required.
During the operation of the solar power plant, there may be radiation from the plant. As a
preliminary exercise at this Scoping Report stage, reflected illuminance (lux and lumen) from
the solar power plant was calculated considering factors such as the solar irradiance, the
albedo (reflectivity) of the ground surface, and the efficiency of the solar panels.
A measurement of 1 lux is equal to the illumination of a one-meter square surface that is one
meter away from a single candle. 1 lux of light is a measure of the light density, equivalent to
1 lumen per square meter (lm/m2):
Lux = lumens/m2
The lumen is a standardised unit of measurement of the total "amount" of light packets that
is produced by the light source (Lux, Lumens and Watts, 2023).

y
The formula for calculating reflected illuminance is:

❑
❑
Solar irradiance is the power per unit area received from the sun and assumed a value of
20,000 Lux for Saudi Arabia, which is the solar constant. Albedo is the reflectivity of the
ground surface. It is a dimensionless value between 0 (perfect absorber) and 1 (perfect
reflector) and assumed 0.1.
Monocrystalline silicon solar panels are among the most efficient, with typical efficiencies
ranging from 15% to 22%. High-quality monocrystalline panels can achieve efficiencies
above 20%. Reflected lux per area is calculated as:
For all Project area (25.77 km2 = 25.77*106 m2), reflected lumen is calculated as:
❑ ❑ ❑
❑ ❑ ❑
The Inverse Square Law states that the intensity of light is inversely proportional to the
square of the distance from the source. The formula is expressed as:
❑❑
❑❑ ❑
❑
Where:
 I2 is the lux at the sensitive receptor,
 I1 is the luminous flux at the Project Area (in lumens),
 d is the distance from the light source in meters. (Since there is no settlement
nearby and the Highway 15 is considered the receptor which is 8,000 meters
away from the Project Area. To identify the AoI size, the distance has been
considered as the radius of the buffer taken around the Project Area.)
❑
❑❑ ❑❑
❑
The lux values of the same luminous flux at different distances are presented in Table 5-42.
Additionally, the illuminance sources and lux levels are provided at the Table 5-43 for
comparison.
Table 5-42: Lux Values Calculated at Different Distances
Luminous Flux Distance Lux at the Specified Distance

(lumen) (m) (lux)
10.308 x 109 500 41232
9
10.308 x 10 1,000 10308
10.308 x 109 1,500 4581.33
9
10.308 x 10 2,000 2577
10.308 x 109 2,500 1649.28
9
10.308 x 10 3,000 1145.33
10.308 x 109 3,200 (Selected AoI size) 1006.64
9
10.308 x 10 3500 841.46

y
Luminous Flux Distance Lux at the Specified Distance

(lumen) (m) (lux)
10.308 x 109 4,000 644.25
9
10.308 x 10 10,000 103.08
Table 5-43: Common light scenarios and their measurements in lux (Lords, 2023)
Lux* Illuminance Source

0.0001 Starlight
0.25 Full moon
80 Typical indoor lighting
400 Sunrise or sunset
500 A well-lit office
1000 Overcast day outdoors
10,000 Daylight
100,000 Intense, direct sunlight
* Lux (lx): Measures the amount of visible light that illuminates a surface per unit area.
For the M4 Solar Park, the preliminary calculations show that at 3,200 m distance from the
Project Area, the visuality on the observer’s eye (either human or non-human receptor at
that part), the Solar Park has the effect of an overcast day. With increased distances, the
amount of visible light for the receptors will be even less significant.
It should be noted that to obtain accurate and location-specific solar irradiance data for the
Project, solar databases, meteorological agencies, and solar resource assessment tools
should be taken into account as the local climate and atmospheric conditions.
Taking into consideration the above calculations, 3.2 km buffer from the Project boundary
will be considered for light taking into account the closest ecological receptors within this
buffer.
As mentioned, this AoI will be revisited and revised, if needed, at the ESIA Report
preparation stage based on the evaluation of visual impact assessment as well as glint
and glare assessment results.
Baseline Conditions
Considering that the Project Area is generally in its natural state and is barren, in the existing
situation, the area is dark. This situation will likely be impacted by the night-time illumination
mainly during the early works and construction stage.
The Project will introduce illumination changes to the barren area. Currently, the area is
naturally dark, but nighttime illumination may have an impact during early works and
construction stages.
Future Trends
AfterWith the commencementcompletion of the project, the undisturbed, quiet and dark
nature of the Project Area will be modified. During the operation stage, this will be mainly
due to the panels installed having a potential of glint and glare (during daytime) and night-
time illumination of the solar park operation; reflection of sunlight from PV panels will take

y
place, which has the risk of affecting safety and residential amenity in the surrounding areas.
Accordingly, aduring night time.
A glint and glare assessment will be conducted during the ESIA stage. Furthermore,
elaborateand will be supported by design information as well as GIS data. Additionally,
calculations in relation to night-time illumination will be provided in the ESIA Report.
Information related to future trends will be included in the ESIA Report, according to
the assessmentassessments and calculations.
5.2.2 Biodiversity (Land)
The presence of surrounding center-pivot irrigation fields within 3 km of the around
the project site presents an opportunity to attract a diverse array of bird species,
including both resident and migratory species. These fields create a favorable habitat
that not only draws birds but also supports their populations by providing a rich
source of insects, which constitute a vital food source for many bird species.
Additionally, around the project site, there are rocky terrains that serve as breeding
and refuge areas for various species, including birds, lizards, and bats.
Given the ecological significance of these center-pivot irrigation fields, the
biodiversity AoI was selected to extend beyond the immediate project site
boundaries, encompassing the site footprint as well as the surrounding area up to 3
km beyond the boundary. This expanded AoI is designed to account for potential
indirect impacts associated with dust and noise generated by project activities on
ecological receptors.
noise and air quality modelling, considering the impacts on biodiversity. Furthermore,
after the receipt of the route and length information of the overhead transmission line
(an associated facility) in the ESIA stage, the review of the AoI size during the ESIA
will also consider this issue.
The ecological survey conducted during April, in the spring season, offers a suitable
timeframe for assessing the abundance and diversity of flora, mammal, herpetofauna, and
avifauna species, as well as their populations. The AOL, delineated based on the survey
outcomes from this period, will encompass the project area.
Baseline Conditions
The biodiversity related information provided in the following sections are mainly obtained
through the ecological survey conducted in April 2023, and the associated assessments
made. Annex 8.2-A contains the Preliminary Site Assessment Report, which, among others,
encompasses the findings of the April 2023 ecological survey of the Project Site.
General Information
The project area is situated within the Northern Sandstone Plain and Plateau.
Al-Nafie (1989)[27] described the topography in the region as areas of sand dunes, hills,
small mountain ranges and flat plateaus. Common species include: Vachellia raddiana,
Vachellia gerrardii, Hammada elegans, Zilla spinosa, and Calligonum comosum. Lycium
persicum and many other perennial plants are found in basins, wadis and dry drainage
courses. Rocky areas have poor vegetation cover especially during the dry season.
Baseline Conditions

y
The biodiversity related information provided in the following sections are mainly
obtained through the ecological survey conducted in April 2023, and the associated
assessments made. Annex 8.2-A contains the Preliminary Site Assessment Report,
which, among others, encompasses the findings of the April 2023 ecological survey
of the Project Site.
General Information
The project area is situated within the Northern Sandstone Plain and Plateau.
Al-Nafie (1989)[27] described the topography in the region as areas of sand dunes,
hills, small mountain ranges and flat plateaus. Common species include: Vachellia
raddiana, Vachellia gerrardii, Hammada elegans, Zilla spinosa, and Calligonum
comosum. Lycium persicum and many other perennial plants are found in basins,
wadis and dry drainage courses. Rocky areas have poor vegetation cover especially
during the dry season.
5.2.2.1 Habitats
According to NEOM Habitat Mapping Classifications, the M5M4 Project Site is
categorized within the following habitat types:
 5120 Gravel plains with dwarf shrub vegetation (see Figure 5-35)
 5130 Gravel plains with sparse vegetation (see Figure 5-36)
 6220 Escarpments, lithified sand dunes, rocky exposures (see Figure 5-37)
 6230 Wadis with sandy or gravelly floors, and channelized drainage channels
(see Figure 5-37)
The site's primary habitat is characterized as a gravel plain with no significant
vegetation and undulating terrain. This type of habitat is often found in arid and semi-
arid regions and is adapted to the harsh environmental conditions, including low
rainfall and high temperatures.
In some areas within the site, there are gravel plains with dwarf vegetation, which
typically includes low-growing and hardy plant species that can thrive in the arid
environment. The presence of vegetation, even if it's of low stature, can significantly
contribute to local biodiversity by providing habitat and food sources for various
species.
These habitats can support a variety of reptile and invertebrate species when they are
in a favorable state. The presence of species such as the Western Marsh Harrier and
Spiny-tailed Lizards within the described habitat highlights the biodiversity and
ecological complexity of these areas. These species are adapted to the specific
conditions and resources provided by the habitat, contributing to the overall
ecosystem...

y
Figure 5-35: Gravel plains with dwarf shrub vegetation

y
Figure 5-36: Gravel plains with sparse vegetation

y
Figure 5-37: Escarpments, lithified sand dunes, rocky exposures

y
Figure 5-38: Wadis with sandy or gravelly floors, and channelized drainage channels
5.2.2.2 Flora
The ecological surveys were conducted in April, renowned for its spring season conducive to
the revitalization and blooming of plant species. The accurate identification of plant species
observed during this period is facilitated by their flowering stage, ensuring precise
recognition
During the survey, a total of 2026 flora species were documented, spanning 1115
distinct families. Among the 14twelve (12) quadrats examined, vegetation was noted in
six (6five (5) quadrats, whereas in other locations, no vegetation was observed.
The recorded vegetation is represented through the DAFOR Scale. Within the DAFOR
scale, nine (9) species (Launaea sp, Arnebia hispidissima, Arnebia linearifolia, Morettia
parviflora, Zilla spinosa, Citrullus colocynthis, Astragalus hauarensis, Stipagrostis plumosa
and Zygophyllum arabicum)Tamarix aphylla were Frequent, Launaea sp, Anastatica
hierochuntica and Diplotaxis acris were recorded as Occasional, while eleven (11) and 21
species (Haloxylon salicornicum, Halopeplis perfoliate, Bassia eriophora, Salsola
vermiculata, Matricaria aurea, Centaurea sinaica, Launaea capitata, SavignyaHeliotropium
kotschyi, Arnebia linearifolia, Arnebia hispidissima, Morettia parviflora, Diplotaxis acris,
Savignya parvifloraZilla spinosa, Gymnocarpos sclerocephalus, Citrullus colocynthis,
Astragalus annularis, Malva parviflora, Plantago ciliate, Centropodia forsskaliiRumex
vesicarius, Oligomeris linifolia, Hyoscyamus muticus, Fagonia arabica and Tetraena
simplex) were recorded as Rare (see Table 5-44).
None of the plant species identified in the survey were classified as Threatened
according to the IUCN Red List or designated as High Conservation Priority (HCP)
species.
Table 5-44: List of Plants Species at M5M4 Site

y
High
Relative DAFO IUCN Conse
Abundanc
Family Species Abundance R Status[9] rvation
e
(%) Scale [9] Priorit
y5
Not
Amaranthace Haloxylon
ae salicornicum
3 4 R Evaluate No
d
Not
Amaranthace Halopeplis
ae perfoliata
1 1 R Evaluate No
d
Not
Amaranthac
eae
Bassia eriophora 12 3 R Evaluate No
d
Amaranthace
ae
Salsola vermiculata 1 1 R LC No
Not
Asteraceae Matricaria aurea 1 31 R Evaluate No
d
Not
Centaurea
Asteraceae
sinaicaLaunaea sp
21 61 OR Evaluate No
d
Not
Asteraceae Launaea capitata 1 31 R Evaluate No
d
Not
Astereaceae Launaea sp 5 7 O Evaluate No
d
Heliotropium Not
Boraginacea
e
kotschyiArnebia 42 113 OR Evaluate No
hispidissima d
Boraginacea Arnebia 21 61 OR Not No

e linearifolia Evaluate
d
Brassicaceae Arnebia 41 111 OR Not No

Boraginaceae hispidissimaMoretti Evaluate
a parviflora
5
The species of High Conservation Priority defined by Saudi Wildlife Authority (SWA).

y
High
Abundanc
e
y
Savignya Not
Brassicacea
e
parvifloraAnastatica 14 36 RO Evaluate No
hierochuntica d
Not
Brassicacea
e
Diplotaxis acris 16 39 RO Evaluate No
d
Not
Brassicaceae Morettia parviflora 1 1 R Evaluate No
d
Not
Brassicacea
e
Zilla spinosa 31 91 OR Evaluate No
d
Brassicaceae Savignya Not

Caryophyllac parvifloraGymnocar 1 31 R Evaluate No
eae pos sclerocephalus d
Not
Cucurbitacea Citrullus
eFabaceae colocynthis
31 91 OR Evaluate No
d
Astragalus Not
Fabaceae hauarensisannulari 21 61 OR Evaluate No
s d
Not
Malvaceae Malva parviflora 12 3 R Evaluate No
d
Plantaginace Plantago ciliata 1 3 R Not No

ae Evaluate
d
Poaceae Centropodia 1 3 R Not No

forsskalii Evaluate
d
Polygalacea Stipagrostis 313 919 OF Not No

e plumosa Evaluate

y
High
Abundanc
e
y
Not
Polygonacea
e
Rumex vesicarius 2 3 R Evaluate No
d
Not
Resedaceae Oligomeris linifolia 1 1 R Evaluate No
d
Not
Hyoscyamus
Solanaceae
muticus
1 1 R Evaluate No
d
Tamaricacea
e
Tamarix aphylla 12 17 F LC No
Zygophyllum Not
Zygophyllac
eae
simplexFagonia 13 34 R Evaluate No
arabica d
Zygophyllum Not
Zygophyllac
eae
arabicumTetraena 21 61 OR Evaluate No
simplex d
Total no. of plants 3569 100.0 No

y
Bassia eriophora Stipagrostis plumosa
Salsola vermiculataTamarix aphylla SavignyaMalva parviflora
Diplotaxis acrisCitrullus colocynthis Citrullus colocynthisOligomeris linifolia

y
MalvaMorettia parviflora Fagonia arabicaBassia eriophora
Launaea sp Astragalus annularis

y
Heliotropium kotschyi Halopeplis perfoliata
Gymnocarpos sclerocephalus Tamarix aphylla
Plantago ciliataHyoscyamus muticus Matricaria aurea

y
Arnebia hispidissima Arnebia linearifolia
Launaea sp Astragalus spSalsola vermiculata
Morettia parvifloraAnastatica hierochuntica Zilla spinosaAnastatica hierochuntica

y
Diplotaxis acris Centaurea sinaica
Arnebia hispidissima Monsonia heliotropioidesLaunaea capitata
Tetraena simplex
Figure 5-39: Photographic Records of the Plant Species Observed in M5M4 Site
5.2.2.3 Mammals
The ecological surveys conducted in April, renowned for its spring season, coincide with the
period when mammal species typically emerge from hibernation. The observation of both the

y
number of mammal species and the count of individuals during this timeframe facilitates
precise identification.
During the survey, two (2) camera trap wastraps were strategically installed within the
Project Site to facilitate the observation of mammals.
The absence of recorded mammal species at M5M4 Site during the walkover surveys
and camera trap deployments is noteworthy. It is important to note that the absence
of direct observations does not necessarily imply the absence of mammals in the
area. Mammals are known to inhabit and nest in regions featuring sandy and rocky
habitats, which aligns with the conditions present in the Project Site.
5.2.2.4 Avifauna
The ecological surveys conducted in April coincide with the renowned spring migration
season of bird species. The observation of both the number of bird species and the count of
individuals during this period facilitates precise identification.
During the surveys, a total of six (6seven (7) bird species from three (3four (4) different
orders were documented. None of the recorded species were classified as threatened
based on the Regional IUCN Red List, and none of the species exhibit decreasing
trends across the Arabian Peninsula as indicated by the Regional IUCN assessment.
A total of four (4) orders were recorded during the survey of which Order
Passeriformes is the most dominant order with three (3) species followed by
Columbiformes with two (2) species, during the survey provides a snapshot of the
local biodiversity in the area.
The assessment of the Site using the Soaring Bird Sensitivity Map Tool [12] indicates
a sensitivity rating of 0.0 in relation to avifauna. Satellite tracks of the White Stork
(Ciconia ciconia) and Egyptian Vulture (Neophron percnopterus) have been registered
within a 20 km radius from the site's center. Notably, the site is bordered by center-
pivot irrigation fields, which have the potential to attract a diverse range of bird
species, encompassing both resident and migratory types. These pivot fields provide
a habitat that draws and sustains insects, a significant food source for the avian
population.
Table 5-45: Bird Species Recorded at M5M4 Site
Species Scientific Order Family Regional Regional High

Name IUCN Trend Conserv
Status ation
Priority
[13]
Eurasian Streptopelia Columbif Columbida LC Increasin -
Collared decaocto ormes e g
Dove
House Passer Passerifo Passeridae LC Stable/ 97
Sparrow domesticus rmes increasin
g
Eurasian Upupa Bucerotifo UpupidaeAc LCNT Stable -
HoopoeWester epopsCircus rmesAcci cipitridae
n Marsh Harrier aeruginosus pitriforme
s

y
Spur-winged Vanellus Charadriif Charadriida LC Increasing -

Lapwing spinosus ormes e
Laughing Spilopelia Columbif Columbida LC Increasin -
Dove senegalensis ormes e g
Crested Lark Galerida Passerifo Alaudidae LC Stable 86
cristata rmes
DesertGreater Ammomanes Passerifo Alaudidae LC Stable -
Hoopoe Lark desertiAlaemo rmes
n alaudipes
Desert Lark (Ammomanes deserti)Western Crested Lark (Galerida cristata)Spur-winged

Marsh Harrier (Circus aeruginosus) Lapwing (Vanellus spinosus)

y
Eurasian Collared Dove (Streptopelia Eurasian Hoopoe (Upupa epops)House

decaocto)Spur-winged Lapwing (Vanellus Sparrow (Passer domesticus)
spinosus)
Figure 5-40: Bird species recorded at M5M4 Site
5.2.2.5 Herpetofauna
The ecological surveys conducted in April, known for the spring season when reptile species
emerge from hibernation, allow for accurate identification due to observations of the number
of reptile species and individuals during this period.
The observation of only one individual of the Spiny-tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia)
during field observations is significant, as it provides direct evidence of the presence
of this vulnerable species in the area. The presence of the Spiny-tailed Lizard in the
site is a significant finding. The designation of this species as "Threatened"
according to both the IUCN Red List and the HCP underscores its vulnerability to
endangerment and the importance of its conservation.
Additionally, the possibility of observing other lizard species in the area suggests
that the site may support a diverse reptile community. Different lizard species can
have distinct habitat preferences and ecological roles, and their coexistence
contributes to the overall biodiversity of the region.

y
It is important to note that the absence of direct observations does not necessarily
imply the absence of other lizard species in the area. Lizards are known to inhabit and
nest in regions featuring gravel plains and rocky habitats, which aligns with the
conditions present in the Project Site.
Table 5-46: Herpetofauna Species Recorded at M5M4 Site
High
Global IUCN Population Trend Conservation
Species Scientific Name Priority 6
Status (Regional)
Spiny-tailed Uromastyx
VU Decreasing Yes
Lizard aegyptia
6
The species of High Conservation Priority defined by Saudi Wildlife Authority (SWA).

y
Figure 5-41: Spiny-tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia)
5.2.2.6 Protected Areas

The M5M4 Project Site is approximately 4437 km away from NEOM Nature Reserve.
Additionally, the King Salman Royal Nature Reserve is approximately 2542 km away,
while the future Prince Mohammed bin Salman Royal Nature Reserve is situated at a
distance of approximately 6160 km from the boundary of the Site.

y
Figure 5-42: Location of Project Site with Respect to Protected Area Network
Summary
Four (4Three (3) types of habitats were recorded inon the site. A total of 2026 plant
species were recorded from 1115 families, and on the DAFOR scale Haloxylon
salicornicum was recorded as Abundant within the site. From this site, 67 bird
species were recorded, which belongs to three (3four (4) Orders and none of the
species recorded during survey are considered threatened according to the Regional
IUCN Red List and none of the species exhibit decreasing trends across the Arabian
Peninsula as indicated by the Regional IUCN assessment and has 0.0 sensitivity
potential for avifauna.
The site has center-pivot irrigation fields within the 20 km radius area, which may
attract good number of bird species, both resident and migratory as those fields
attract and support insects that the birds feed on.
No Threatened species of flora or fauna were recorded at this site. Also, the number
of species and their recorded abundance were very low. Spiny-tailed Lizard
(Uromastyx aegyptia) is vulnerable according to IUCN.
Future Trends
The Project Site corresponds to vegetated to non-vegetated gravel plain areas
inhabited by perennial herbs and/or graminoids. No Threatened species of flora or
fauna were recorded at this site. Also, the number of species and their recorded
abundance were very low.
There is a possibility of harm or loss to vegetation cover and individual fauna as a
consequence of the activities in various project phases. It is important to carefully

y
assess and mitigate potential impacts to minimize adverse effects on the surrounding
ecosystem during each stage of the project.
The Egyptian Spiny-tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia) holds a Vulnerable (VU) status
as per the HCP, International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Arabian
Peninsula, and IUCN Global Red List. The translocation of the active Egyptian Spiny-
Tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia) burrow and any associated individuals will be
carried out in accordance with the NEOM Spiny-tailed Relocation Plan.
The future trend objective is to proactively impact the project's future trends by enhancing
the habitats that may suffer damage and reintroducing species likely to be displaced from
the area.
The implementation of mitigation measures, to be outlined during the ESIA stage, along with
the ecological monitoring studies to be conducted during the operational period of the
project, aims to minimize potential damages and influence positive future trends for the
project. This proactive approach allows for continuous assessment and adjustment, ensuring
environmental impacts are mitigated and the project operates sustainably over time.
5.2.3 Archaeological and Cultural Environment
The AoI for archaeology and cultural heritage is defined as a 500 m buffer from the Project
boundary. It will be important to cover the area adjacent to the Project boundary as well as
the project’s footprint. The AoI is designated to encompass potential transportation routes
and fence placements during project implementation to account for the possibility of cultural
heritage damage or any chance find.
Baseline Conditions
According to the NEOM State of Environment Report, the archaeological interest
within NEOM is intrinsically linked with its surrounding areas. One of the central
themes that emerges across the various eras of NEOM is one of movement. The
region has been a crucial crossroads throughout history, witnessing the movement of
early civilizations from Africa into Arabia and onwards to Eurasia. It has also played a
pivotal role in trade and pilgrimage routes, connecting Makkah and Medina. Therefore,
understanding the context of archaeology and cultural heritage within NEOM is
paramount, as it is an integral part of the region's history.
NEOM's strategic location has historically served as an essential communication
route in the Middle East. The area, spanning from Tabuk to the Gulf of Aqaba, has
linked the Arabian Peninsula and Egypt to the west, and the Levant and Mesopotamia
to the north and east. Antiquity saw the ports and towns of the region facilitating the
famous overland incense trade from South Arabia. Even after the decline in incense
trade, this area continued to be significant as an access route and overland gateway
to Arabia and the holy cities of Mecca and Medina.
An extensive archaeological desktop study has been carried out to investigate the
archaeological and cultural heritage features survey was conducted in the Project Area.
According to results of the study, a potential cultural assets or heritage features were
identified (a potential December 2023. The possible archaeological area was surveyed. It
has been realized that the area is not an archaeological settlement or mustatil) as listedsite.
It has been observed that the morphological rock structure of the area was shaped by
natural factors in Table 5-47 and presented in Figure 5-. Anthe desert. Eventually, no
archaeological traces were encountered during the field survey is planned for December
2023, to investigate the within the M4 Project Area.

y
Sensitive Receptors
There are no known archaeological and cultural heritage features insites within the Project
Area; but the potential for any undiscovered archaeological features within the site is
possible during earthworks. Due to lack of archaeological sites within the Project Area;
sensitivity of registered archaeological sites / unknown archaeological artefacts is
considered to be low.
The AoI for archaeology and cultural heritage is defined as a 500 m buffer from the Project boundary. It will be
important to cover the area adjacent to the Project boundary as well as the project’s footprint. Table 5-47
Potential Cultural Heritage Sites within M5 Project Area
No Name Description
Archaeological traces that could be indicative
1 M5 Potential Cultural Heritage Site 1
of a settlement.
Traces that could be from an ancient stone
quarry.
of a settlement.
Traces that could be indicative of a
necropolis area.
Architectural traces that could be indicative
of an ancient fortress settlement.
8 M5 Potential Cultural Heritage Site 8 Archaeological traces that could be indicative
of a settlement. They might be mustatil.
11 M5 Potential Cultural Heritage Site 11 of a settlement. They might be mustatil.

14 M5 Potential Cultural Heritage Site 14 Traces that could be indicative of a
15 M5 Potential Cultural Heritage Site 15 necropolis area.

19 M5 Potential Cultural Heritage Site 19 of a settlement.

21 M5 Potential Cultural Heritage Site 21 Architectural traces that could be indicative

y

Traces that could be indicative of a
necropolis area.
24 M5 Potential Cultural Heritage Site 24 of a settlement.

of a settlement. They might be mustatil.

Figure 5-43: Potential Cultural Heritage Site within the M5 Project Area

The AoI is designated to encompass potential transportation routes adjacent to the Project
area and the fence placements during the early works to account for the possibility of any
cultural heritage damage or any chance find.
Summary
Based on the preliminary site assessment and desktop study, there are potentialno
known heritage sitesites within the M5M4 Project Site. It is possible that Yet, given the
high value of the larger area, there exists the possibility of unknown/ or buried resources
may bebeing present on the site,. In light of this and they would be at risk of disturbance
from early worksaligns with the requirements of IFC PS8 to mitigate potential disruptions
and construction activities. In such an encounter,ensure the preservation of valuable insights
into the area's past., a Chance Finds Procedurechance find procedure will be
implemented. to safeguard any discoveries and ensure their preservation. This proactive
approach underscores our commitment to protecting cultural and historical assets that may
contribute to the heritage and significance of the region. By adopting such measures, it aims
to not only mitigate potential disruptions but also to embrace the opportunity to uncover
valuable insights into the area's past. This commitment reflects our dedication to responsible
stewardship of the environment and cultural resources, while also promoting transparency
and accountability in our project implementation processes.
Future Trends
Changes to the heritage baseline during the project's life are anticipated due to
extensive earthwork, leading to potential new discoveries and chance finds.
5.2.4[5.2.3] Socio-Economic Environment
The Tabuk region is bordered to the north by Jordan, to the east by Al-Jawf Hail
region, to the south by Al-Madinah Al-Munawwarah region and to the west by the
Aqaba region and the Red Sea.
The Tabuk region extends from north to south for more than 580 km and extends from
east to west for more than 480 km, covering an area of approximately 146,072 km 2.
The AoI for the socio-economic environment covers the Project site and the nearest
sizable settlement, Tabuk City. Accordingly, the AoI for socio-economic environment
was identified as 40 km buffer from the Project boundary. It encompasses Tabuk,
which is among the possible construction worker accommodation areas (an
associated facility). Within the AoI, there will be increased pressure on the healthcare
system and other public services. The population influx created within the AoI due to
the Project will be also in relation to increased uses of the roads (another associated
facility) both by workers and construction related vehicles.
Since the length and route of the overhead transmission line (an associated facility) is
not known at this stage, it was not considered in the identification of this particular
AoI. As mentioned, after the receipt of this information in the ESIA stage, the review of
the AoI sizes during the ESIA will also consider this issue.
5.2.4.1[5.2.3.1] Baseline Conditions: Built Assets
During the site visit, small individual settlements were detected inside, and aroundnear
the southern and southwestern border of the Project Site. For the settlements/structures
inside the site, Assystem team was informed by the Client that they are not official

y
and that the land belongs to the government (informal users). It is recommended that
these areas are avoided during the early works (such as drilling, access road opening,
etc.), and in the following stages, this issue should be managed according to NEOM’s
policies before the initiation of any work.
An electricity transmission line (overhead line) passes within the site, in a northwest-
southeast direction. Accordingly, the 200 km buffer zone around them should be
considered in the design studies.
This site has center-pivot irrigation fields around theits wider vicinity. (within 20 km
radius). There are two circular farm areas having a maximum diameter of
approximately 500900 m at the western side of site.
Mentioned built assets are displayed in the land use map presented earlier Figure 5-
33.

Summary
The M5M4 Solar Park Project Area includes is 3 (three2 (two) small settling areas were
detected nearby the southwestern border of the project site. An electricity
transmission line passes within the site, in a northwest-southeast direction.
Future Trends
Although they are informal users, the area's individual settlements will be affected
during early works and construction stage, emphasizing the need for careful
management.
5.2.4.2[5.2.3.2] Baseline Conditions: Traffic and Transport
According to UN-Habitat’s Cities Prosperity Index (CPI) Profile Tabouk Report (2019),
urban mobility in Tabuk is very strong in Tabuk city. Urban mobility refers to a set of
interrelated measures designed to satisfy the need of people, goods and services to
move from one place to another safely, efficiently, cost-effectively and in a timely
fashion. The strong urban mobility in the city is credited to the short average travel
time, affordability of transport and good road safety or low traffic fatalities [21].
When the Project Site is considered, Highway 15 is situated to the south of the Project
Area. It is anticipated that the Site will be accessed via this road for transporting
materials, equipment and machinery. An important environmental aspect related to
transportation is the availability of fuel for the construction machinery and the
generators. According to the existing infrastructure, the fuel for the construction
machinery and generators can be supplied by the above-ground fuel stations that are
located on Highway 15.
Summary
Tabuk city boasts strong urban mobility, as indicated by the UN-Habitat Cities
Prosperity Index. The Project Site, situated close to Highway 15, benefits from the
ongoing dualization project of this vital, well-traveled route. Access to the Site for
material transport relies on this highway, with existing fuel stations ensuring a
convenient supply for construction machinery and generators.
Future Trends
Due to the movement of construction vehicles as well as workers’ transport to and
from their accommodation locations, there will be an increased traffic load in the area
during the construction stage, which will decrease with the completion of the construction.
5.2.4.3[5.2.3.3] Baseline Conditions: Employment, Availability of Good and Services
that will be procured
Economy and Employment
The Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in Saudi Arabia in 2021 was estimated to be
approximately $833 billion, and national GDP growth rate for 2021 was estimated at
3.3%. With this GDP and growth, the Kingdom was predicted to be the fastest-growing
major economy in 2022 [19]. In the existing situation the Kingdom’s economy heavily
relies on oil industry, with the Kingdom owning 17% of the world’s proven petroleum
reserves.
According to UN-Habitat’s Cities Prosperity Index (CPI) Profile Tabouk Report (2019),
UN-Habitat provides a new approach for measuring urban prosperity: which is

holistic, integrated and essential for the promotion and monitoring of socio-economic
development, inclusion and progressive realization of the urban-related human rights
for all [21]. The document was prepared in collaboration with the Ministry of Municipal
and Rural Affairs in the KSA within the scope of Future Saudi Cities Program.
Tabuk being the major city in the Tabuk province, its economy and employment data
is provided in this section to display the conditions in the larger Project Region.
According to the CPI Profile Tabouk Report, productivity refers to the efficiency and
effectiveness of production efforts, measuring a city's contribution to economic
growth and development of the country. In Tabuk, productivity is moderate at 50.8%,
driven by strong economic growth indicators like a high city product and a low old-
age dependency ratio, averaging 69.2% and 64.4% for employment, respectively.
However, despite a moderately strong employment environment, the city faces high
unemployment at 9.43%.
On a positive note, informal employment remains low at 1.5%. Tabuk’s economic
productivity distribution is notably low at 18.7%, suggesting potential for increased
economic densification and improved land use efficiency in commercial, industrial,
and residential areas.
Accordingly, the economic growth information for Tabuk city is presented in Table 5-
48.
Table 5-48: Productivity Index of Tabuk
Sub-
Indicator Actual Units Standardized Comments
Dimension
City Product USD Moderately
21,142.00 67.4%
per Capita (PPP7)/Inhab strong
Economic Mean
Under
growth Household 25,516.67 USD (PPP) 49.9%
moderate
Income
(69.2 %)
Old Age
Dependency 3.77 % 90.2% Very strong
Ratio
Employment
to Population 52.21 % 51% Moderate
Ratio
Employment Informal
1.46 % 100% Very strong
Employment
Unemploymen Under
9.43 % 42.1%
t Rate moderate
Economic
Economic USD Under
Agglomeratio 160,646,528 18.7%
Density (PPP)/km2 moderate
n
Tabuk has recently become renowned for its agricultural output, notably flowers,
including gladiola, lilies, and statices, which are exported to Europe. The city also
serves as a bustling commercial hub along the pilgrimage route for travelers from
Turkey, Syria, Jordan, Palestine, and Lebanon en route to Mecca for the Hajj.
Additionally, the city's mild climate supports dairy and poultry farming in its vicinity.
7
PPP is defined as Purchasing Power Parity, and is a way of converting different currencies.

Availability of GoodGoods and Services
The project is likely to bring in positive benefits either from short term job
opportunities during construction stage or long term during operational stage.
Although not very close, the local community in the surroundings will be prioritized to
be hired based on skill sets.
There will be material requirement during the construction and operation phases. Due
to lack of industry or suppliers in the near vicinity, except for gas stations that can be
used for the fuel needs of vehicles and generators, the procurement of goods is likely
to be made from distances. The PV panels and other relevant equipment will also be
purchased from overseas.
Summary
Saudi Arabia, with a GDP of approximately $833 billion in 2021, relies heavily on the
oil industry, owning 17% of global reserves. Tabuk, a key city in the province, exhibits
moderate economic productivity but faces a high unemployment rate of 9.43%. The
city's recent agricultural successes and commercial significance along pilgrimage
routes contribute to its economic vibrancy. The Project is expected to offer job
opportunities during all project phases, prioritizing the local community. However,
due to the lack of nearby industries, goods and materials will likely be sourced from
distant locations, including overseas procurement for PV panels and related
equipment.
The Project, on the other hand, is expected to generate favorable outcomes for the
local community (both the nearby smaller settlements and the Tabuk City), whether
through short-term job opportunities during the construction phase or long-term
prospects once it becomes operational. While the local community in the vicinity may
not be in immediate proximity, they will be given preference for employment based on
their skill sets.
Future Trends
As Tabuk diversifies its economy through agriculture and commercial activities, there
is potential for increased economic density and improved land use efficiency,
contributing to the region's economic growth and stability.
Given the government's push for Saudization, NEOM will need to establish specific
targets for hiring local employees and procuring local goods and services. While the
construction activity has the potential to stimulate local service development, the
local workforce may face skill gaps hindering direct employment. This issue will be
further discussed in the ESIA report, considering strategies to bridge skill gaps and
enhance local employability for sustained socio-economic benefits.
The workforce for the project will reside in specialized accommodation camps, with
transportation to and from the project siteProject Site being provided.
5.2.4.4[5.2.3.4] Baseline Conditions: Community Within and Adjacent to the Project
Population and Demographics

The Tabuk region covers an area of 117,000 km 2. It represents about 5% of the
Kingdom's area, while the area of Tabuk city is 300 km 2. Tabuk Province forms part of
the Hejaz region and hosts approximately 35% of Saudi Arabia’s population.
The population of Tabuk region is 886,036, according to the Saudi census 2022 [16]. It
ranked eighth in the regions of Saudi Arabia in terms of population, and the number
of Saudis reached 637,601, where the ratio of Saudi population is 72 % (see Table 5-
49).
Table 5-49: Population by Nationality in Tabuk Region
City Total Saudi Non-Saudi Percentage of Saudi
Population Population Population Population
Tabuk 594,350 430,235 164,115 72.4 %
Umluj 46,229 32,107 14,122 69.5 %
Duba 39,543 22,016 17,527 55.7 %
Tayma 37,579 27,978 9,601 74.5 %
Alwajh 33,868 23,397 10,471 69.1 %
Haql 25,652 18,826 6,826 73.4 %
Albad 16,583 12,650 3,933 76.3 %
Other (<5,000 92,232 70,392 21,840 76.3 %
inhabitants)
Total 886,036 637,601 248,435 72.0 %
Over the past 20 years, Tabuk province has seen a decline in the growth rate, from
3.5% in 2003 to 1.47% in 2023.
Religion
The religion of the Tabuk region in Saudi Arabia is Islam, with Tabuk being a historical
region. Tabuk region was known as (Tabu) when it and the city of Al-Ula were the
capital of Al-Ayyin. It is believed that the region of Tabuk (the land of Midian) (Dadan)
is mentioned in the heavenly books. There is no evidence of the eras and historical
events that the countries went through. The region was rich in historical monuments,
some of which date back to before the advent of Islam and others after it, and it was a
passage for trade caravans crossing from south to north.
Indigenous People, Minority Groups and Vulnerable People
According to the World Directory of Minorities and Indigenous Peoples, Saudi Arabia,
despite having strong regional identities and ethnic diversity, do not have any
populations which could be characterized as indigenous (Minority Rights Group
International, 2018). Bedouin of the Arabian Peninsula are, therefore, not classified as
indigenous. Furthermore, the former bedu, nomadic lifestyle is no longer common in
Saudi Arabia with most herds of camel, sheep and goats being owned by nationals
who live in local towns and employ expatriates to herd and tend to their animals.
Summary
Tabuk, covering 5% of Saudi Arabia's area, houses approximately 35% of the nation's
population, with a declining growth rate from 3.5% in 2003 to 1.47% in 2023. Tabuk
city has a Saudi population ratio of 72.4%, and the province's religious identity is
predominantly Islamic, with rich historical significance. Despite regional identities

and ethnic diversity, there are no recognized indigenous populations, and the
traditional Bedouin lifestyle is no longer prevalent. The region is marked by historical
monuments and served as a trade caravan passage. The project will interface with a
diverse community in the Tabuk region, necessitating careful consideration of its
demographic and cultural aspects.
Future Trends
The declining growth rate suggests potential demographic shifts, impacting
community dynamics and resource utilization. Monitoring population trends is
essential for guiding adaptive strategies in community engagement and social
development. This ensures alignment with evolving needs and cultural contexts, a
critical consideration to be further explored and addressed in the ESIA reportReport.
5.2.4.5[5.2.3.5] Baseline Conditions: Occupational and Public Health and Safety
Health care in Saudi Arabia is a national health care system in which the government
provides free universal healthcare coverage through a number of government
agencies. There is also a growing role and increased participation from the private
sector in the provision of health care services.
Tabuk province has 11 Ministry of Health hospitals in the Tabuk province, but with the
increasing demand for healthcare services, this is likely to increase along with clinics
and private healthcare facilities. The main hospitals in and around Tabuk City are
Berakah, Umluj, Taimaa, Ashwaq General, King Fahad Specialist, AlWajh and Dubaa
hospitals [17]. The nearest hospital to M5M4 Project Site is approximately 3520 km
west of the Project Site, in Tabuk City.
In Tabuk, the life expectancy at birth is 73.8 years and the provision of health services
is well [21]. The main diseases being the major causes of death in Saudi Arabia are
ischemic heart disease, chronic kidney disease, lower respiratory infections,
Alzheimer’s disease, cirrhosis, neonatal disorders and diabetes [18].
During the COVID-19 pandemic, Saudi Arabia was able to respond successfully
pandemic by building on its experience with other respiratory diseases. This was
helped, in part, by the Vision 2030 strategy, where health sector upgrades were and
continue to be underway.
In relation to the ProjectOn the other hand, regarding occupational health and safety, the
appointed construction contractors will need to provide adequate healthcare and
insurance to their workers, and arrange site healthcare facilities (first aid, emergency
equipment) proporti1.onate to the health and safety risks associated with their
activities and workforce employed for the works. As it will be elaborated in the ESIA
Report, considering the greenfield nature of the Project, other issues concerning
occupational health and safety will be managed in line with NEOM’s standards as well as the
national and international requirements, starting with the early works.
Summary
The nearest hospital to M5M4 Project Site is approximately 3520 km west of the
Project Site, in Tabuk City.
The main diseases being the major causes of death in Saudi Arabia are ischemic
heart disease, chronic kidney disease, lower respiratory infections, Alzheimer’s
disease, cirrhosis, neonatal disorders and diabetes. Saudi Arabia effectively

responded to the COVID-19 pandemic and is well-prepared for potential future
outbreaks.
As it will be elaborated in the ESIA Report, considering the greenfield nature of the Project,
other issues concerning occupational health and safety will be managed in line with NEOM’s
standards as well as the national and international requirements, starting with the early
works.
Future Trends
The project will require a construction workforce comprising around 1,000 workers,
including both international and local individuals. Many of these workers are expected
to come from the Tabuk Province. Future trends in relation to community within and
adjacent to the Project Site are likely to include increased pressure on health services
and health service provision due to the increased population influx origination from
the Project.
5.2.4.6[5.2.3.6] Baseline Conditions: Labour and Working Conditions
The labour market of Saudi Arabia is subject to challenges such as unemployment
and skills shortages in certain key sectors. Recently, labour force participation rates
have been on the rise in Saudi Arabia, while unemployment levels have been on the
decline. This is particularly noticeable among important sub-groups such as females
and youth. All of this has been bolstered by efforts to reduce barriers when it comes
to doing business and to equip the population with the skills needed to succeed in the
future [19].
Furthermore, there is high demand for expatriate labour, particularly in high skilled
sectors. There is an additional pool of expatriate workers with limited skills available
to fulfill the demand for manual labor and service sector support personnel.
NEOM has a “Supplier Code of Conduct” which contains the policies that relate to the
legal and ethical standards of conduct that vendors, partners, manufacturers,
contractors and sub-contractors (together, the “Suppliers”) are expected to comply
with while conducting their duties. The Code of Conduct addresses various issues,
including “Safe and Healthy Workplace” as well as “Environmental, Health and Safety
Practices”.
National requirements (elaborated in Section 2.2.1.2) as well as policies and principles
of NEOM’s Supplier Code of Conduct will need to be followed during the construction
and operation stage of the Project. Furthermore, NEOM ensures in all its projects that
all contractors follow with the latest versions of ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO 45001 and
OSHAS 18001.
During the construction stage, the peak workforce is anticipated as 800to be 1000
workers, while the exact number will be determined by the EPC Contractor. The
information on the estimated number of operational workforceworkforces during the
operation of the M5M4 Solar Park is not available at the moment.
Summary
The NEOM Project will require a construction workforce of approximately 1,600000
staff some of whom is expected to be a mixture of international, local from the Tabuk
Province and remainder of Saudi Arabia. With the governmental prioritization towards
Saudization, NEOM is anticipated to set percentage targets for local recruitment and

procurement. Labour for the Project will be housed in dedicated accommodation
camps outside NEOM, and transport provided to and from the site.
Future Trends
Evolving labor market dynamics, characterized by increased participation and
decreasing unemployment, suggest ongoing changes. Anticipating and addressing
emerging workforce trends will be crucial for aligning project operations with
evolving labor market conditions, ensuring sustained compliance and ethical
practices. During the ESIA stage, labour and working conditions will be thoroughly
assessed, and future trends will be further examined.

[5.2.4] Climate and Climate Change
5.2.5.1 Baseline Conditions: Climate
Saudi Arabia has a dry climate marked by sand deserts and terrestrial habitats adapted to the
prevalent hot and arid conditions. The climate in the NEOM region displays variations across
space, featuring limited year-round rainfall and the absence of permanent water sources. Coastal
areas experience warmer weather, with summer temperatures climbing to 40°C, while inland and
elevated areas encounter cooler conditions, reaching as low as 0°C in winter.
NEOM State of the Environment Report [4] categorizes NEOM into four (4) climatic zones based on
40 years of temperature data from NEOM area (see Figure 5-48).
Figure 5-44: NEOM’s Climatic Zones

(Zone 1: Red Sea Coast and Southern Land Area; Zone 2: Gulf of Aqaba and West of NEOM;
Zone 3: Northern NEOM; Zone 4: Eastern NEOM)
Due to the proximity, M5 Project Area, the Project Site can be considered as in Zone 4, maximum
summer temperature is 37°C. Winter minimum is 6°C. The annual mean temperature is 21 °C and
the annual maximum summer temperature of 37.0 °C is reached in August. (see Figure 5-49).

Figure 5-45: Zone 3 Daily Minimum, Mean and Maximum Temperature
The highest monthly mean rainfall of 2.3 mm/month is in December, and dry conditions occur in
summer (see Figure 5-50).
Figure 5-46: Zone 3 Monthly Mean Precipitation
The predominant northerly wind in this region reaches 6-8 m/s (see Figure 5-51).

Figure 5-47: Monthly Wind Rose (1979–2018)
During the ESIA study, more project specific climate data belonging to Tabuk Airport Station is
planned to be used.

5.2.5.2 Baseline Conditions: Climate Change
According to NEOM Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Report [22], projections related to
climate change suggest an overall reduction in precipitation within the NEOM region, particularly in
the northern parts, where the M5 Project Site can be considered in. This decrease is linked to
amplified spatial variability and an increased likelihood of severe droughts. The duration of dry
periods is expected to extend as well, possibly leading to the depletion of ground water reserves. In
a high emission scenario (RCP8.5), the region anticipates a temperature rise of 2–4°C by 2050–
2070, along with more frequent and longer-lasting heatwaves. These changes will again manifest
with spatial variations.
As mentioned in the NEOM State of the Environment; in general, various models appear to agree
that temperatures in Saudi Arabia will rise given the current emission scenarios. A number of these
models suggest that the northern section of Saudi Arabia, which includes the NEOM region, will
experience more significant temperature increases compared to the central regions of the country.
Nevertheless, these models diverge in their predictions regarding alterations in the intensity of
rainfall across Saudi Arabia.
KSA does not have a single ministry for climate change, but rather a range of
ministries (water, electricity, and agriculture) consider climate change issues within their portfolios.
Saudi Arabia ratified the Paris Agreement in 2016, delivering the country’s Nationally Determined
Contributions (NDCs) to the UNFCC in November of the same year. The NDC emphasises
economic diversification to deliver mitigation and adaptation to climate impacts and avoidance of up
to 130 million tons of CO2 equivalent (CO2-eq) annually by 2030 (KSA, 2016).
To meet zero-emission targets, energy systems in NEOM will rely on renewables and green
hydrogen.
Summary
Saudi Arabia exhibits a dry climate, characterized by hot and arid conditions, with NEOM region
displaying variations in temperature and rainfall across its four climatic zones. The M5 Solar Park
Project Site can be considered as Zone 4, experiencing maximum summer temperatures of 37°C
and winter minimum temperatures of 6°C. The region encounters dry conditions in summer, with
the highest monthly mean rainfall in January. Predominantly northerly winds with occasional
stronger winds from north or west directions are common. Future ESIA studies will utilize project-
specific climate data from Tabuk Airport Station for a more detailed analysis.
Future Trends
Monitoring and analyzing climate data specific to the Project site will enable a more accurate
assessment of potential climate-related impacts. Considering ongoing climate change trends, future
ESIA studies should account for any shifts in temperature patterns, precipitation, and wind
characteristics, ensuring project resilience and adaptation to changing climatic conditions.
[5.2.5] Ecosystem Services
Baseline Conditions
During the conducted field surveys, several ecosystem services, including "camel grazing," were
observed within the confines of the Project Area and its immediate surroundings. The presence of
camels in the vicinity suggests that they are utilizing the surrounding vegetation as a source of food.
These ecosystem services play a pivotal role in shaping the overarching ecological and
socioeconomic dynamics of the area. They underscore the intricate interplay between human
activities, land utilization, and the environment. Recognizing and appreciating the significance of
these ecosystem services is paramount for fostering sustainable land management and formulating

effective conservation strategies in the region.
Grazing potentially holds a crucial role in sustaining the livelihoods and cultural traditions of local
communities. Imposing restrictions or altering grazing practices could carry significant social and
cultural consequences.
Summary
The baseline conditions of ecosystem services in the Project Area and its surroundings include
observed activities such as "camel grazing," indicating the utilization of vegetation by camels for
food.
Future Trends
Project-induced changes in land utilization may affect ecosystem services, particularly "camel
grazing". Engagement, especially with local communities reliant on these services for livelihoods
and cultural traditions, should be prioritized. During the ESIA stage, ecosystem services will be
thoroughly assessed, and future trends will be further examined.
[5.2.6] Human Rights
Baseline Conditions
IFC PS-1 and PS-4 refer to human rights due to the cross-cutting nature of the subject. It should
also be noted that each of the PSs has elements related to human rights dimensions that a project
may face in the course of its operations.
Saudi Arabia has been making significant progress in the area of gender equality and female
empowerment. Reforms have been implemented to promote women’s engagement in social and
economic development. While the labor force traditionally offered limited opportunities for women,
significant changes have been enacted to enhance their participation. These measures include
establishing equal entry ages for both genders, addressing gender disparities in wages,
occupations, professions, and working hours, and enabling women to engage in commercial
activities independently. The Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development has also been
initiating programs aimed at boosting employment rates among Saudi women, offering suitable job
opportunities, and improving work conditions to cater to their requirements. Additionally, a
significant milestone in narrowing the gender gap was the September 2017 royal decree, which
granted women the right to drive and obtain driver’s licenses for the first time [19].
Another key issue that Saudi Arabia has been making progress is the inclusion of individuals with
disabilities in the workforce. In 2017, data from the Authority for the Care of People with Disabilities
indicated that around 7.1 percent of Saudi Arabia’s population had disabilities. Despite many
individuals successfully overcoming their disabilities to lead productive lives, systemic obstacles
and a lack of awareness often impede their full inclusion. To address this issue, the government
has launched multiple initiatives aimed at removing barriers for people with disabilities [19].
NEOM ensures in all its projects that all contractors follow with latest versions of ISO 9001, 14001,
45001 and OSHAS 18001.
NEOM also ensures that the “Suppliers” (see Section 5.2.4.6 for the definition) comply with NEOM’s
Supplier Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct addresses various issues, including “Treating
People with Dignity and Respect”. Accordingly, the suppliers who will take part in construction and
operation activities of the Project will need to adhere to the human rights law applicable in both KSA
and the country in which they are operating in. The Code of Conduct also prohibits forced or child
labour, and addresses diversity and inclusion, anti-harassment, as well as wage and hours related
aspects to be followed.
In summary, both national requirements as well as policies and principles of NEOM’s Supplier Code

of Conduct will need to be followed during the construction and operation stage of the Project.
Summary
Human rights in the Project Area and Saudi Arabia reveal progress, particularly in gender equality
and female empowerment. Reforms address equal entry ages, wage disparities, and opportunities
for women in the labor force. The 2017 Royal Decree granting women the right to drive marked a
significant milestone. Efforts are underway to include individuals with disabilities in the workforce,
with government initiatives aiming to remove barriers. NEOM ensures compliance with international
standards and its Supplier Code of Conduct, emphasizing dignity, respect, and adherence to
human rights laws.
Future Trends
Project impacts on human rights involve workforce engagement, respecting diversity, and
minimizing disruptions to local communities. The construction phase's peak workforce of 800
people demands adherence to human rights laws and NEOM's standards, ensuring safe and
healthy working conditions. Measures to empower local communities, prioritize hiring based on skill
sets, and procure goods responsibly will contribute positively.
The AoI for the socio-economic environment covers the Project Site and the nearest sizable
settlement, Tabuk City. Accordingly, the AoI for socio-economic environment was identified
as 40 km buffer from the Project boundary. It encompasses Tabuk, which is among the
possible construction worker accommodation areas. Within the AoI, there will be increased
pressure on the healthcare system and other public services. The population influx created
within the AoI due to the Project will be also in relation to increased uses of the roads both
by workers and construction related vehicles. It should be noted that the rural parts of Tabuk
City were also taken into consideration in the identification of the AoI size at this stage, since
at the exact location of the worker accommodation is not available at the preparation period
of this Scoping Report.
Since the length and route of the overhead transmission line (an associated facility) is not
known at this stage, it was not considered in the identification the below elaborated AoIs. As
mentioned, after the receipt of this information in the ESIA stage, the review of the AoI sizes
during the ESIA will also consider this issue in line with the NEOM Area of Influence
Guidance (December 2023).
It should be noted that during the ESIA stage, this AoI will be revisited and further finetuned
to separate AoIs for transportation/traffic and communities. This consideration at the ESIA
stage will follow the below steps for transportation/traffic:
 Identifying traffic routes for the Project including from work camps to the site, from
fabrication yards, and from material suppliers to the site.
 Identifying where proposed traffic routes may impact on sensitive receptors, for
example risk of collisions, noise and vibration or spills of chemicals.
 Assessing the availability of fuel/service stations to support increased numbers of
vehicles.
 Mapping the AoI around the proposed traffic and transport routes where impacts may
be caused.
Similarly, the below steps will be followed for the AoI for communities:
• Identifying the communities or affected parties which may be impacted by the
Project.

• Both people and business/commercial activities will be considered in their sensitivity.
The AoI for aspects such as noise, air, traffic, light and (ground)water will include the
sensitivity of communities and how far communities might be affected, with some
exceptions.
• Impacts on availability of housing, rental prices, and impacts on other local resources
will be considered.
• The AoI will include effects of labour influx on local communities.
Cultural heritage, both tangible (e.g., shrines, temples, cemeteries, sacred landscapes) and
intangible (e.g., social practices, rituals, festivities, natural practices) can be affected by a
project development. Direct impacts are more easily recognisable, where impacts on
intangible heritage require some more in-depth knowledge of the region the project is
located in. Taking into considerations who and how cultural heritage is used, can uncover
the need of a wider AoI. Examples include from where people travel to reach locations of
cultural importance and whether the project interferes with travelling to these locations
(whether it is physical difficulty reaching the location or making it more expensive to reach).

5.2.5 Climate and Climate Change
5.2.5.1 Baseline Conditions: Climate
Saudi Arabia has a dry climate marked by sand deserts and terrestrial habitats adapted to the
prevalent hot and arid conditions. The climate in the NEOM region displays variations across
space, featuring limited year-round rainfall and the absence of permanent water sources. Coastal
areas experience warmer weather, with summer temperatures climbing to 40°C, while inland and
elevated areas encounter cooler conditions, reaching as low as 0°C in winter.
NEOM State of the Environment Report [4] categorizes NEOM into four (4) climatic zones based on
40 years of temperature data from NEOM area (see Figure 5-48).
Figure 5-48: NEOM’s Climatic Zones

(Zone 1: Red Sea Coast and Southern Land Area; Zone 2: Gulf of Aqaba and West of NEOM;
Zone 3: Northern NEOM; Zone 4: Eastern NEOM)
Due to the proximity, M4 Project Area, the Project Site can be considered as in Zone 4, maximum
summer temperature is 37°C. Winter minimum is 6°C. The annual mean temperature is 21 °C and
the annual maximum summer temperature of 37.0 °C is reached in August. (see Figure 5-49).

Figure 5-49: Zone 3 Daily Minimum, Mean and Maximum Temperature
The highest monthly mean rainfall of 2.3 mm/month is in December, and dry conditions occur in
summer (see Figure 5-50).
Figure 5-50: Zone 3 Monthly Mean Precipitation
The predominant northerly wind in this region reaches 6-8 m/s (see Figure 5-51).

Figure 5-51: Monthly Wind Rose (1979–2018)
During the ESIA study, more project specific climate data belonging to Tabuk Airport Station is
planned to be used.

5.2.5.2 Baseline Conditions: Climate Change
According to NEOM Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Report [22], projections related to
climate change suggest an overall reduction in precipitation within the NEOM region, particularly in
the northern parts, where the M4 Project Site can be considered in. This decrease is linked to
amplified spatial variability and an increased likelihood of severe droughts. The duration of dry
periods is expected to extend as well, possibly leading to the depletion of ground water reserves. In
a high emission scenario (RCP8.5), the region anticipates a temperature rise of 2–4°C by 2050–
2070, along with more frequent and longer-lasting heatwaves. These changes will again manifest
with spatial variations.
As mentioned in the NEOM State of the Environment; in general, various models appear to agree
that temperatures in Saudi Arabia will rise given the current emission scenarios. A number of these
models suggest that the northern section of Saudi Arabia, which includes the NEOM region, will
experience more significant temperature increases compared to the central regions of the country.
Nevertheless, these models diverge in their predictions regarding alterations in the intensity of
rainfall across Saudi Arabia.
KSA does not have a single ministry for climate change, but rather a range of
ministries (water, electricity, and agriculture) consider climate change issues within their portfolios.
Saudi Arabia ratified the Paris Agreement in 2016, delivering the country’s Nationally Determined
Contributions (NDCs) to the UNFCC in November of the same year. The NDC emphasizes
economic diversification to deliver mitigation and adaptation to climate impacts and avoidance of up
to 130 million tons of CO2 equivalent (CO2-eq) annually by 2030 (KSA, 2016).
To meet zero-emission targets, energy systems in NEOM will rely on renewables and green
hydrogen.
Summary
Saudi Arabia exhibits a dry climate, characterized by hot and arid conditions, with NEOM region
displaying variations in temperature and rainfall across its four climatic zones. The M4 Solar Park
Project Site can be considered as Zone 4, experiencing maximum summer temperatures of 37°C
and winter minimum temperatures of 6°C. The region encounters dry conditions in summer, with
the highest monthly mean rainfall in January. Predominantly northerly winds with occasional
stronger winds from north or west directions are common. Future ESIA studies will utilize project-
specific climate data from Tabuk Airport Station for a more detailed analysis.
Future Trends
Monitoring and analyzing climate data specific to the Project site will enable a more accurate
assessment of potential climate-related impacts. Considering ongoing climate change trends, future
ESIA studies should account for any shifts in temperature patterns, precipitation, and wind
characteristics, ensuring project resilience and adaptation to changing climatic conditions.
5.2.6 Ecosystem Services
Baseline Conditions
Ecosystems provide services that result in beneficial human impacts. A decline or loss of any of
these services and their benefits can result in socio-economic impacts that extend beyond
environmental damages. Most considerations of ecosystem services, including IFC PS6, group
them into the following categories:
 Provisioning services are the goods or products obtained from ecosystems, such as food,
timber, fiber, and freshwater.

 Regulating services are the contributions to human well-being arising from an ecosystem’s
control of natural processes, such as climate regulation, disease control, erosion prevention,
water flow regulation, and protection from natural hazards.
 Cultural services are the nonmaterial contributions of ecosystems to human well-being,
such as recreation, spiritual values, and aesthetic enjoyment.
 Supporting services are the natural processes, such as nutrient cycling and primary
production that maintain the other services.
During the conducted field surveys, provisioning ecosystem services, including "camel grazing,"
were observed within the confines of the Project Area and its immediate surroundings. The
presence of camels in the vicinity suggests that they are utilizing the surrounding vegetation as a
source of food.
These ecosystem services play a pivotal role in shaping the overarching ecological and
socioeconomic dynamics of the area. They underscore the intricate interplay between human
activities, land utilization, and the environment. Recognizing and appreciating the significance of
these ecosystem services is paramount for fostering sustainable land management and formulating
effective conservation strategies in the region.
Grazing potentially holds a crucial role in sustaining the livelihoods and cultural traditions of local
communities. Imposing restrictions or altering grazing practices could carry significant social and
Summary
The baseline conditions of ecosystem services in the Project Area and its surroundings include
observed activities such as "camel grazing," indicating the utilization of vegetation by camels for
food.
Future Trends
Project-induced changes in land utilization may affect ecosystem services, particularly "camel
grazing". Engagement, especially with local communities reliant on these services for livelihoods
and cultural traditions, should be prioritized. During the ESIA stage, ecosystem services will be
thoroughly assessed, and future trends will be further examined.
5.2.7 Human Rights
Baseline Conditions
IFC PS-1 and PS-4 refer to human rights due to the cross-cutting nature of the subject. It should
also be noted that each of the PSs has elements related to human rights dimensions that a project
may face in the course of its operations.
Saudi Arabia has been making significant progress in the area of gender equality and female
empowerment. Reforms have been implemented to promote women’s engagement in social and
economic development. While the labor force traditionally offered limited opportunities for women,
significant changes have been enacted to enhance their participation. These measures include
establishing equal entry ages for both genders, addressing gender disparities in wages,
occupations, professions, and working hours, and enabling women to engage in commercial
activities independently. The Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development has also been
initiating programs aimed at boosting employment rates among Saudi women, offering suitable job
opportunities, and improving work conditions to cater to their requirements. Additionally, a
significant milestone in narrowing the gender gap was the September 2017 royal decree, which
granted women the right to drive and obtain driver’s licenses for the first time [19].
Another key issue that Saudi Arabia has been making progress is the inclusion of individuals with
disabilities in the workforce. In 2017, data from the Authority for the Care of People with Disabilities

indicated that around 7.1 percent of Saudi Arabia’s population had disabilities. Despite many
individuals successfully overcoming their disabilities to lead productive lives, systemic obstacles
and a lack of awareness often impede their full inclusion. To address this issue, the government
has launched multiple initiatives aimed at removing barriers for people with disabilities [19].
NEOM ensures in all its projects that all contractors follow the latest versions of ISO 9001, 14001,
45001 and OSHAS 18001.
NEOM also ensures that the “Suppliers” (see Section 5.2.4.6 for the definition) comply with NEOM’s
Supplier Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct addresses various issues, including “Treating
People with Dignity and Respect”. Accordingly, the suppliers who will take part in construction and
operation activities of the Project will need to adhere to the human rights law applicable in both KSA
and the country in which they are operating in. The Code of Conduct also prohibits forced or child
labour, and addresses diversity and inclusion, anti-harassment, as well as wage and working hours
related aspects to be followed.
In summary, both national requirements as well as policies and principles of NEOM’s Supplier Code
of Conduct will need to be followed during the construction and operation stage of the Project.
Summary
Human rights in the Project Area and Saudi Arabia reveal progress, particularly in gender equality
and female empowerment. Reforms address equal entry ages, wage disparities, and opportunities
for women in the labor force. The 2017 Royal Decree granting women the right to drive marked a
significant milestone. Efforts are underway to include individuals with disabilities in the workforce,
with government initiatives aiming to remove barriers. NEOM ensures compliance with international
standards and its Supplier Code of Conduct, emphasizing dignity, respect, and adherence to
human rights laws.
Future Trends
Project impacts on human rights involve workforce engagement, respecting diversity, and
minimizing disruptions to local communities. The construction phase's peak workforce of 1000
people demands adherence to human rights laws and NEOM's standards, ensuring safe and
healthy working conditions. Measures to empower local communities, prioritize hiring based on skill
sets, and procure goods responsibly will contribute positively.
5.3 Identification of Sensitive Receptors

All Values or sensitive receptors will exhibit a greater or lesser degree of sensitivity to
the
changes brought about by the proposed development. And, defining receptor
sensitivity as part of the definition of the baseline environment helps to ensure that
the subsequent
assessment is transparent and robust. The sensitivity of a Value is a function of its
capacity
to accommodate change and reflects its ability to recover if it is affected.
Accordingly, values can be defined as:
 Elements of the environment that are of value to the functioning of natural or
human
systems (i.e., areas or elements of ecological, landscape or heritage value, soil
and
sediment, air and water bodies); and

 Human receptors, such as people (i.e., users of dwellings, places of recreation,
places of employment and community facilities), and human systems (e.g.,
employment market).
5.3.1[5.2.7] Project Values / Sensitive Receptors
The baseline data presented in Section 5.2 has been used to develop a listing of
Sensitive Receptors.
The map presented in Figure 5-52 displays the sensitive receptors for the M5M4 Solar
Park Project.

Figure 5-52: Sensitive Receptors for the Project

The sensitivities corresponding to the environmental and/or social values provided
below are designated in line with the widely used and recognized good ESIA practice
methodology elaborated in Section 6.1.
Ground Water Sensitivity
Any ground water well is not detected within the M5M4 Project Site and nearest
known well field is located approximately 10080 km away and no groundwater welded
water source will be used for the Project. However, more than 10 of the wells that are
likely to be located in center-pivot agricultural areas are located within a 3 km AoI
identified for water.
Since the wells are located at the center-pivot agricultural areas in the AoI, the
sensitivity of ground water value is considered as medium.
Surface Water Sensitivity
No surface water was observed during the reconnaissance survey in April 2023;
however, signs of water flow, wadi channels were observed indicating water flow after
heavy rainfall.
Due to this ephemeral situation and considering the importance of water resources
for KSA, surface water Value is considered to have medium sensitivity.
Soil Sensitivity
There has been former agricultural activity in the Project Site as can be seen from the
traces in the field and also there are agricultural areas in the near vicinity. Although
soil sampling studies will provide further information on the soil type, texture, etc., it
is considered not to have productive potential.
Accordingly, the sensitivity of soil Value is considered medium.
Air Sensitivity
The Project area is dominantly populated with a number of agricultural areas in the
near vicinity. There are also individual settlements adjacent to the area.
Due to this habitation in and around the Site, air Value is considered to have medium
sensitivity.
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Sensitivity
There is a potentialare no known archaeological sitesites within the Project Area and
also; but the potential for any undiscovered archaeological features within the site areis
possible during earthworks.
Due to existencelack of potential archaeological sitesites within the Project Area;
sensitivity of registered archaeological sites / unknown archaeological artefacts is
considered to be mediumlow.
Ecological Sensitivity
Within the confines of the Project Area, there are ecologically sensitive zones that
align with rocky terrain. These ecologically sensitive areas hold significant
importance as habitats for terrestrial fauna, encompassing mammals, bats, birds, and
reptiles. They fulfill vital functions, including offering shelter, sources of food, and
sites for breeding.

The Egyptian Spiny-tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia) holds a Vulnerable (VU) status
as per the HCP, International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Arabian
Peninsula, and IUCN Global Red List. Given that none other of the observed fauna and
flora species in the Project Area are listed as nonthreatened species, it follows that
none of the observed species can be classified as sensitive receptors. The
translocation of the active Egyptian Spiny-Tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia) burrow
and any associated individuals will be carried out in accordance with the NEOM
Spiny-tailed Relocation Plan.
The sheer existence of the Project Area within the NEOM Natural Reserve can itself be
considered as a sensitive receptor, even if it is located at a considerable distance
from other designated protected areas.
Due to this, terrestrial ecology in the Project Area and its vicinity is considered to
have high sensitivity.
On the other hand, the Project is not located on bird migration routes or migratory
bird species were not observed.
This leads to the assessment of avifauna Value as low sensitivity.
Community HealthPeople and SafetyCommunities Sensitivity
Project employees during the operation and construction stages will be of importance, as
their health and safety should be ensured at all cases in line with the national, international
and NEOM requirements.
Project employees, therefore, are considered medium sensitivity Value.
The Project area is rarely populated with some agricultural area in the near vicinity.
On the social front, the interaction between diverse groups of people can sometimes
lead to cultural conflicts or misunderstandings. Such conflicts may arise due to
differences in cultural practices, languages, or lifestyles. An increased population can
put stress on local infrastructure and services, such as healthcare and education
facilities.
Due to this limited inhabitation in and around the site, the Local People /
Communities Value is considered to have medium sensitivity.
Project employees, including those working for contractors and subcontractors during the
operation and construction stages will be of importance, as their health and safety should be
ensured at all cases in line with the national, international and NEOM requirements.
Project employees, therefore, are considered medium sensitivity Value.
In case of such scale projects, local economy is impacted through various causes,
and mostly in a positive way.
The local economy Value is considered as medium Value due to the utility scale
project.
Summary
The summary of project Values and sensitivities is provided in Table 5-50.
Table 5-50: Summary of Project Values and Sensitivities
No Value Sensitivity
1 Ground Water (Resources: Fresh and ground water) Medium

No Value Sensitivity
2 Surface water (Resources: Fresh and ground water) Medium
3 Soil (Resources: Minerals, aggregates and soils) Medium
4 Air Medium
Registered archaeological sites / Unknown archaeological artefacts
6 MediumLow
(Cultural and Heritage)
Terrestrial Ecology in the Project Area and its Vicinity (Ecology:
7 High
Terrestrial Fauna & Flora)
8 Avifauna (Biota: Avifauna) Low
9 Local People / Communities (People and Communities) Medium
10 Project Employees (People and Communities) Medium
1011 Local Economy (People and Communities) Medium
Limitations
Between the preparation period of this report and the commencement of early works,
new small settlements (camp areas) and farms can be located near the Project Area,
within the AoI. Although their locations cannot be predicted at the moment, any
similar future sensitive human receptors within the AoI can be considered to be the
same in nature and sensitivity.
5.4[5.3] Future Similar Activities (Projects) within the Geographic Scope of the Project
Numerous projects are planned in the vicinity of M5M4 Solar Park Project Area. The
renewable energy projects planned in the area also include wind energy projects
besides the solar ones. These renewable energy projects are summarized in this
section.
The issue is critical as it is important to prioritize the planning and coordination
between projects in order to minimize the environmental, social and economic
impacts associated with such large concurrent construction projects.
This planning and coordination include measures such as synchronization of project
timelines, sharing resources and materials, and implementing best practices for
construction site management. In addition, it will be important to engage with local
communities to ensure that their needs and concerns are addressed throughout the
construction process.
M5M4 Solar Park Project is part of the greater Pre-Development of Tabuk 2 Solar
Power Plants Project, which includes six (6) more solar parks in the same region.
Namely, these are:
 Bir Ibn Hirmas Solar Park,
 Bir Ibn Hirmas West Solar Park,
 N2 Solar Park,
 N4 Solar Park,
 E1 Solar Park, and
 M4M5 Solar Park.

Furthermore, below projects of NEOM fall within the 90 km AoI for the cumulative
impact assessment and consist of projects that will operate in various activity areas
at different stages of project cycle.
Renewable Energy Projects:
The cumulative AoI covers the planned projects of similar nature in the area, namely
the solar energy and wind energy, as well as the roads to be used for access and
material transport. Also, the zone is selected to encompass the possible worker
accommodation areas in Tabuk (see Section ).
 Pre-Development of Tabuk 1 Solar Power Plants Project, which is also located
in the Tabuk region, consists of six (6) solar parks. (On-going)
o Halat Ammar Solar Park,
o Tabuk Northwest Solar Park,
o Tabuk West Solar Park,
o Tabuk North Solar Park,
o Tabuk East Solar Park, and
o Extension Solar Park.
 Pre-Development of Tabuk 3 Solar Power Plants Project, which is also located
in the Tabuk region, consists of six (6) solar parks (On-going):
o Optional W3 Solar Park,
o N5 Solar Park,
o Tharf Solar Park (South),
o Tharf Solar Park (North),
o N1 Solar Park, and
o Optional North East Solar Park.
Furthermore, according to the Cumulative Impact Assessment Long List of Projects

document and kmz file provided by the Client at the commencement of the Project,
there are other renewable energy projects planned within NEOM, as listed below:
 Al Ebiriq Wind Park;

 Airport West Solar Energy Park (within the 90 km AoI),
 Shiqry Next Solar Energy Park (outsidewithin the 90 km AoI),
 Sharifa Solar Energy Park (outside the 90 km AoI),
 Al Osaliah Solar Energy Park (outside the 90 km AoI),
 Midyan Solar Energy Park, (outside the 90 km AoI),
 Hasma Solar Energy Park (location to be confirmed in the ESIA stage),
 Shiqry North Solar Energy Park (location to be confirmed in the ESIA stage);
 Al Ebiriq Wind Park (outsidewithin the 90 km AoI);
 Bajdah Wind Energy Park (outsidewithin the 90 km AoI);
 Al Sourah Wind Energy Park (outside the 90 km AoI);
 Aqaba Next Wind Energy Park (outside the 90 km AoI);
 Haql Wind Energy Park (outside the 90 km AoI);
 Aqaba 1+2 (Extended) Wind Farm (outside the 90 km AoI).
Other Planned Projects
A number of large non-renewable projects are also planned to be developed in the
vicinity of Tabuk City and within the greater NEOM area but are at a significant
distance from M5M4 Solar Park Project Area. These projects include accommodation

facilities, logistics parks, laydown areas, excavated material storage areas, etc. The
main ones of these projects are listed below:
 The Line: A 170 km-long, car-free city along the SPINE high-speed rail,
accommodating 9 million residents. Having a modular design, with dimensions
of 800m x 200m, it will feature diverse residential and commercial spaces. It is
currently under construction and planned to be operational in 2026.
 The Spine: A 160km high-speed rail in NEOM, linking Gulf of Aqaba to the
NEOM International Airport. The Spine is planned primarily as underground,
using Cut & Cover and Mountain Running Tunnels. Its Phases I and II
underway and it is planned to be operational in 2026.
 NEOM Bay Airport: It is currently planned as 3.22 km2 with an expansion to 35.5
km2. The upgrades will include terminals, tower, and support facilities. It is
planned to be operational in 2026.
 NEOM International Airport: The project consists of three phases. Phase 1
construction includes two (2) runways, a passenger terminal, private aviation
terminal, support facilities, cargo hangar, railway station, access roads, power
plant, etc. Phase 2 expands the terminal and contact stand capacity for 50M
passengers annually. Finally, Phase 3 further expands the airport,
accommodating 75M persons, adding runways and facilities.
 OXAGON: A strategic zone within NEOM, aims to become a hub for advanced
industries, research, innovation, and cutting-edge port and logistics platforms.
It is currently under construction; it anticipates its inaugural occupants to
commence operations in 2023.
 Trojena: Located in the Mountains of NEOM, constitute different clusters of outdoor
activities and water sports together with wellness, entertainment, retail and dining
areas. It is a year-round mountain destination for tourism and residents, with
elevations ranging from 1,500 m to 2,600 m and covering an area of nearly 60 km2.
Located 50 km inland from the Gulf of Aqaba. It will include a man-made lake using
desalinated water piped from the coast. Access for visitors/residents/workers will be
via the Spine [high-speed rail link] /airport, then travelling onto Trojena.
Figure 5-53 displays the location of M4 Solar Park project with respect to mentioned
renewable energy projects as well as other major projects associated with NEOM.
Detailed evaluation of projects and scope decisions are presented in Section 6.4 –
Cumulative Impacts. Furthermore, in case any projects are identified within the AoI,
further details of those projects will also be included in the ESIA Report.

Figure 5-53: Renewable Energy Projects together with other Major NEOM Projects in the Wider Project Region

6 Impact Identification, Analysis, and Assessment
6.1 Methodology Used for the Identification, Analysis and Assessment of Impacts
The environmental and social risk assessment for the project will be completed using
the NEOM Environmental and Social Risk and Opportunities Assessment Procedure
(NEOM-NEV-PRC-602) and Generic Environmental and Social Management Plan.
It acknowledges that, while each project has specific impacts, there are many generic
activities carried out that are common for all, or many projects. To this end, NEOM
has developed a set of Generic ESMPs relating to these common construction
activities that include Control Measures, Assurance (monitoring/inspection/audit) and
Reporting Requirements. Generic ESMPs are developed based on NCEC requirements
and IFC Performance standards. Control Measures from a set of NCEC Approved
Generic ESMPs relevant to this project to be identified during the ENVID and will be
included into the Compliance Register (to be attached to ESIA).
As all common risks and control measures are covered by Generic ESMPs, the main
focus of ENVID (Risk Identification and Analysis) workshop is to identify project
specific and significant environmental & social issues that will not be manageable or
controllable using NEOM’s standard environmental management plans or complex
environmental & social risks that require multidisciplinary inputs, planning ahead,
some exceptions from standard approach or significant financial expenditures. In
order for the Project to be able to meet NEOM’s environmental and sustainability
standards, the Proponent Team will need to address the issues identified as the result
of the ENVID workshop by redesigning, and or reengineering aspects of the proposed
Project or planning and or allocating resources.
The risk assessment for the development has considered information from baseline
surveys, published literature, and the best available construction information, to
understand the potential environmental and social risks posed by the development.
The assessment template lists the ENVID assessment criteria.
Activities that have multiple drivers that interact with one or more values leading to
material effects that cannot be managed using NEOM’s management plans shall be
split into several activities (rows in the spreadsheet) to highlight the individual effects
and the need for increased management controls (see Table 6-51).
Table 6-51: ENVID Assessment Criteria
Human Disturbance - Terrestrial Emission - Light, Vibrations and/or Noise
Mechanical Disturbance - Terrestrial Waste generation and management
Driver Mechanical Disturbance - Marine Effluent release - treated
Introduced Species - Fauna/Flora Effluent release- untreated
Emissions - Gaseous Extraction - ground or surface water
Emissions - Dust and particulate Extraction - Minerals
Spot Location NEOM Wide
AOI Local Area Transboundary
Project Boundary

Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora Resources: Minerals, aggregates and soils
Ecology: Marine Fauna & Flora) Resources: Wastes and by-products
Biota: Avifauna Values: Cultural and Heritage
Value Resources: Energy Values: People and Communities
Resources: Renewable Materials Values: Tourism & Recreation
Resources: Fresh and ground water Values: Reputation
Resources: Marine Water Values: Landscape and Visual
Biological and/or Ecological Occupational health and safety
Effect Human health and wellbeing Availability of resources
Social and local communities Environmental quality and conditions
The Table 6-52 and Table 6-53 detail the criteria and their definitions for assessing the
consequence and likelihood of a driver that arises from an activity resulting in an
effect (impact) on a value. The Project’s current (at the time of the ENVID assessment)
design and configuration shall be used as the basis to assess the foreseeable
consequence and likelihood rating.
When doubt exists regarding the consequence or likelihood categorization then the
higher category should be used. This is a precautionary approach which is inherently
risk-averse and will lead to an increased number of issues needing to be addressed
and management. However, as the design and ESIA progresses and clarity emerges,
so the identified material issues will naturally be worked out and the number of issues
will be rationalized. Failure to take this approach may lead to an issue being
underestimated or missed and so having to be addressed at a later design stage
which will be more challenging and costly.
Table 6-52: Consequence Categories and Criteria
RISKS (Negative Consequences)

Severe/ Catastrophic Medium or long-term effects that impact local or regional areas
(outside of site boundaries) that cannot be remediated using good
practices
Major Short or medium-term effects that impact local or regional areas
(outside of site boundaries) but can be remediated using
international practices
Moderate Local and short-term effects that are contained on site and can be
remediated and managed using NEOM’s standard management
plans and codes of practice
Minor/ Negligible Minimal or no detectable effects that are contained on site and can
be managed using NEOM’s standard management plans and codes
of practice
OPPORTUNITIES (Positive Consequences)
(+) Minor/Negligible Minimal or zero foreseeable benefits or positive outcomes
(+) Moderate Local or short-term benefits for on-site personnel
Medium term quantifiable benefits for on and off-site personnel and
(+) Major
local communities
(+) Substantive/ Long term and or permanent quantifiable benefits for personnel and
Transformative local communities that support socio-economic development

Table 6-53: Likelihood Categories and Criteria
Category Frequency Criteria

Continuou Daily- The activity or incident is certainly going to occur during the
s Weekly phase of development being assessed. It is likely to occur at
least daily or weekly. Examples include vehicle emissions,
discharge of treated effluent or dust from earth moving
equipment
Periodic Monthly- The activity or incident is predicted to arise periodically (during
Quarterly the phase of development being assessed) with a frequency of
once per month up to once per quarter. Examples include
monthly collection of hazardous waste or quarterly testing of
standby diesel generators and fire systems
Occasiona Annually The activity or incident is predicted to take place or be scheduled
l on an annual basis. Examples include annual cleaning of oil
interceptor pits, discharge of water from seasonal rain or
abnormal operations due to annual maintenance
Seldom <Annually The activity or incident is predicted to take place less frequently
than annually. Examples include emergency situations, biennial
cleaning of waste water treatment pits or major shutdowns
The ENVID assessment is to be conducted in accordance with the methodology

outlined in the NEOM Environmental and Social Risk and Opportunities Assessment
for Development Projects Procedure (NEOM-NEV-PRC-602). The risk matrix is
provided in Figure 6-54.
The risk definitions, consequence and likelihood criteria to be applied are defined in
the NEOM Environmental and Social Risk and Opportunities Assessment Procedure
(NEOM-NEV-PRC-602). The hierarchy of controls shown in Figure 6-55 is to be applied
to reduce risks to As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP) and to increase
opportunities to As High As Reasonably Practicable (AHARP).

Figure 6-54: NEOM ENVIDHierarchy of Environmental and Social Risk /and Opportunity
Ranking MatrixControls
Figure 6-55: NEOM Hierarchy of Environmental and Social Risk and Opportunity
Controls
Table 6-54: Risk and Opportunity Rankings and Associated Management

Actions
RISKS (Negative outcomes)

Intolerable effects (impacts) one or more values impacts that require a
Eliminate
fundamental redesign and or conceptual change to eliminate (avoid) the
/Redesign
effects ever occurring due to their sever nature and or scale
Reduce/ Unacceptable level of impact(s) that require the reengineering of one or
Reengineer more aspects of the Project’s configuration or performance to reduce and
minimize the effects so that the Project’s activities will be in compliance
with NEOM’s environmental and social standards
Manage/ No further action, as the effect are considered to be minimal or manageable
Operational and controllable by implementing NEOM’s standard environmental and
Control social management plans and code of practice.
OPPORTUNITIES (Positive Consequences)
No Action No further action required as potential benefits are considered to be minimal
Review Review the opportunity in more detail to accurately assess the potential
Opportunity benefits and if they are material then escalate to Plan/Invest
Opportunity has clear quantifiable benefits. Development Team to draft a
Plan /Invest
business plan and apply for investment and funding
6.2 Preliminary Analysis and Assessment of the Potential Impacts

At this initial stage of the M5M4 Solar Park ESIA, the potential impacts, which are
expected to take place during the execution of the project are presented in the
following sections.

6.2.1 Natural Vegetation Cover
6.2.1.1 Preamble
Solar parkspower plants can have both positive and negative impacts on vegetation
cover. On the positive side, they can provide opportunities for land restoration and
conservation when constructed on degraded or underutilized lands, enhancing local
biodiversity. However, their large-scale deployment on fertile agricultural or natural
habitats can lead to habitat loss and fragmentation, disrupting ecosystems and risk of
introduction and spread of invasive species.
None of the plant species identified indocumented during the survey wereare presently
classified as under the categories of Critically Endangered (CR), Endangered (EN), or
Vulnerable (VU) within the IUCN Threatened according to the IUCN Red List or designated
as High Conservation Priority ((Categories or HCP) species.).
The biodiversity AoI extends beyond the immediate project site boundaries,
encompassing the site footprint as well as the surrounding area up to 3 km beyond
the boundary. This expanded AoI is designed to account for potential indirect impacts
associated with dust, light and noise generated by project activities on ecological
receptors.
noise and air quality modelling, considering the impacts on natural vegetation cover.
6.2.1.2 Preliminary Analysis of Potential Risks
Early Works and Construction Stage
Habitat Loss / Degradation of Vegetation Cover
During the early works and construction stages, activities such as site preparation,
earthworks, piling, vehicle movements, fence installation, etc. will take place. For the
installation of the PV panels, it is anticipated that almost all of the area required for
the panels will be partially or completely cleared of vegetation. Installation of the
panels may also require grading. To minimize this risk, an assessment of instalment of
facilities without doing grading or removing vegetation will be made in the ESIA phase.
Considering that the Project Area close the NEOM Nature Reserve, and the potential that
this could be destination point for some people who visit the reserve, aiming to construct an
exemplary solar park integrated into the landscape that is working in harmony with nature
will be of high importance. This will be another issue to be addressed in the ESIA Report to
the extent possible.
Considering that the vegetation cover in the area corresponds to vegetated to non-
vegetated sand and dune areas inhabited by perennial herbs and/or graminoids, and
interference with species that are commonly found at the local level and are abundant
on a national scale, with populations displaying either stable or increasing trends is
expected, the associated risk is considered as scoped in.
Introduction of Invasive Species
The introduction of invasive species may take place from the movement of equipment
or people. For example, plant species may be transported in soil that is attached to
clothing of workers or from remnants in the back of a truck. The creation of new
habitats, such as by land disturbance during construction, may also facilitate the

spread of invasive species already present in the wider area. Accordingly, during the
early works and construction stage, the risk associated with introduction of alien
species is scoped in.
Operation & Maintenance Stage
Habitat Loss / Degradation of Vegetation Cover
The risk of habitat loss and vegetation cover degradation is scoped out during the operation
and maintenance stage due to the absence of construction and earth work related activities.
The risk in relation to introduction of invasive species remains similar to the early
works and construction stage. Although the number of workers will be minor (the
exact worker number for this stage is not available at this stage) and the variety and
number of vehicles and equipment entering the site will be few in number,
introduction of invasive species during operation and maintenance is still scoped in.
Despite the reduced scale of activities, the issue is scoped in since the ongoing
monitoring and management of invasive species is considered essential to ensure the
preservation of local vegetation and ecosystems.
The risk of habitat loss and vegetation cover degradation is scoped out during the operation
and maintenance stage due to the absence of construction and earth work related activities.
Decommissioning Stage
This stage will require the use of heavy machinery for the removal of infrastructure.
Therefore, the risk of transfer of alien species is valid for this stage, too. The risk associated
with introduction of invasive species is considered as scoped in.
The introduction of invasive species may take place from the utilization of non-native soil and
plant species used for restoration, as well as movement of equipment or people. For
example,
the soil and plant species utilized for restoration purposes could potentially harbor seeds of
invasive species or those carrying diseases, posing a risk to the local flora by potentially
affecting its vitality and composition. Also, plant species may be transported in soil that is
attached to clothing of workers or from remnants in the back of a truck. The creation of new
habitats, such as by land disturbance during construction, may also facilitate the spread of
invasive species already present in the wider area. Accordingly, during the decommissioning
stage, the risk associated with introduction of alien species is scoped in.
Unplanned Events
Unplanned events include driving off-road, clearance of vegetation outside the
working areas, and the introduction of invasive species. These have been covered in
the preceding sections.
[6.2.1.3] Preliminary Analysis of Potential Opportunities

No opportunities associated with early works and construction stage were identified.

After the start of operation and halting of disturbance of natural vegetation by the
construction equipment, habitats where natural vegetation cover was present in the
natural state will likely allow regrowth of natural vegetation under the PV panels. The
ESIA will evaluate the regular removal of natural vegetation beneath the PV panels during
operational phases. With also the lack of grazing animals, which were disturbing the
natural vegetation before the solar park, the opportunity of vegetation regrowth
during the operation stage is considered as scoped in.
Removal of surface infrastructure will allow vegetation regrowth and result in further
restoration of the natural habitat. Hence, vegetation regrowth is scoped in.
6.2.1.3[6.2.1.4] Summary
Table 6-55 presents a summary of the scope decisions of risks associated with
natural vegetation cover.
Table 6-56 provides a summary of the scope decisions of opportunities associated
with natural vegetation cover.
Table 6-55: Scope Decision for Natural Vegetation Cover (Risk)
Scope
Topic Stage Risk Description
Decision
Natural Vegetation Loss of and degradation of
Scoped in
Vegetation loss vegetation cover.
Cover Early Works and Risk of introduction and
Construction Spread of
spread of invasive species
invasive Scoped in
from the movement of
species
equipment or people.
Risk of introduction and
Spread of
Operation & spread of invasive species
invasive Scoped in
Maintenance from the movement of
species
Decommissioni Spread of Risk of introduction and Scoped in
ng invasive spread of invasive species
species from utilization of non-native soil
and plant species used for
restoration, as well as the
movement of equipment or
people.
Spread of Risk of introduction and Scoped in
invasive spread of invasive species
species from the movement of
Unplanned
Events Vegetation Clearance of vegetation Scoped in
loss outside the working areas.
Vegetation Driving off-road. Scoped in
loss

Table 6-56: Scope Decision for Natural Vegetation Cover (Opportunity)
Scope
Topic Stage Opportunity Description
Decision
Impact of fencing of
the Project site on
natural vegetation
regrowth due to
Operation & Vegetation
prevented access to Scoped in
Maintenance regrowth
Natural site by livestock
Vegetation which was
Cover previously grazing
in the area.
Removal of surface
Vegetation infrastructure that
Decommissioning Scoped in
regrowth will allow vegetation
regrowth.
For the issues that are scoped in, the assessment process and requirements to
conduct the assessment comprehensively are presented below, under Section 6.2.1.5.
6.2.1.4[6.2.1.5] Assessment Requirements and Process
NEOM Habitat Mapping Classifications were utilized in the project's habitat mapping scope,
enabling the identification of habitats within the Project Area based on the criteria outlined in
this classification.
A habitat-based methodology will be employed to quantify the Biodiversity Net Gain (BNG) /
Net Loss (NL) pertaining to biodiversity features correlated with habitats affected by the
project. This analysis will ascertain the necessary extent of mitigation measures stipulated
within the project's scope.
The process of computing habitat loss/gain involves evaluating both the area and quality of
habitat anticipated to be lost. Following this assessment, a comprehensive gain/loss
calculation will be conducted to ascertain the overarching biodiversity gain/loss assessment
for the development. During these calculations, the locations of quadrats within the project
area and the utilization of DAFOR classifications will be employed as reference points.
As mentioned earlier, anAn ecological reconnaissance survey was conducted in April
2023 to identify and assess habitat types as well as various flora species present in
the area. Those will be reported in immaculate detail in the ESIA Report together with
the abovementioned . Additionally, relevant literature data will be incorporated and results
from other projects in the same region, mainly from Tabuk 2 project package, will be used.
A quantitative studiesassessment of the project’s footprint and the habitat area will also be
conducted. This will provide an understanding of the potential impacts on the local
ecosystem and help in formulating effective mitigation strategies.
6.2.2 Air Quality
6.2.2.1 Preamble
A preliminary assessment has been conducted to determine the risk ranking of
Project-related air quality impacts for all stages of the project cycle.

The primary concern is dust generated during early works and construction, with
limited gaseous emissions. As elaborated in Section 5.2.1.1, wind speeds above 3 m/s
are needed to lift dust from mechanical activities. Dust may travel up to 200 m from the
source, extending to 500 m at high wind speeds. A 500 m buffer from the project boundary is
designated as the AoI for air quality. Precipitation's impact on dust is considered low due to
low regional rainfall patterns., the delineation of the AoI is paramount for assessing the
applicability of regulatory frameworks such as the IFC Performance Standards, EBRD
Policies, and ADB Safeguard Policy. It involves considering the Associated Facilities and
accounting for cumulative impacts resulting from the Project's incremental influence on
surrounding areas or resources. This encompasses existing, planned, or reasonably defined
developments at the time of the risk and impact assessment process. Typically, the AoI
extends to the primary Project site and its associated facilities, including the solar PV array
and access road. While international guidelines, such as those provided by the IFC, do not
prescribe a specific AoI for Solar PV projects, best practices suggest a buffer of
approximately 5 km [31] from the physical footprint of the Project. This approach facilitates
the evaluation of potential environmental and social impacts on receptors within the
surrounding area.
Considering all references and researches, a 5 km buffer is proposed as the Area of
Influence (AoI) for air quality in the Project Area, with potential modifications based on an
upcoming air quality modeling study during the ESIA.
During the early works and construction phase of the Project, it is anticipated that
there will be an increase in fugitive dust and particulate matter (PM 10) emissions
affecting air quality, primarily increasing the exposure of construction workers to dust
emissions, potentially leading to respiratory health impacts prior to mitigation
measures.
Gaseous emissionsEmissions
Emissions of air pollutants from fossil fuel burning by construction vehicles,
equipment, generators and machinery may result in deterioration of air quality via
emitting pollutants such as NOx and others. Furthermore, SO2 and CO emissions are
expected to be emitted due to the use of construction equipment and tools.
It is acknowledged that air quality modeling for remote settlements may not be
feasible due to their distance from the Project site. However, quantitative modeling
approach will be undertaken for the impacts, considering the potential presence of
camps and offices within the AoI, as they serve as sensitive receptors. To ensure
compliance with the necessary criteria and to monitor adherence to the compliance
requirements, the risk remains scoped in.
Dust emissionsEmissions
Fugitive dust emissions from construction, stockpiling of materials and movement of
vehicles on paved and unpaved roads are expected to result in deterioration of air
quality. Considering the sandy nature of the area, with the contribution of wind, the
consequence of the impact is considered scoped in.

Concerning the operation of solar parks, there is an expectation of no significant air
quality-related risks since they do not involve dust or gaseous emissions. While the
exact number of workers during the operation and maintenance stage remains
unavailable at this point, minimal vehicle movement is anticipated for maintenance
purposes. Nevertheless, assessment and mitigation measures are still required, for
the potential traffic increase in and around the Project Site.
Gaseous emissionsEmissions
The emissions of air pollutants caused by construction vehicles, equipment, and
machinery powered by fossil fuels can lead to the deterioration of air quality.
Additionally, the use of construction equipment and tools isDuring the operational phase of a
solar power plant, the use of construction vehicles is typically minimal. However, certain
vehicles and equipment may be used for maintenance and operational tasks. These include
service vehicles, which are used to transport personnel and equipment to and from the site
and can include pickup trucks, vans, or cars. Cranes may be used for the installation or
replacement of large components such as inverters or transformers. Specialized vehicles or
equipment may be used for cleaning solar panels, which can include robotic cleaners or
vehicles equipped with cleaning apparatus. These machineries are expected to result in
the emission of NOx, SO2, and CO, which is why this impact is considered scoped in.
Dust emissions
With a likelihood of Periodic, dust emanating from vehicle movements and other
maintenance activity is considered scoped in.
Potential sources of air emissions affecting air quality during the decommissioning
stage are
expected to be similar to those predicted during the early works and construction
stage.
Unplanned Events
The unplanned events may include fires and explosions, which may result in the
release of dust, gas and other combustion products, are considered scoped in.
6.2.2.3[6.2.2.2] Preliminary Analysis of Potential Opportunities
With its renewable energy generation nature, the M5M4 Solar Park Project will have
positive impact on the environment by reducing the NO x, SO2, and CO emissions
compared to the case which the same energy amount being produced by
conventional methods relying on fossil fuels. This opportunity is also linked with the
and climate change related opportunities of the Project. (see Table 6-57).
6.2.2.4[6.2.2.3] Summary
Table 6-57 presents a summary of the scope decisions in relation to air quality.
Table 6-57: Scope Decision Summary for Air Quality (Risk)
Scope
Decision
Air Early Works and Emission Emissions of air pollutants from Scoped
Quality Construction fossil fuel burning by construction in
vehicles, equipment, plant and
machinery resulting in deterioration

Scope
Decision
of air quality.
Fugitive dust emissions from
construction, stockpiling of
materials and movement of vehicles Scoped
Dust
on paved and unpaved roads, in
resulting in deterioration of air
quality.
Emissions of air pollutants from
fossil fuel burning by vehicles used Scoped
Emission
for maintenance vehicles, resulting in
Operation & in deterioration of air quality.
Maintenance
Dust emanating from vehicle
Scoped
Dust movements and other maintenance
in
activity.
Emission of NOx, SO2, and CO due to
Scoped
Emission the use of demolition equipment and
in
tools.
Decommissioni
ng Fugitive dust and particulate matter
emissions resulting from Scoped
Dust
decommissioning of the solar in
panels.
Unplanned Scoped
Emission Emissions from explosions or fires.
Events in
Table 6-58: Scope Decision Summary for Air Quality (Opportunity)
Scope
Decision
Reduction of SO2, NOx and
Operation & Reduction of Scoped
Air Quality CO emissions due to
Maintenance emission in
producing alternative energy.
Accordingly, baseline climatic condition measurements and air quality samplings will
be carried out nearbynear the Project Area. This will also be supplemented by long-
term climate data from the closest weather station(s), such as the existing operation,
airport, etc.
Emissions from construction will be assessed qualitatively, with reference to the following:
Emissions from construction and operation will be assessed quantitatively, considering the
potential impact of dust as well as construction and operation equipment exhaust emissions
on air quality. A quantitative modeling approach, using AERMOD, will be undertaken for the
impacts, considering the potential presence of camps and offices which will serve for
employees to rest, eat and meet their needs during construction and operation within the
AoI, as they serve as sensitive receptors.
The assessment will be based on the following guidelines:

 Institute of Air Quality Management’s Guidance on the assessmentAssessment
of dustDust from demolition and construction (Holman, et al., 2014); and Demolition
and Construction (January 2024, Version 2.2)
 The WHO 2021 guidelinesGuidelines (World Health Organization, 2021).
These guidance documents highlight good practices for the management of particles
originating from sand and dust storms, for which there is currently insufficient
quantitative evidence to set air quality guideline levels. The qualitative assessment
will consider the potential impact of dust and construction and operation equipment
exhaust emissions on local air quality.
Emissions from construction will also be assessed quantitatively, considering the potential
impact of dust and construction equipment exhaust emissions on air quality. A quantitative
modeling approach, using AERMOD, will be undertaken for the impacts, considering the
potential presence of camps and offices within the AoI, as they serve as sensitive
receptors.Additionally, relevant literature data will be incorporated and results from other
projects in the same region, mainly from Tabuk 2 Project package, will be used. This
combined approach of qualitative and quantitative assessments will provide a
comprehensive understanding of the potential impacts on air quality.
6.2.3 Noise
6.2.3.1 Preamble
Solar PV panels themselves do not emit noise during operation, however inverter
stations and transformers will emit low levels of noise during operation. While the
Project will only be operational during daylight hours, the transformers are
permanently energized, they may emit some noise by way of magnetostriction
humhumming during night-time.
The noise impacts in relation to the Project are expected to be short-term and localized.
The noise impacts in relation to the Project are expected to be short-term and localized. The
AoI for noise is, therefore, considered to be confined to the Project Site with a buffer
of 5001500 m. taking into account the faunal receptors as well as transportation means in
this buffer (see Section Error: Reference source not found for AoI size justifications).
During this stage, main noise impacts are expected to originate from site clearance
and excavation; PV modules foundations, including piling installation for trackers;
backfilling and compaction; and structure and equipment installation.
Based on the preliminary analysis, as is also common in most early works and
construction activities, the use of construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery
will result in changes in local noise levels. This has an impact on both the flora and
fauna in the Project Area, and the communities in the area. Hence, the risk is
considered scoped in.
RiskThe risk of disturbance to terrestrial mammals, birds, and herpetofauna due to
elevated ambient noise levels, and vibrations generated by machinery and equipment

is another risk associated with the early works and construction stage of the Project.
Hence, the risk is considered scoped in.
Although the solar PV panels themselves do not provide a noise source, mainly the
inverter stations and transformers within the site will emit noise during operation.
While the
Project will only be operational during daylight hours, as the transformers are
permanently
energized, they may emit some noise by way of magnetostriction hum during night-
time. Although there are no residential areas in the proximity, the risk is considered
scoped in for further assessment.
The equipment that will be working during the operation stage will also cause
disturbance to terrestrial mammals, birds, and herpetofauna due to elevated noise
levels compared to the baseline levels. Although this noise is lower compared to the
construction stage, still the fauna in the area may be disturbed. Hence, the risk is
considered scoped in.
Risk of Emerging Noise
The potential impacts during the decommissioning stage are expected to be similar to
those stated for the early works and construction stage. During the decommissioning
stage, noise emissions are expected to be due to the use of decommissioning
equipment and tools.
Usage of equipment to dismantle the PV panels and removing the ancillary facilities
will result in increased noise levels beyond the project borders. Furthermore, elevated
noise levels and vibrations generated by machinery and equipment possess the risk
of disturbance to terrestrial mammals, birds, and herpetofauna.
Based on the preliminary assessment, the risk of emerging noise is considered
scoped in.
Unplanned Events
Due to the inherent characteristics of noise and vibration, it is anticipated that no
unplanned events will occur, and as such, this risk has been scoped out.
6.2.3.3 Preliminary Analysis of Potential Opportunities
In relation to noise, no opportunities have been identified. Hence, the opportunity is
considered scoped out.
6.2.3.4 Summary
Table 6-59 presents a summary of the scope decisions in relation to noise.
Table 6-59: Scope Decision Summary for Noise
Scope
Decision
Noise Early Works and Noise Changes in local noise levels due Scoped in
Emission to operation of construction

Scope
Decision
from vehicles, equipment, and
machinery machinery.
Risk of disturbance to terrestrial
Construction Noise
mammals, birds, and herpetofauna
Emission
due to elevated ambient noise Scoped in
from
levels, and vibrations generated
machinery
by machinery and equipment.
Noise emitted from (typically
inverter stations and
transformers). Although the
Noise
Project will only be operational
Emission
during daylight hours, as the Scoped in
from
transformers are permanently
inverters
energized, they may emit some
Operation & noise by way of magnetostriction
Maintenance hum during night-time.
Potential risk of disturbance to
Noise terrestrial mammals, birds, and
Emission herpetofauna due to elevated
Scoped in
from ambient noise levels, and
inverters vibrations generated by machinery
and equipment.
Noise Increased noise levels resulting
Emission from dismantling the solar power
Scoped in
from plant and removing the ancillary
machinery facilities.
Decommissioni
ng Risk of disturbance to terrestrial
Noise
mammals, birds, and herpetofauna
Emission
due to elevated ambient noise Scoped in
from
levels, and vibrations generated
machinery
by machinery and equipment.
6.2.3.5 Assessment Requirements and Process
The output of the noise measurement will be a tabulated assessment, with the result
being used to evaluate the baseline noise levels at the identified nearby noise
sensitive receptor, which is situated approximately 2.5 km from the project boundary.
The result will be assessed against the project standards identified comparing NCEC
and IFC standards and selecting whichever is more stringent.
Noise will be assessed quantitatively including equipment operations and associated
activities. A quantitative modeling approach using SoundPLAN will be applied,
accounting for factors such as machinery noise and the construction-related activities. and
operation stages. Additionally, the modeling will consider the presence of camps and
offices which will serve for employees to rest, eat and meet their needs during construction
and operation within the AoI as sensitive receptors.
Additionally, relevant literature data will be incorporated and results from other projects in the
same region, mainly from Tabuk 2 project package, will be used.

6.2.4 Odours
Potential odour sources include sanitation facilities, wastewater containment,
fuel/lubricant storage and vehicle movement. For these activities, standard
management controls are expected to keep the odour related impacts minimal.
Therefore, an odour is considered scoped out.
[6.2.4] Water Quality (Surface Water and, Ground Water, Seawater)
6.2.4.1 Preamble
The operation of the M5M4 Solar Park is expected to have negligible impact on
surface waters. Potential impacts to surface waters by operating activities would
include pollution, increased runoff and erosion, primarily in existing or new erosion
channels that receive run-off from roads.
The Project will not use ground water for operational activities and therefore, no
impact toon ground water resources is foreseen.
All sewage and wastewater generated on site will be treated on site in an STP.
Closest ground water wells are at the center pivot agricultural areas, and groundwater
will not be abstracted for the Project. Surface water bodies are absent on-site. To
account for potential sensitive receptors, a conservative 3 km buffer is designated as the AoI
regarding water resources.
By means of surface water, no permanent surface water bodies are present on the site and
the vicinity. However, due to the presence of dry wadi channels within the project area, the
possibility of runoff or flooding has been taken into account. Throughout the construction
phase, land clearing, grading, and excavation activities can disturb soil, increasing the
likelihood of sediment runoff during heavy rainfall or flooding events. Additionally,
construction machinery and materials may introduce hazardous chemicals into the
environment through accidental spills or leaks. Additionally, once operational, solar panels
and associated equipment containing substances like lead and cadmium pose a risk of
contamination if damaged during floods. Moreover, maintenance activities can introduce
pollutants such as oil and coolant into wadis if proper precautions are not taken.
Accordingly, the AoI has been determined as 3 km regarding water resources and this AoI
size will be revisited and revised if needed during the ESIA Report preparation, after receipt
of hydrological modelling results.
During this stage, the construction debris and excavated material can spread in the
site by water, mainly in the rainy periods. This can result in disturbance in surface
water resources.
Despite the absence of surface water resources and the infrequency of rainy periods,
disturbance in surface water resources risk has been evaluated as scoped in for
further assessment of project-specific risks.
Washing of PV panels

Although primarily dry-cleaning will be employed for PV panel maintenance, in
accordance with NEOM's "zero water use policy," there may still be instances where
water must be utilized for this purpose. It is expected that only a minimal volume of
water will be needed, and given the periodic nature of cleaning, any potential impact
on water resources is anticipated to be minimal, if at all. Since the exact water source,
usage frequency, and the specific volume of water required are currently
undetermined, water resources risk has been evaluated as scoped in for a detailed
assessment during the ESIA phase.
Disposal of broken PV panels
When mishandled, the broken PV panels, which contain toxic materials, present an
environmental risk. This impact is further detailed in Section 6.2.11 Waste Generation.
Therefore, the risk of contamination to groundwaterground water and surface water
resources has been assessed as scoped in.
Contaminated surface runoff during decommissioning activities can lead to pollution
in downstream wadis and low-lying areas. Activities that can contribute to this issue
may include the dismantling and removal of equipment, the handling and disposal of
hazardous materials, and the potential release of contaminants from the site's
infrastructure. Therefore, the risk associated with contaminated surface runoff is
considered as scoped in for a more detailed and comprehensive examination.
Unplanned Events
Flood Risk
As mentioned, dry wadi channels and gravel plains were observed at the site despite
the lack of encountered water bodies. This suggests that the area experiences water
flow after heavy rainfall periods.
Intense or prolonged rainfall can cause dry channels to fill up rapidly. The excess water
flows into these channels and overwhelms their capacity. During the construction and
operation of solar parks, the risk of pollution movement during floods is a significant concern.
Throughout the construction phase, land clearing, grading, and excavation activities can
disturb soil, increasing the likelihood of sediment runoff during heavy rainfall or flooding
events. Additionally, construction machinery and materials may introduce hazardous
chemicals into the environment through accidental spills or leaks.
Once operational, solar panels and associated equipment containing substances like lead
and cadmium pose a risk of contamination if damaged during floods. Moreover, maintenance
activities can introduce pollutants such as oil and coolant into wadis, if proper precautions
are not taken.
To mitigate these risks, stringent erosion control measures, spill prevention protocols, and
regular equipment maintenance are essential components of responsible solar park
management.
The hydrological modeling study, to be conducted, will provide a more in-depth
understanding of the site-specific conditions, and therefore, the associated risk is
considered as scoped in for further investigation. A comprehensive flood risk
assessment will be conducted utilizing long-term meteorological data in the ESIA Report.
Accordingly, any identified flood risk will be evaluated, and corresponding mitigation
measures will be proposed as part of the flood risk assessment and the ESIA Report.

Accidental Leaks and Spills
Potentially contaminating materials, such as fuels, engine oil, paints, solvents,
chemical additives, are expected to be stored and handled at the site. Accidental
spills may reach the soil, resulting in contamination. Furthermore, during early
works / construction and decommissioning phases, the Project will use large
equipment powered by diesel and will contain relatively small reserves of lube oil and
hydraulic oil for crane and other equipment and machinery onsite.
The risk of accidental leaks and spills of these various materials are associated with
the disturbance of waters is scoped in.
No water quality related opportunities are foreseen regarding the Project; hence the
opportunity related to water quality is considered scoped out.
6.2.4.4[6.2.4.3] Summary
Table 6-60 presents a summary of the scope decisions in relation to water quality.
Table 6-60: Scope Decision Summary for Water Quality
Scope
Decision
Water Risk of disturbance on
Quality surface water resources,
Early Works and Surface Water Scoped
due to construction
Construction Pollution in
debris and excavated
material.
Operation & Impacts on surface water
Surface Water Scoped
Maintenance from washing of solar
Pollution in
panels.
Surface and Disposal of broken or Scoped
GroundwaterGround end-of-life solar panels in
Water Pollution (hazardous waste) during
their maintenance,
resulting in the escape of
toxic substances to the
environment.
Decommissioni Surface Water Potential pollution in Scoped
ng Pollution downstream of the wadis in
and low-lying areas
resulting from
contaminated of surface
runoff.
Flood Risk Flood risk in downstream Scoped
run-off areas. in
Unplanned Surface Water Risk of disturbance on Scoped
Events Pollution suedue to surface water resources, in
Spills due to accidental leaks
and spills.

Water is a scarce commodity in Saudi Arabia. The ESIA will consider the water use of
the Project and identify the potential impacts on water resources resulting from
construction and operation activities.
Furthermore, to assess the flood risk, a hydrological modelling study will be carried
out during the ESIA stage. The hydrological modeling study is quantitative in nature
as it involves the measurement and analysis of water flow and related data to provide
a numerical understanding of the site-specific conditions.
Regarding the quality of ground water, the output of the sampling and analysis will be a
tabulated assessment, with the result being used to evaluate the baseline conditions for
ground water quality.
same region, mainly from Tabuk 2 project package, will be used.
6.2.5 Quality of Soil and Sediments
6.2.5.1[6.2.4.5] Preamble
Soil is a fundamental natural resource as its key functions include providing food and
raw materials, supporting wildlife and regulating the flow of water. This section
assesses the potential impacts of the Project on soils and sediments in relation to
different project stages.
The Project boundary will be considered as the AoI for soil since hethe project's most
direct and significant soil-related impacts are likely to occur within its boundaries.
6.2.5.2[6.2.4.6] Preliminary Analysis of Potential Risks
Soil Compaction
The Project will require excavation activities to establish a suitable base level and
design elevation for construction. Vehicle movements, cable laying activities in sand
deposits, and trenching and backfilling can all result in soil compaction. Compacted
soils contain few large pores, less total pore volume and, consequently, a greater
density. Compacted soil has a reduced rate of both water infiltration and drainage.
Hence, soil compaction risk is considered scoped in.
Localized soil erosion
The construction phase introduces soil erosion risks associated with earthworks, stockpiles,
and various construction activities. Soil erosion can lead to the displacement of fertile topsoil,
negatively impacting the ecosystem and potentially causing sedimentation in nearby water
bodies. The negative impacts of soil erosion extend to the ecosystem, affecting the natural
balance of the area. Soil erosion risk is scoped in to allow for the implementation of
effective mitigation measures for local ecosystem and water bodies.
Localized soil erosion

The soil erosion risk is scoped in due to the direct impact of solar panels on
precipitation distribution beneath them. Additionally, the reduced potential for
evaporation increases soil water availability. Water dripping from the angled solar
panels may create significant pathways for easy soil infiltration, potentially leading to
soil erosion.
Disposal of broken PV panels
Improper disposal of broken PV panels, containing toxic materials, can have adverse
effects on soil quality. The toxic substances within the panels may leach into the soil,
contaminating it and potentially harming its composition and fertility. This could lead
to long-term damage to the soil, making it unsuitable for agricultural or other
beneficial purposes. To account for these possible impacts on soil quality, the issue
is scoped in for further assessment and mitigation within the environmental
management plan. This impact is also further elaborated under Section 6.2.11 Waste
Generation.
Disposal of PV panels
Improper disposal of broken PV panels, containing toxic materials, can have adverse
effects on soil quality. The toxic substances within the panels may leach into the soil,
contaminating it and potentially harming its composition and fertility. This could lead
to long-term damage to the soil, making it unsuitable for agricultural or other
beneficial purposes. To account for these possible impacts on soil quality, the issue
is scoped in for further assessment and mitigation within the environmental
management plan.
Unplanned Events
Waste storage and handling
A limited volume of hazardous materials, such as solvents, chemicals, lubricants, fuel,
transformer oils, and emergency generator fuels may be present in waste storage
areas. The management, handling, transportation and use of waste materials can
introduce risks associated with accidental spills and leaks to the ground and impacts
to soil quality. Such instances are considered unlikely as all such chemicals and
lubricants will be stored inside structures and buildings with impermeable bases and
secondary containment. However, if mitigations are not applied, there is a risk of soil
pollution, therefore waste storage and handling is scoped in.
Sanitary wastewater management
Inadequate temporary storage and handling of sanitary wastewater prior to being
transferred for disposal, could also pose a contamination risk, specifically where
septic tanks overflow or are not adequately contained. As with chemical and
hazardous storage above, wastewater will be contained in tanks with secondary
containment and impermeable bunds However, if mitigations are not applied, there is
a risk of soil pollution, therefore the wastewater management is scoped in.
Accidental leaks and spills of hazardous materials
During the early works and construction stage of the Project, a number of vehicles and
equipment items are expected to be used on site and these will require regular refueling and
maintenance. Accidental leaks and spills have been evaluated as scoped in as there will be
a risk of soil pollution if the necessary mitigations are not applied during such operations.

[6.2.4.7] Preliminary Analysis of Potential Opportunities
No soil and sediment quality related opportunities are anticipated for the Project.
6.2.5.3[6.2.4.8] Summary
Table 6-61 presents a summary of the scope decisions in relation to soil and sediment
quality.
Table 6-61: Scope Decision Summary for Soil and Sediment Quality
Scope
Decision
Quality of Soil compaction and erosion
Soil and due to preparation of the site
Early Works and Soil Scoped
Sediment for PV arrays, internal access
Construction Compaction in
Quality road(s), temporary laydown
area and buildings.
Water dripping off from the
tilted solar panels after
Localized Soil Scoped
cleaning or rainfall and
Erosion in
creating pathways for water to
infiltrate soil causing erosion.
Operation & Generation of
Maintenance defunct/damaged (broken,
with burn marks, discoloration
Soil Scoped
or delamination) PV cells
Contamination in
(hazardous waste) and their
storage/disposal on unpaved
ground.
Escape of toxic substances
contained in the panels in
Decommissioni Soil case they are not handled Scoped
ng Contamination properly (i.e., generation of in
broken panels which is
hazardous waste).
Unplanned Waste storage Risk of hazardous wastes Scoped
Events and handling such as waste oil, lubricants, in
hydraulic oil etc., if adequate
precautions for management
and handling are not
undertaken.
Soil Risk associated with sanitary Scoped
Contamination wastewater management. in
Soil Risk of pollution from spills of Scoped
Contamination hazardous materials (e.g., fuels, in
due to Spills lubricants from refueling and
maintenance of equipment and
vehicles)

The output of the soil quality sampling and analysis would be a tabulated
assessment, with the result being used to evaluate the baseline conditions for soil
quality. The result will be assessed against those defined in the Dutch Ministry of
Infrastructure and Water Management (2013) Soil Remediation Circular 2013, in line
with NEOM’s Soil and Ground Water Survey Procedure.
The main aspect of the ESIA with relation to soil quality will be prevention of
contamination of soils during Project activities. Using a risk-based approach, in line
with GIIP, an assessment of potential impacts upon soils from potentially
contaminative activities will be undertaken.
Furthermore, a corrosion assessment study will be conducted as corrosion is a
significant risk factor for end-of-life degradation and failure modes in PV modules.
The study will take into consideration atmospheric and climatic conditions.
same region, mainly from the Tabuk 2 project package, will be used.
6.2.6 Biodiversity (Land)
6.2.6.1[6.2.4.10] Preamble
This section elaborates the potential risks and opportunities associated with
biodiversity (land) from early works until the decommissioning stage.
The presence of center-pivot irrigation fields within 3 km of the around the project site
presents an opportunity to attract a diverse array of bird species, including both
resident and migratory species. These fields create a favorable habitat that not only
draws birds but also supports their populations by providing a rich source of insects,
which constitute a vital food source for many bird species. Additionally, around the
project site, there are rocky terrains that serve as breeding and refuge areas for
various species, including birds, lizards, and bats.
Given the ecological significance of these areas, the biodiversity AoI extends beyond
the immediate project site boundaries, encompassing the site footprint as well as the
surrounding area up to 3 km beyond the boundary. This expanded AoI is designed to
account for potential indirect impacts associated with dust and noise generated by
project activities on ecological receptors.
RiskThe risk of disturbance to terrestrial mammals, birds, and herpetofauna due to
elevated ambient noise levels, and vibrations generated by machinery and equipment,
is already considered under Noise section. It is, therefore, not repeated here.
Habitat lossLoss and fragmentationFragmentation

Solar power plants typically require large areas of land for the installation of solar
panels or other solar technologies. This land use change can lead to habitat loss and
fragmentation, which can have negative impacts on local flora and fauna.

Clearing land for construction will necessitate the removal of an active burrow
belonging to the Spiny-Tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia). In accordance with the
NEOM Spiny-tailed Relocation Plan, the affected Spiny-tailed Lizards will be
translocated to the nearest gravel plains that offer a suitable environment for
sustaining populations of this species.
Night-time illuminationIllumination
The impact of nighttime light pollution on ecosystems can be substantial, especially
concerning nocturnal species that have evolved to thrive in dark environments. The
introduction of artificial light disturbs the natural behaviors and ecological
interactions of various organisms, including nocturnal insects, mammals, and plants.
The associated risk is considered as scoped in.
Impacts to animal movementAnimal Movement
The infrastructure associated with solar power plants, such as roads, transmission
lines, and substations, can fragment natural habitats. This fragmentation can isolate
populations of species, making it harder for them to find mates, food, or suitable
habitats. It can also increase the risk of road mortality for wildlife.
Introduction of invasive speciesInvasive Species
The introduction of invasive species may take place from the movement of equipment or
people. For example, plant species may be transported in soil that is attached to clothing of
workers or from remnants in the back of a truck.The introduction of invasive species may
take place from the movement of equipment or people. For example, plant species may be
transported in soil that is attached to clothing of workers or from remnants in the back of a
truck. The creation of new habitats, such as by land disturbance during construction,
may also facilitate the spread of invasive species already present in the wider area.
Accordingly, during the early works and construction stage, the risk associated with
introduction of alien species considered as scope in.
Considering that the main impacts on the habitats and species would have already
occurred during the early works and construction stage, there is limited potential for
further impacts on them during the operation and maintenance stage. However, as
seen in Section 6.2.7.4 below, those impacts are still valid and have not been ignored.
During the operation stage, mainly, the risks for avifauna can be highlighted.
Lake effect
Literature information suggests that some species are particularly impacted by PV
panels, mainly displacement (i.e., when species mistake the PV panel flat surfaces for
water bodies and attempt to land on them) and may also be under risk of injury due to
the ‘lake effect’ hypothesis. However, it should be noted that PV panels that are
planned to be installed as part of this Project are considered less reflective and as
such, effects are not likely to be relevant for this Project. Furthermore, Project Area is
not located on bird migration routes.
The associated risk is scoped in.

Bird collisionCollision with the overhead transmission lineOverhead Transmission Line
The presence of overhead transmission line will likely result in impacts to migratory
soaring birds (and to a certain extent non-soaring birds) will pose risks of collisions
and electrocution. As mentioned, the assessment of the Site using the Soaring Bird
Sensitivity Map Tool indicated a sensitivity rating of 0.0 in relation to avifauna.
Utilization of herbicidesHerbicides
The use of herbicidal chemicals employed throughout the operation phase to prevent
or control the growth of plants which may cut off sunlight from the solar panelling.
Herbicidal chemicals are invariably toxic to most organisms and may have a tendency
to persist or bio-accumulate. Thus, herbicides sprayed in the project area could
contaminate the soil, surface water, groundwaterground water and food-chains of the
area.
These hazardous impacts could be prevented by strictly prohibiting the use of
herbicides in the facility and opting for manual weeding to control plant growth in the
solar panel area.
Disturbance to faunaFauna
Due to the elevated ambient noise levels and vibrations generated by machinery and
equipment used in removing the ancillary facilities, the terrestrial mammals, birds,
and herpetofauna can be disturbed.
Habitat lossLoss and fragmentationFragmentation
Decommissioning of a solar parks requirepark requires dismantling and removal of
large infrastructure. This change can lead to habitat loss and fragmentation, which
can have negative impacts on local flora and fauna.
The introduction of invasive species may take place from the utilization of non-native soil and
plant species used for restoration, as well as movement of equipment or people. For
example,
the soil and plant species utilized for restoration purposes could potentially harbor seeds of
invasive species or those carrying diseases, posing a risk to the local flora by potentially
affecting its vitality and composition. Also, plant species may be transported in soil that is
attached to clothing of workers or from remnants in the back of a truck. The creation of new
habitats, such as by land disturbance during construction, may also facilitate the spread of
invasive species already present in the wider area.
The introduction of invasive species may take place from the movement of equipment or
people. For example, plant species may be transported in soil that is attached to clothing of
workers or from remnants in the back of a truck.

Unplanned Events
The unplannedUnplanned events such as fires, explosions, spills, vehicle collisions,
conducting work beyond designated areas may result in fauna mortality, impacts to
faunal movements, nesting and breeding. The associated risk is considered as
scoped in.
No biodiversity related opportunities are anticipated for the Project.
6.2.6.4[6.2.4.13] Summary
Table 6-62 presents a summary of the scope decisions in relation to biodiversity.
Table 6-62: Scope Decision Summary for Biodiversity
Scope
Decision
Biodiversity Early Works and Risk of disturbance to
Construction terrestrial mammals, birds,
and herpetofauna due to
Scoped
Disturbance elevated ambient noise
in
levels, and vibrations
generated by machinery and
equipment.
Night-time illumination
could potentially impact a Scoped
Illumination
range of terrestrial in
organisms.
Potential for harm or loss of
terrestrial mammals, birds,
Scoped
Harm or Loss machinery and equipment,
in
accidental fatalities, and
instances of work occurring
beyond designated areas.
Invasive Species Risk associated with the Scoped
introduction and in
subsequent spread of
terrestrial pests or invasive
species.
Operation & Herbicides Risk of utilization of Scoped
Maintenance herbicides to control the in
plant growth in the solar
panel area.
Disturbance Potential risk of disturbance Scoped
to terrestrial mammals, in
birds, and herpetofauna due
to elevated ambient noise
levels, and vibrations
generated by machinery and
equipment.
Invasive Species Risk associated with the Scoped
introduction and

Scope
Decision
terrestrial pests or invasive in
species.
Scoped
Lake Effect Potential lake effect.
in
Risk of collision of birds
Collision of Scoped
with the overhead
Birds in
transmission line.
Risk of disturbance to
elevated ambientIncreased
Noise noise levels, and vibrations Scoped
LevelsDisturbance generated by machinery and in
equipment used in resulting
from dismantling the solar
power plant and removing the
ancillary facilities.
Potential for harm or loss
ofRisk of disturbance to
Decommissioni
ng
DisturbanceHarm elevated ambient noise levels, Scoped
or Loss and vibrations generated by in
machinery and equipment,
Risk associated with the
introduction and
Scoped
Invasive Species terrestrial pests or invasive
in
species, in relation to use of
non-native soil and the
species used for restoration.
Fauna mortality, impacts to
faunal movements, nesting
and Scoped
Mortality
breeding (fires, explosions, in
spills, vehicle collisions,
etc.)
Unplanned
Potential harm or loss of
Events
interactions between Scoped
Harm or Loss
workers and fauna, in

The Critical Habitat Assessment Process
The Critical Habitat Assessment (CHA) process assesses the importance of a defined
area to one or more biodiversity receptors that meet the requirements of IFC PS-6 in
terms of Critical Habitat determination. Within the scope of this project, the CHA will be
conducted in line with the NEOM Critical Habitat Assessment Strategy, drawing upon the
NEOM CHA Database.
Determining the presence of Critical Habitat is a process that is explicitly separate
from any consideration of a project’s impacts, mitigation strategy, etc. The only
influence of a project on the CHA process is for identification of the location and
extent of the area to be assessed. This is determined by the Project’s AoI.
To assist with the determination of Critical Habitat, the guidance and threshold
criteria described within IFC PS-6 has been followed.
IFC PS-6 defines sets of criteria for use in defining Critical Habitats as follows:
Critical Habitat Criteria
 Criterion 1: Critically Endangered (CR) and/or Endangered (EN) species
 Criterion 2: Endemic or restricted-range species
 Criterion 3: Migratory or congregatory species
 Criterion 4: Highly threatened and/or unique ecosystems
 Criterion 5: Key evolutionary processes
Thresholds for Criterion 1 are the following:
a) Areas that support globally important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed EN
or CR species (≥ 0.5% of the global population AND ≥ 5 reproductive units of a
CR or EN species).
b) Areas that support globally important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed
Vulnerable (VU) species, the loss of which would result in the change of the
IUCN Red List status to EN or CR and meet the thresholds in (a).
c) As appropriate, areas containing important concentrations of a nationally or
regionally listed EN or CR species
Thresholds for Criterion 2 is the following:
a) Areas that regularly hold ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10
reproductive units of a species.
a) Areas known to sustain, on a cyclical or otherwise regular basis, ≥ 1 percent of
the global population of a migratory or congregatory species at any point of
the species’ lifecycle.
b) Areas that predictably support ≥10 percent of the global population of a
species during periods of environmental stress.
a) Areas representing ≥5% of the global extent of an ecosystem type meeting the
criteria for IUCN status of CR or EN.
b) Other areas not yet assessed by IUCN but determined to be of high priority for
conservation by regional or national systematic conservation planning.

There are no numerical thresholds. Best available scientific information and expert opinion
should be used to guide decision-making with respect to the relative “criticality” of a habitat
in these cases.
For illustrative purposes, some potential examples of spatial features associated with
evolutionary processes are as follows:
a) Landscapes with high spatial heterogeneity are a driving force in speciation, as
species are naturally selected based on their ability to adapt and diversify.
b) Environmental gradients, also known as ecotones, produce transitional habitat, which
has been associated with the process of speciation and high species and genetic
diversity.
c) Edaphic interfaces are specific juxtapositions of soil types (for example, serpentine
outcrops, limestone, and gypsum deposits), which have led to the formation of
unique plant communities characterized by both rarity and endemism.
d) Connectivity between habitats (for example, biological corridors) ensures species
migration and gene flow, which is especially important in fragmented habitats and for
the conservation of metapopulations. This also includes biological corridors across
altitudinal and climatic gradients and from “crest to coast.”
e) Sites of demonstrated importance to climate change adaptation for either species or
ecosystems are also included within this criterion.
The Critical Habitat Determination
The Critical Habitat Assessment (CHA) will be crafted during the ESIA stage, and
within this assessment, the Ecologically Appropriate Area of Assessment (EAAA) will
be specifically delineated. This process ensures a thorough examination of the critical
habitats and ecological considerations related to the project, contributing to informed
environmental conservation efforts.
The Spiny-tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia) holds a Vulnerable (VU) status as per the
HCP, International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Arabian Peninsula, and
IUCN Global Red List. To minimize disruption to these lizards, it is essential to avoid active
Spiny-Tailed Lizard (Uromastyx aegyptia) burrows whenever feasible. In instances where
avoidance is not possible, the individuals will be subject to translocation to a different area
that is free from construction disturbances, adhering to the NEOM "Relocation Action Plan
for Uromastyx.
[6.2.5] Community Health and Safety (Occupational and Public)
6.2.6.6[6.2.5.1] Preamble
Community health and safety may be at risk from worker migration and the presence
of workers in the Project area, resulting in increased tensions between residents and
newcomers, a possible increase in the local incidence of crime and changes in the
local disease profile.
The influx of construction workers has the potential to cause a wide range of negative
impacts including impacts on the environment; public infrastructure, services and
utilities; public health; and the social and cultural environment.
Population influx
Population influx brings with it the risk of heightened exposure to transmittable
diseases, as well as the potential overburdening of public services and facilities. The

rapid increase in demand from workers for services such as water and sanitation,
waste management, and healthcare poses the risk of overwhelming these resources.
In light of these potential impacts, the issue of population influx is scoped in for
further assessment and mitigation.
Injury or death risk due to traffic accidents
The risk of injury or loss of life due to traffic accidents has substantial implications
for community health and safety. These accidents can result in severe injuries or
fatalities, leading to the direct harm of individuals within the community. Increased
traffic accidents can place an immense burden on healthcare facilities, emergency
services, and law enforcement, potentially straining their resources and capacity to
respond effectively to other health and safety concerns. Additionally, frequent
accidents can erode the overall sense of safety and well-being within the community,
causing stress, anxiety, and fear among residents.
Consequently, the risk associated with injury or death due to traffic accidents is
scoped in for consideration and the implementation of appropriate mitigation
measures.
Inappropriate behavior of workers
This risk can result in a range of negative social consequences, including conflicts between
the incoming workforce and the local communities.Interaction of workers from different areas
The interaction of workers from different areas can give rise to various challenges, including
potential impacts on the health and well-being of both the local population and the immediate
construction workforce. Cultural conflicts and increased risks of crime can emerge as
workers from diverse backgrounds come into contact. These interactions may lead to stress,
misunderstandings, and even incidents of crime that could jeopardize community safety and
well-being. Such conflicts may manifest in various forms, with gender-based violence
and harassment being significant issues. In the case of gender-based violence and
harassment, it particularly affects the well-being of women and can hinder their
participation in community life and economic activities.
Recognizing the potential social impacts and conflicts arising from the inappropriate behavior
of workers, this risk is scoped in.
Recognizing the potential health and social impacts of such interactions, this risk is scoped
in for further assessment. This designation highlights the need to proactively manage and
mitigate any negative consequences that may arise from the coexistence of diverse worker
populations. By addressing these concerns, we aim to ensure the safety, harmony, and
overall well-being of the community and the workforce.
Risk of substandard labour conditions
Substandard living conditions, such as forced or child labor, overcrowded or poorly
maintained accommodations, can adversely affect the physical and mental health of
workers. While the consequences of these conditions are considered minor, it is
essential to acknowledge that even minor health issues can accumulate and lead to a
significant impact on an individual's quality of life and overall well-being.
In light of the potential health impacts on workers, particularly those arising from
inadequate living conditions, this risk is scoped in for further assessment. This
designation indicates the importance of implementing measures to ensure that labor

conditions meet acceptable standards stated at NEOM Code of Conduct and IFC
Standardsand prioritize the health and safety of the workforce.
Risk of substandard labour conditions
Risk detailed in the “Early Works and Construction Stage” section and evaluated as
scoped in.
Interaction of workers from different areas
The interaction of workers from different areas can give rise to various challenges, including
potential impacts on the health and well-being of both the local population and the immediate
operational workforce. Cultural conflicts and increased risks of crime can emerge as workers
from diverse backgrounds come into contact. These interactions may lead to stress,
misunderstandings, and even incidents of crime that could jeopardize community safety and
well-being.
Recognizing the potential health and social impacts of such interactions, this risk is scoped
in for further assessment. This designation highlights the need to proactively manage and
mitigate any negative consequences that may arise from the coexistence of diverse worker
populations. By addressing these concerns, we aim to ensure the safety, harmony, and
overall well-being of the community and the workforce.
The potential impacts during decommissioning phase are expected to be similar to
those predicted during the early works and construction and evaluated as scoped in.
Unplanned Events
Health and safety related risks
Risks associated with health and safety issues such as trip and fall, fire, electrical
hazard, handling broken solar panels etc. can potentially disrupt the equilibrium of
the local community, as accidents, fires, electrical hazards, or mishandling of
hazardous materials affect the physical well-being of both workers and residents
alike.
The consequences of these incidents are not limited to the workplace; they can spill
over into the community, leading to loss of livelihoods and long-term health
consequences. Recognizing the potential health and social impacts of such
interactions, this risk is scoped in for further assessment.
Exposures to electromagnetic fields (EMF)
When workers installing solar panels and electrical systems are exposed to
heightened levels of EMF, the potential implications ripple outwards, impacting the
broader community in multifaceted ways.
While on the surface, EMF exposure is an occupational hazard for the workers, it has
the potential to reverberate through the social fabric of the local community.
Concerns over EMF exposure can generate stress and anxiety within the community,
affecting people's sense of safety and well-being. Misinformation or misinterpretation

of these risks can lead to unfounded fears, distrust, and conflicts, further fragmenting
the social cohesion of the community.
Moreover, if not properly managed, EMF exposure may lead to a decrease in property
values, making it challenging for residents to sell their homes and farms, effectively
diminishing the community's financial security. The risk is scoped in to ensure the
overall health and safety of the community.
Working in weather extremes
Worker health and safety concerns stemming from potential weather extremes and
natural hazards represent a multifaceted issue that intersects both technical and
sociological dimensions. The climate conditions in Saudi Arabia, especially during
the summertime, present substantial health risks to workers, particularly if the
requisite government-recommended measures are not diligently implemented.
These risks extend beyond the immediate health and well-being of workers. When
adverse weather conditions like extreme heatwaves are not adequately addressed, it
can generate a sense of vulnerability and insecurity within the workforce.
The risk is scoped in for further evaluation, recognizing that these risks have a ripple
effect on the worker population.
Community health and safety related opportunities have not been identified for the
Project.
6.2.6.9[6.2.5.4] Summary
presents a summary of the scope decisions for community health and safety.
Table 6-63: Scope Decision Summary for Community Health and Safety
Scope
Decision
Community Early Works and Increased risk of illness and
Increase in Scoped
Health and Construction death due to exposure to
Diseases in
Safety transmittable diseases.
Risk of injury or loss of life due
Risk of Scoped
to traffic accidents, workplace
Injury in
incidents, etc.
Risk of disturbance of public
services and facilities capacity
Disturbance
due to rapid demand increase Scoped
of Public
from workers (water and in
Services
sanitation, waste, healthcare,
etc.).
Inappropriat
Inappropriate behavior of Scoped
e Behavior
construction workers. in
of Workers
Substandar Risk of substandard labour and Scoped

Scope
Decision
d Labour
and
working conditions. in
Working
Conditions
Substandar
d Labour Risk of substandard labour and
Scoped
and working conditions for onsite
Operation & in
Working workers.
Maintenance Conditions
Interaction Interaction of workers from Scoped
of Workers different areas. in
Emission of NOx, SO2, and CO
Emission Scoped
due to the use of demolition
exposure in
equipment and tools.
Increased risk of illness and
Increase in Scoped
death due to exposure to
Diseases in
transmittable diseases.
Risk of injury or loss of life due
Risk of
to traffic accidents, workplace
Injury
incidents, etc.
Decommissioni
Risk of disturbance of public
ng
services and facilities capacity
Disturbance
due to rapid demand increase
of Public
from workers (water and
Services
sanitation, waste, healthcare,
etc.).
Substandar
d Labour
Risk of substandard labour and
and
working conditions.
Working
Conditions
Risks associated with health and
Health and
safety issues such as trip and Scoped
safety
fall, fire, electrical hazard, in
related risks
handling broken solar panels etc.
Exposures to electromagnetic
Exposures
fields (EMF) and accidental injury
to EMF
or death of workers.
Unplanned Worker health and safety related

Events risk due to working in potential
Health and
weather extremes (high
safety
temperatures, etc.), and possible
related risks
contact with natural hazards,
such as uneven terrain.
Risk of electrocution from direct
Risk of contact with high-voltage
Injury electricity through crossing the
solar park fence.

A qualitative assessment will be conducted for community health and safety, both
public and occupational. Impacts on local communities will be considered to ensure
that they are prevented if possible or minimized and that adequate labour and worker
welfare management practices are developed and adhered to during both the
construction and operation phases.
All assessments will be made prioritizing KSA’s and NEOM’s health and safety
requirements at all times, while also following the relevant international standards.
Operational health and safety impacts will be addressed within this ESIA process
whilst adequate worker welfare, with regard to their accommodation and general
living and working conditions, must be provided in line with international guidance
and standards (see Section 6.2.12.5).
6.2.7 Landscape and Visual Comfort
6.2.7.1[6.2.5.6] Preamble
A preliminary landscape and visual comfort impact assessment has been carried out
in order to determine the risk ranking for landscape and visual comfort impacts.
Visual interferences are likely to occur when new infrastructure is introduced into a
landscape, leading to a change in the way that local people access, perceive or
experience landscape resources.
Considering the introduced large infrastructure will impact the landscape and be
visible from a distance based on topographical conditions, 3 km buffer from the
Project boundary will be considered for the AoI for landscape. This AoI will be
revisited at ESIA Report preparation stage, after the landscape assessment,
considering the introduced large infrastructure that may impact the landscape and be
visible from a distance based on topographical conditions.
[6.2.5.7] Preliminary Analysis of Potential Risks

The activities that have the potential to impact the landscape and visual amenity of
the Project area include grading and levelling, general construction activities and
night-time construction illumination.
Grading and levelling of the site

The clearance of vegetation and the creation of access roads may result in the
alteration of the landscape, potentially impacting the visual comfort of the area.
Drastic changes to the visual character can lead to decreased comfort and visual
dissonance. This, in turn, can have psychosocial and cultural impacts, affecting the
attachment of people to their surroundings.
Installation of the panels may require grading and vegetation removal. To minimize this risk,
an assessment of instalment of facilities without doing grading or removing vegetation will be
made in the ESIA phase.
Considering that the Project Area is in the NEOM Nature Reserve, and the potential that this
could be destination point for some people who visit the reserve, aiming to construct an
exemplary solar park integrated into the landscape that is working in harmony with nature
will be of high importance. This will be another issue to be addressed in the ESIA Report to
the extent possible.
The risk associated with grading and leveling activities is ,therefore, scoped in to
address these concerns comprehensively. It aims to assess and mitigate any
potential adverse consequences onfor the local community's visual experience in the
vicinity. The clearance of natural vegetation covers also assessed in Section 6.2.1.
Night-time illumination resulting from construction activities, particularly the use of
directional flood lighting, has the potential to disrupt the natural night conditions in
the area. This can affect both human and environmental aspects. The application of
directional flood lights may lead to visual disturbances for travelers on the nearby
highway, causing issues such as light trespass, excessive brightness, and glare.
For the local community and travelers, light trespass and excessive brightness can be
intrusive, potentially posing safety risks on the highway. Terrestrial habitat can also
be adversely affected. Nocturnal creatures, in particular, rely on natural darkness for
their activities, and excessive artificial light can disrupt their natural behaviors and
breeding patterns.
Given the potential impacts on both human well-being and the local ecosystem, the
risk associated with night-time illumination is scoped in.
The night-time illumination related risks and the rankings are the same as elaborated
for the early works and construction stage and considered scoped in.
Glint and glare
Solar reflection (glint and glare) impacts can be defined as follows:
 Glint – A momentary flash of bright light typically received by moving
receptors or from moving reflectors; and,
 Glare – A continuous source of bright light typically received by static
receptors or from large reflective surfaces.
Glint and glare resulting from solar reflection can pose safety risks due to the
intensity of the reflection, particularly affecting travelers on the highway. The impact
can be more pronounced if these reflections interfere with the vision of drivers.

To comprehensively understand and mitigate these potential effects, a specialist
study will be conducted to assess the impact of glint and glare from the M5M4 Solar
Park. The study's findings will allow for a more accurate assessment of the risk and
the implementation of appropriate measures to minimize the impact on highway
travelers and the surrounding environment. The risk associated with glint and glare is
scoped in to ensure thorough evaluation and risk mitigation.
Visual intrusion
The visual intrusion refers to the potential disruption caused by the presence of the
Project within the line of sight of human observers. In the context of the M5M4 Solar
Park, the visual study area encompasses the region in which the Project could be
visibly observed by the human eye and potentially affect the primary sensitivities
within the local context.
As the Project involves the installation of a large-scale infrastructure, there is a
likelihood that it may introduce visual disruption to the landscape. However, it is
worth noting that there are no human receptors or sensitive individuals in close
proximity to the Project site who could be directly impacted by this visual intrusion.
Given this, while the risk of visual intrusion is acknowledged, the absence of
immediate human receptors nearby means the risk is scoped in for monitoring and
assessment, with a focus on potential future developments or sensitive receptors in
the area.
Impacts during the decommissioning phase are expected to be similar to early works
and
construction activities presented above and evaluated as scoped in.
Unplanned Events
There are no unplanned events associated with landscape and visual comfort, hence
scoped out.
No opportunities were identified in relation to landscape and visual comfort.
6.2.7.3[6.2.5.9] Summary
Table 6-64 presents a summary of the scope decisions associated with landscape and
visual comfort.
Table 6-64: Scope Decision Summary for Landscape and Visual Comfort
Scope
Decision
Landscape Early Works and Local Night-time Scoped in
and Visual Construction community illumination
Comfort disturbance could
potentially
impact the
local
communities
(directional
flood lighting).

Scope
Decision
Night-time
illumination
could
Habitat potentially
Scoped in
disturbance impact a
range of
terrestrial
organisms.
Night-time
illumination
could
Local potentially
community impact the Scoped in
disturbance local
communities
(directional
flood lighting).
Night-time
illumination
could
Habitat potentially
Scoped in
disturbance impact a
range of
terrestrial
organisms.
Operation & Maintenance
Distraction or
nuisance
resulting from
glint and glare
effect from the
Distraction solar PV Scoped in
panels (of
particular
concern for
airports and
highways).
Visual
intrusion due
Visual to the
Scoped in
intrusion introduction
of large-scale
infrastructure.
Decommissioning Night-time
illumination
could
Local potentially
community impact the Scoped in
disturbance local
communities
(directional
flood lighting).
Habitat Night-time Scoped in
disturbance illumination

Scope
Decision
could
potentially
impact a
range of
terrestrial
organisms.
The approach to the landscape and visual assessment will be devised to address the
specific effects likely to result from a development of this scale and nature. The
methodology draws upon the established international good practice guidance.
The landscape and visual assessments will be primarily desk based and informed by site
photography and using the LCAs identified by NEOM.
A professional assessment will be conducted to quantify the physical facts, collect all
relevant influences from the environment, give recommendations and thus contribute
to reducing the potential uncertainties. Assessment will be supported with
visualizations including landscape photography and presented in the ESIA report.
Furthermore, a glint and glare assessment study will be conducted to assess the
potential risks resulting from the planned PV panel installation. The associated
calculation will allow the quantification of reflection parameters. This includes when,
how often, from which direction and how long glaring should be expected.
Accordingly, the study will assist mitigation of associated risks and take the issue
into perspective in a timely manner.
The glint and glare assessment will be conducted by identifying locations of the PV
panels and light sensitive receptors, running the ForgeSolar PV simulation planning
and glare analysis software to assess sun movement paths and associated geometric
solar reflections, and finally performing a risk assessment of the results as
recommended by international guidelines. Accordingly, a qualitative assessment
(based on the results of the Glint and Glare Study) of landscape and visual comfort
impacts anticipated to occur during the different project stages will be undertaken.
6.2.8 Land Use
6.2.8.1[6.2.5.11] Preamble
The Project Site is currently undeveloped and barren with occasionally being used for
livestock grazing. No permanent dwellings are present. Grazing lands are present
which will be subject to change once grazing activities cease.
The process of fencing and site development during this stage entails a potential risk
of disturbance to areas where current grazing activities were observed. This carries

the risk of not only disrupting existing land use but also leading to the potential loss
of these areas. With the fencing of the site, grazing animals and their herders are
expected to lose access to these territories, resulting in economic consequences for
those dependent on pastoral livelihoods.
Moreover, the restrictions imposed by the Project's fence and the alteration of grazing
practices can have broader social and cultural implications for the local communities
who rely on these activities for their livelihoods. Given the potential impact on both
land use and the socio-cultural fabric of the region, the risk associated with these
changes is scoped in, signifying the need for ongoing monitoring and assessment.
The economic impact on livestock herders during the Operation and Maintenance
Stage, mirroring the situation during the early works and construction phase, is
closely tied to land use considerations. With the Project site enclosed and access
restricted for the local population, herders who traditionally rely on these lands for
grazing will face ongoing challenges. The implications of these restrictions extend
beyond mere economics, significantly affecting land use patterns. This shift can lead
to the degradation of valuable grazing areas and may prompt adaptations in land use
practices, with potentially broader ecological and environmental consequences.
Given the interconnection between land use and the economic well-being of herders,
this risk is assessed as scoped in, necessitating a comprehensive approach to
mitigate its impact on both livelihoods and land use sustainability.
No risks are predictedImpacts during the decommissioning stagephase are expected to
be similar to early works and construction activities presented above and evaluated as
scoped in.
Unplanned Events
No unplanned events are foreseen associated with land use.
No land use related opportunities associated with the Project are foreseen.
6.2.8.4[6.2.5.14] Summary
Table 6-65 presents a summary of the scope decisions associated with land use.
Table 6-65: Scope Decision Summary for Land Use
Topic Stage Risk Description Scope Decision

Land Use Early Works and Risk of
Construction Loss of disturbance
Scoped in
grazing areas to / loss of
grazing areas.
Social and Imposing Scoped in
cultural restrictions or
disturbance altering
grazing
practices could
carry
significant
social and

cultural
consequences.
Risk of
Loss of disturbance
Scoped in
grazing areas to / loss of
grazing areas.
Imposing
restrictions or
Operation & altering
Maintenance grazing
Social and
practices could
cultural Scoped in
carry
disturbance
significant
social and
cultural
consequences.
Risk of
Loss of disturbance to /
Scoped in
grazing areas loss of grazing
areas.
Imposing
Decommissioning restrictions or
altering grazing
Social and
practices could
cultural Scoped in
carry significant
disturbance
social and
cultural
consequences.
conduct the assessment comprehensively are presented below, under Section
6.2.10.5.
To determine the existing ambient conditions, current land use practices and future
land use planning will be determined within the borders of AoI and Cumulative Impact
Area.
same region, mainly from the Tabuk 2 project package, will be used in the ESIA Report.
6.2.9 Waste Generation
6.2.9.1[6.2.5.16] Preamble
A variety of solid wastes and liquid discharges, both hazardous and non-hazardous,
will be
generated during the early works and construction, operation and decommissioning
stages of the Project.
Generation of solid waste

The generation of solid waste during the construction stage can have multifaceted
implications, particularly in terms of waste management. These discarded materials,
including packaging, construction waste, and non-hazardous materials like wood,
metal scraps, and concrete, can lead to littering in the construction site and its
vicinity. The risk is scoped in because even though the construction period is
relatively short and transient in nature, the potential waste generation still
necessitates careful attention. Inadequate handling, storage, and disposal of these
materials can not only result in environmental degradation but also pose challenges
for the efficient management of solid waste.
Generation of solid and liquid waste originating from workers
The generation of waste originating from workers during construction activities
encompasses various waste streams, including wastewater from equipment
washings, site sewage, contaminated runoff, and sanitary waste from domestic use
and portable toilets for construction workers. These diverse sources of waste pose
specific challenges in terms of collection and responsible disposal. Wastewater will be
treated on-site in the constructed STP.
Operation of STP, in particular, requires proper management to prevent contamination
and environmental harm. The risk associated with the generation and disposal of this
worker-generated waste is scoped in to ensure that comprehensive measures are in
place for the appropriate collection and treatment of these waste streams. Adequate
management of this waste is essential to minimize environmental impacts and
safeguard public health and safety.
Generation of broken PV panels (hazardous waste)
Solid waste is anticipated to be produced as a result of installation of PV modules.
The proper management of spent PV panels will be addressed in the
Decommissioning part below.
Improper waste management practices and inadequate capacity of existing landfills
When utilization of the existing landfill is considered, it is crucial to take into account the
additional risks that may arise within the waste management sector. This includes potential
issues such as improper waste management practices, inadequate capacity to handle waste
volumes, and the potential for environmental contamination.
Improper waste management techniques could lead to pollution of surrounding soil, water
sources, and air quality, posing risks to human health and the ecosystem. Insufficient
capacities within the landfill may result in overflow, leading to illegal dumping or improper
disposal methods, exacerbating environmental concerns and increasing the likelihood of
adverse impacts on the surrounding area. Therefore, thorough assessments and mitigation
strategies should be implemented to address these risks effectively, ensuring the
sustainable management of waste within the Project Area and minimizing negative
environmental and social consequences.
It should be noted that it is assumed that the existing landfill will be used for the construction
stage only, and as mentioned in Section Error: Reference source not found, new waste
facility/landfill rehabilitation facility will be used for operation phase.
Generation of solid and liquid waste originating from workers

The generation of solid waste and wastewater originating from workers during the
operation stage is a manageable concern. All sewage and wastewater generated on
site will be treated on site, in an STP.
Moreover, the expected volumes of solid waste are not anticipated to impose a
significant burden on receiving facilities.
Given the duration and transient nature of the construction period, as well as the
varying needs across construction stages, the consequence level for the handling,
storage, and disposal of this waste is assessed as manageable. The risk is scoped in
to ensure proper waste management practices will be employed to minimize
environmental impacts and ensure the overall safety of the community.
Generation of broken PV panels (hazardous waste)

Solid waste is anticipated to be produced as a result of activities such as
maintenance of PV modules, replacing damaged PV modules, and carrying out
routine maintenance on administrative facilities. The proper management of spent PV
panels will be addressed in the Decommissioning part below.
Generation of liquid waste from cleaning activities
While dry-cleaning methods are primarily employed in adherence to NEOM's "zero
water use policy", there may be situations necessitating the use of water for cleaning
solar panels. Liquid waste produced during this process poses a risk of
environmental contamination, potentially impacting local water sources and
surrounding ecosystems.
In an arid region like the location of a solar power plant, any introduction of liquid
waste could lead to localized pollution, negatively affecting the soil and water quality.
Consequently, the risk associated with the generation of liquid waste from cleaning
activities is scoped in to ensure that appropriate mitigation measures are in place to
prevent adverse environmental impacts.
Disposal of spent / broken PV cells
The challenges arise from the substantial quantity of PV modules and the limited
availability of recycling and disposal facilities, particularly in regions like Saudi Arabia
where recycling capacity is currently lacking. Improper handling of these panels can
lead to the escape of toxic substances contained within them, posing a substantial
risk to both the environment and human health. Solar panels typically contain
hazardous materials such as:
 Cadmium Telluride (CdTe): CdTe thin-film solar panels contain cadmium,
which is toxic to humans and the environment. Cadmium can leach from
damaged panels and contaminate soil and water.
 Copper Indium Gallium Selenide (CIGS): CIGS thin-film solar panels may
contain indium and selenium, both of which can be hazardous if released into
the environment.
 Lead: Some older solar panels, especially those with crystalline silicon
photovoltaic cells, may contain lead solder. Lead is a highly toxic heavy metal
that can harm both human health and the environment if not managed
properly.

 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs): These organic compounds can be
present in the plastics and materials used in solar panels. PAHs are harmful
and can have adverse health and environmental effects.
In a region where solar power is a key energy source, the management of PV waste is
crucial to prevent contamination and pollution. The release of toxic substances can
contaminate soil and water resources, affecting local ecosystems and potentially
compromising the health of nearby communities. The risk associated with the
disposal of spent or broken PV cells is therefore scoped in to ensure the
implementation of a comprehensive PV Waste Disposal Plan that not only addresses
responsible management but also transforms this challenge into an opportunity for
NEOM. Risk is scoped in to develop tailored strategies for the management of PV
modules and electronic waste that minimize the potential environmental and health
impacts.
Unplanned Events
There are no anticipated unplanned events related to waste generation that cannot be
adequately covered through application of standard management controls which will
be covered in the ESIA Report.
In today’s world, the disposal of used PV cells is a challenge. Considering that NEOM
will construct and operate several solar parks in a temporally overlapping way, it will
be an opportunity for NEOM if it develops a NEOM-wide strategy for disposal and
recycling of used PV panels and applies to all projects with a holistic perspective.
6.2.9.4[6.2.5.19] Summary
Table 6-66 presents a summary of the scope decisions associated with waste
generation.
Table 6-66: Scope Decision Summary for Waste Generation
Scope
Decision
Waste Early Works and Risk of improper disposal of
Generation Construction Improper packaging materials, boxes,
Scoped
disposal of plastics, ropes etc. resulting in
in
solid waste littering in the construction site
and surrounding areas.
Improper Disposal of solid and liquid Scoped
disposal of waste originating from workers. in
solid and
liquid waste
Improper Disposal of broken solar panels, Scoped
disposal of which is hazardous waste, in
hazardous during their installation,
waste resulting in the escape of any
toxic substances into the
surrounding air, water or soil,
creating serious environmental
and public health risks.
Improper waste Risk associated with consideration Scoped
management of the existing landfill due to in

Scope
Decision
practices and possible improper waste
inadequate management practices,
capacity of inadequate capacity to handle
existing waste volumes, and the potential
landfills for environmental contamination.
Improper
disposal of Disposal of waste originating Scoped
solid and from workers. in
liquid waste
Disposal of broken or end-of-life
solar panels, which is
hazardous waste, during their
Improper
Operation & maintenance, resulting in the
disposal of Scoped
Maintenance escape of any toxic substances
hazardous in
into the surrounding air, water
waste
or soil, creating serious
environmental and public health
risks.
Improper Disposal of wastewater
disposal of originating from washing of
liquid waste solar panels.
Escape of toxic substances
Improper contained in the panels in case
Decommissioni disposal of they are not handled properly Scoped
ng hazardous (i.e., generation of broken in
waste panels which is hazardous
waste).
6.2.11.5.
The assessment will be qualitative, based on a waste inventory for all Project
activities and information provided to quantify and categorize waste streams. The
assessment will focus on ensuring waste production is minimized and then handled,
stored and disposed of appropriately, using local waste service providers that have
relevant licenses and have potentially been approved by NEOM.
In the ESIA study, hazardous and non-hazardous waste management strategy/plan for
this project will also be assessed. Additionally, relevant literature data will be incorporated
and results from other projects in the same region, mainly from the Tabuk 2 project package,
will be used.
6.2.10[6.2.6] Economic and Social Aspects
6.2.10.1[6.2.6.1] Preamble
A preliminary economic and social aspects risk and opportunity assessment has
been conducted in order to determine the risk and opportunity ranking for economic
and social impacts anticipated within the Project area.

The AoI for the socio-economic environment (40 km) covers the Project site and
Tabuk City, which is the nearest big city with larger scale healthcare services. The 40
km buffer was identified taking into consideration the possible construction worker
accommodation locations (planned in Tabuk City also including its rural areas), and the
impact of population influx on roads, public services, etc in the settlements.
Increase in traffic
The higher volume of construction vehicles and transportation of staff can strain local
infrastructure and services. Roads and highways may experience increased wear and
tear, necessitating maintenance or upgrades.
Rise in traffic can lead to safety concerns for local residents and other road users,
especially if the construction coincides with peak hours. Noise and air pollution from
increased traffic can also affect the quality of life for nearby communities.
Considering these potential impacts, the risk associated with an increase in traffic is
scoped in. It is essential to conduct a thorough assessment and implement mitigation
measures to address these issues and ensure the well-being of both the environment
and the surrounding communities.
Impact on existing transmission line
There is an existing transmission line within the Project Area. The disruption of the
transmission line may lead to power outages, affecting not only the residents but also
local businesses and essential services that rely on a consistent power supply. This
disruption can result in economic losses, especially if critical facilities like hospitals,
schools, or industrial operations are affected.
Due to the potential economic and social impacts resulting from the disruption of an
existing transmission line, the risk is scoped in. It is crucial to assess the situation
carefully and implement measures to minimize the consequences of such disruptions
and ensure the reliable supply of electricity to the local community.
Interactions between locals and workers

On the social front, the interaction between diverse groups of people, including local
communities and security forces, may can sometimes lead to cultural conflicts or
misunderstandings. TheseSuch conflicts canmay arise due to differences in cultural
practices, languages, or lifestyles. AnCultural conflicts and increased risks of crime can
emerge as people from diverse backgrounds come into contact.
Furthermore, an increased population, including the presence of security forces, can put
stresspressure on local infrastructure and services, such as healthcare and education
facilities.
Given the potential impacts that can result from the interaction between local
communities, and workers, and security forces, the risk is scoped in for further
assessment and determining mitigation measures..
Unauthorized trespassers

The risk of electrocution for trespassers in solar parks is a multifaceted issue that
requires both technical and sociological considerations. Trespassers who venture
into these areas may not be aware of the electrical hazards, and a lack of awareness
or disregard for safety measures can lead to serious injuries or even fatalities.
The risk of electrocution for trespassers is scoped in to address these potential risks.
It underscores the importance of not only securing the solar park's immediate vicinity
but also considering the broader implications for community health and safety.
There are no significant decommissioning stage risks associated with socio-
economic aspects.
Unplanned Events
There are no predicted unplanned events associated with economic and social
aspects.
Use of local goods and services
The use of local goods and services during the early works and construction stage
can bring about several economic benefits for the local community. This engagement
with local suppliers for construction materials, fuel, and other necessities can
stimulate economic activity and create new opportunities for local businesses. The
purchase of these goods and services helps generate income for local suppliers and
can lead to job creation, ultimately contributing to the growth of the local economy.
Furthermore, the accommodation arrangements, where some workers utilize housing
in Tabuk, can boost the local economy by increasing the demand for housing and
related services. Given the potential for positive economic impacts, the opportunity
related to the use of local goods and services is scoped in.
Employment opportunities
The prospect of increased employment opportunities, both for the local community
and skilled workers from a wider region, presents a significant economic and social
benefit. As the Project aims to employ approximately 1,000 workers, a portion of
which will be recruited from the local Tabuk Province and other parts of Saudi Arabia,
it aligns with the government's Saudization priorities, promoting local workforce
participation.
The economic impact is twofold; it not only bolsters local economies by creating jobs
and income opportunities for residents but also contributes to the growth of the wider
regional economy. Additionally, increased employment opportunities have positive
social ramifications, as it enhances the livelihoods of local communities and
improves their overall quality of life. This aspect is scoped in to ensure that the
recruitment and employment processes are managed efficiently and to mutual benefit.
Employment of local workforce
The employment of the local workforce during the operation and maintenance stage
has notable economic and social implications. While the number of workers might not
be exceptionally high, the provision of employment opportunities for the local
community remains a positive aspect. These opportunities can significantly benefit

workers and their extended families by providing a stable source of income,
improving their living standards, and reducing dependency on external support.
The employment of local workers supports the local economy by circulating money
within the community. This increased economic activity can boost local businesses
and services, contributing to economic growth in the region.
Furthermore, the social impact extends beyond financial stability. Employment
opportunities offer a sense of purpose, personal development, and skill enhancement
for the local workforce. These improvements in livelihood can lead to a stronger and
more self-reliant community.
Considering the potential positive impacts on both economic and social aspects, the
proactive approach to employ local workers is scoped in to ensure that these
opportunities are realized and maximized for the benefit of the local community and
the overall project.
Solar Park as a built asset
Production of green energy not only promotes sustainability but also creates
economic opportunities and growth. By providing a consistent source of clean
energy, the solar park becomes an integral part of the energy infrastructure, reducing
reliance on non-renewable sources and their associated costs.
This built asset represents a long-term investment in the area, bolstering its energy
security and supporting a more sustainable and eco-friendly future. The operation of
the solar park ensures that these benefits continue over its lifecycle, making it a vital
component of the local and regional economy. Therefore, recognizing the significance
of the solar park as a built asset, it is scoped in to harness its full potential for the
benefit of the community and the region.
Low carbon power generation
Low carbon power generation encompasses the entire lifecycle of solar panels, from
production to disposal. When examining the project's carbon footprint, it is crucial to
account for the emissions associated with manufacturing, transportation, installation,
and eventual recycling or disposal of solar panels.
In the case of this solar park project, adopting low carbon power generation goes
beyond clean energy production during operation. GHG emissions for manufacturing
of solar panels considers all emissions from when it is produced until delivery to the
site. The project focuses on adopting sustainable manufacturing practices to
minimize GHG emissions during the production of solar panels. This approach seeks
to offset emissions during the initial years of panel operation.
Therefore, the opportunity for low carbon power generation, considering the entire life
cycle of solar panels, is scoped in to maximize its positive environmental and
economic impact.
The opportunities during the decommissioning stage are expected to be similar to the
ones anticipated for the early works and construction stage, only aton a smaller scale,
mainly due to the shorter duration.
Employment of local workforce
The opportunity that was detailed in the Operation & Maintenance Stage is also valid
for decommissioning and is considered scoped in.

Unplanned Events
There are no predicted significant unplanned opportunity events associated with
economic and social aspects and considered scoped out.
6.2.10.4[6.2.6.4] Summary
Table 6-67 presents a summary of the scope decisions of risks associated with
economic and social aspects.
Table 6-68 on the other hand, provides a summary of the scope decisions of
opportunities associated with economic and social aspects.
Table 6-67: Scope Decision for Economic and Social Aspects (Risk)

Economic and Early Works and Increase in Risk of increased Scoped in
Social Aspects Construction traffic traffic movement
in and around
the solar park
area.
Impact on Impact on Scoped in
infrastructure existing
electricity
transmission
lines.
Negative Potential Scoped in
interactions negative
between local interactions
population and between local
workers population and
workers, and
contracted
security forces at
the solar park
gate.
Table 6-68: Scope Decision Summary for Economic and Social Aspects (Opportunity)
Scope
Decision
Economic and Early Works and Use of local
Social Aspects Construction goods and
Development of the services to
Scoped in
regional economy undertake
construction
activities.
Employment of local Employment of Scoped in
workforce local workforce,
development of
new skills and
professional
capabilities,
creating business
opportunities for
local

Scope
Decision
communities.
Employment of
local workforce,
development of
new skills and
Employment of local professional
Scoped in
workforce capabilities,
creating business
opportunities for
local
communities.
Operation & Impact of the
Maintenance operational solar
park, as it will be
a built asset
Development of the
contributing to Scoped in
regional economy
the local (and
regional)
economy with the
produced energy.
Impact of low
Low carbon power
carbon power Scoped in
generation
generation.
Employment of
Decommissioni Employment of local local workforce in
Scoped in
ng workforce decommissioning
activities.
6.2.12.5.
The road access to the Project Site is not a busy and frequently used one. Regarding
the traffic and transport, a full traffic impact assessment is not included in the project
scope. Using existing traffic and transport data (if available), a qualitative overview of
the anticipated traffic movements will be made.
Regarding the employment, a high-level assessment of positive and negative impacts
of the Project will be done. Additionally, relevant literature data will be incorporated and
results from other projects in the same region, mainly from the Tabuk 2 project package, will
be used. The management plans will provide guidance and requirements for
maximizing local content and positive effects relating to employment and livelihood.
For the good and services procurement, a quantitative assessment of material
requirement during the construction and operation phases will be made.
The assessment of labour and working conditions will be conducted with reference to
IFC PS-2 which outlines that workers must be treated fairly and provide safe and
healthhealthy working conditions. Furthermore, IFC and EBRD’s a guidance note on
worker’s accommodation (IFC/EBRD, 2009) will also be taken into consideration [24].

6.2.11[6.2.7] Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
6.2.11.1[6.2.7.1] Preamble
This section describes the risks and opportunities associated with archaeology and
cultural heritage. NEOM cultural heritage team is actively engaged in the research of
potential archaeological sites, which may partially fall within the project boundary. A baseline
study is planned to explore these areas, and the findings will be incorporated into the ESIA
to ensure the preservation and inclusion of cultural heritage in the Project AreaAn extensive
archaeological survey was conducted in December 2023, and no archaeological or historical
site was identified within or near the Project Area. Still, risks and opportunities associated
with undiscovered archaeological features will be assessed under this section.
There are no registered sites within the project boundary. However, areas that the
archeology team sees potential will be investigated as a part of the baseline surveys.
The AoI for archaeology and cultural heritage is defined as the Project Site, confined
to the Project boundary.
During the early works and construction stage of a solar park project, the potential
impact on archaeology and cultural heritage is a critical consideration. While no
archaeological or cultural heritage features have been identified within the immediate
Project Site, hich will be taken into consideration as “embedded mitigation” in the Project via
the advanced design studies with the exclusion of the areas of significant findings. Additional
mitigation measures will also be included in the ESIA Report.
Also, there is always the possibility of unknown artifacts or historical resources lying
hidden beneath the surface or in close proximity. The groundworks, excavations, and
construction activities associated with the solar power plant may inadvertently
disturb these buried and undiscovered resources. In the event that such artifacts or
features are unearthed, a Chance Finds Procedure will be employed to ensure their
proper handling and preservation.
These unforeseen archaeological discoveries have the potential to disrupt
construction timelines, result in project delays, and necessitate adjustments in the
construction plan. Additionally, they may require the involvement of archaeologists,
conservationists, and heritage experts to assess, document, and protect these
findings, all of which can increase project costs. Hence, the risk associated with
Archaeology and Cultural Heritage is scoped in to address these potential impacts
and ensure that any cultural heritage resources encountered during construction are
appropriately managed and preserved.
Besides the risk of impact on existing registered cultural and heritage objects; during
the operation and maintenance stage of a solar power plant, activities may directly or
indirectly impact unknown artifacts or cultural heritage resources that could be
present in the area. Maintenance activities often involve ground disturbances,
equipment movement, and potentially the installation of new infrastructure. These

activities may inadvertently unearth or disturb buried artifacts, structures, or
historical features that were previously unknown or undocumented.
If such resources are identified during maintenance, the proper authorities and
experts should be consulted to assess their significance and determine the
appropriate actions, which may include halting work in the affected area to allow for
archaeological investigation and preservation.
Risk on cultural heritage (existing and/or unknown) during operation and
maintenance is scoped in to protect existing features and to ensure any unforeseen
discoveries or disturbances of historical importance are addressed with the
necessary care, respect for cultural heritage, and adherence to relevant regulations
and guidelines.
In the decommissioning stage, earthmoving works and excavations may take place, similar
to the early works and construction stage. The risk of impacting archaeology and cultural
heritage during the decommissioning stage is scoped in, highlighting the commitment to
safeguarding the region's historical and cultural resourcesout.
Unplanned Events
No unplanned events are foreseen associated with archaeology and cultural heritage,
hence scoped out.
In the absence of identified archaeological or cultural heritage features within the Project
Site, there remains the potential for significant contributions to the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia's archaeological knowledge base. These contributions may emerge through
potential Chance Finds during the early works, construction, and decommissioning
stages. Discovery and proper documentation of artifacts or heritage features can
provide valuable insights into the region's history, culture, and heritage. Thus, the
potential opportunities for enhancing archaeological knowledge are also
acknowledged is scoped in.
6.2.11.4[6.2.7.4] Summary
Table 6-69 provides a summary of the scope decisions for risks associated with
archaeology and cultural heritage.
Table 6-70 provides a summary of the scope decisions for opportunities associated
with archaeology and cultural heritage.
Table 6-69: Scope Decision Summary for Archaeology and Cultural Heritage (Risk)
Scope
Decision
Archaeology Early Works and Impact on
and Cultural Construction Archaeolog Risk of impact on registered
Scoped
Heritage y and archaeological sites within and
in
Cultural near the Project area.
Heritage
Impact on Risk of impact on potential Scoped
Archaeolog unknown artefacts within and in in
y and the close proximity of the

Scope
Decision
Cultural
Project area.
Heritage
Impact on
Archaeolog Risk of impact on registered
Scoped
y and archaeological sites within and
in
Operation & Heritage
Maintenance Impact on
Risk of impact on potential
Archaeolog
unknown artefacts within and in Scoped
y and
the close proximity of the in
Cultural
Project area.
Heritage
Impact on
Archaeolog Risk of impact on registered
Scoped
y and archaeological sites within and
in
Decommissioni Heritage
ng Impact on
Risk of impact on potential
Archaeolog
unknown artefacts within and in Scoped
y and
the close proximity of the in
Cultural
Project area.
Heritage
Table 6-70: Scope Decision Summary for Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
(Opportunity)
Scope
Decision
Contribution to KSA
Chance
Early Works and archaeological knowledge base Scoped
finds
Construction for any potential Chance Find in
arising
arising.
Contribution to KSA
Archaeology Chance
Operation & archaeological knowledge base Scoped
and Cultural finds
Maintenance for any potential Chance Find in
Heritage arising
arising.
Contribution to KSA
Chance
Decommissioni archaeological knowledge base Scoped
finds
ng for any potential Chance Find in
arising
arising.
6.2.13.5.
The assessment process for cultural heritage is a comprehensive endeavor that
blends qualitative and quantitative aspects to grasp the historical and cultural
significance of the project area fully. Its fundamental requirements encompass a site
survey, which delves into the historical and cultural context of the project area and
identifies cultural heritage elements.

It includes archaeological analysis, wherein archaeological findings are studied for
their significance, and potential archaeological sites are assessed in terms of their
vulnerability to project activities.
same region, mainly from the Tabuk 2 project package, will be used in the ESIA Report.
The Chance Finds Procedure serves as a crucial protocol for addressing unexpected
discoveries during project activities, ensuring proper documentation and
coordination. Impact assessment focuses on evaluating potential impacts on cultural
heritage resources throughout the project's lifecycle, leading to the development of
mitigation measures.
Continuous monitoring and reporting, community engagement, and collaboration with
cultural heritage authorities enrich the assessment process. Additionally,
comprehensive documentation and record-keeping ensure that all findings and
activities are archived for future reference and research, aligning with both qualitative
and quantitative approaches.

6.2.12[6.2.8] Climate and Climate Change
6.2.12.1[6.2.8.1] Preamble
The PV panels can be vulnerable to the impacts of climate change. Sand / dust storms, wind
speeds, floods, droughts, and temperature changes associated with climate change are all
likely to have impacts on the construction, and operation of the Project. In addition, the
workforce is also considered sensitive to climate change, as temperatures are expected to
rise in the region.
As a common risk associated with all project stages, the equipment and vehicles used
during different project stagestages will emit GHG during their usage. Such emission related
risks are considered under the Air Quality section and are not included here.
Risk of Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) gas leaks
SF6 gas leaks in solar power plants can significantly impact Climate and Climate Change.
SF6 is commonly used in high-voltage electrical switchgear and circuit breakers, playing a
crucial role in electrical power transmission and distribution. However, if not managed and
contained properly, SF6 can be released into the atmosphere during installation and
commissioning activities, thus contributing to climate change and ozone layer depletion.
There is the potential for gas leakages from the switchgears, often stemming from faulty
connections or equipment defects. While these leaks may seem small, their environmental
consequences are substantial. SF6 is a potent GHG with a high global warming potential,
meaning that even minor emissions can significantly exacerbate the greenhouse effect and
further contribute to climate change. The risk is scoped in to ensure that effective measures
are in place to prevent and manage any potential releases.
Climate change related risks (Increased temperature, flooding, drought)
Climate change-related risks, including increased temperatures, flooding, and drought pose
significant challenges for solar power plants. In light of studies indicating Saudi Arabia's
vulnerability to these impacts, it is important to assess their potential effects during the 25-
year lifespan of the solar park.
Rising temperatures can trigger several consequences, such as increased dust generation,
necessitating adjustments in dust mitigation strategies and cleaning schedules.
Additionally, higher temperatures can create unfavorable working conditions for laborers,
highlighting the need for worker safety and well-being measures.
The presence of wadis within the Project Site makes it particularly susceptible to the
increased frequency of heavy rainfalls, which can result in altered water management
requirements, damage to site infrastructure, and adverse working conditions. Adequate
preparation for such events is crucial to ensure the project's resilience in the face of climatic
challenges.
Furthermore, the growing threat of drought conditions may lead to decreased water
availability, increased water supply costs, and elevated dust generation issues. These
factors can have a negative impact on solar park operations, affecting its efficiency and
long-term viability.
As the region grapples with these climate change-related risks, the solar park must be
equipped with strategies and measures to adapt to and mitigate the effects of these
challenges. These risks are scoped in to ensure that the necessary steps are taken to

address them effectively.
Risk of Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) gas leaks

During the construction stage, SF6 gas leakages may occur during maintenance activities or
when troubleshooting takes place. Similar to the construction stage risk ranking, the risk
associated with SF6 gas leaks during the operation stage is considered scoped in.
The potential risks during the decommissioning phase are expected to be similar to those
predicted during the early works and construction. In this case, SF 6 gas can leak during the
decommissioning of associated equipment hence, the risk is scoped in.
Unplanned Events
There are no unplanned events associated with climate and climate change that are not
covered in the project stages, hence scoped out.
The associated opportunities are expected only during the operation stage.
Less GHG emissions
Being a renewable energy project, the Project is expected to contribute significantly to
reducing GHG emissions during the operation stage. This will be achieved by the release of
GHG emissions which are much less compared to what would have been produced if fossil
fuels were used to generate the same amount of power.
Considering the significant amount of traditional energy sources which are common in
Saudi Arabia, the Project bears a significant opportunity of reducing the annual CO 2
equivalent emissions. A noteworthy advantage of the Project in its 25-year operational life
lies in its substantial annual reduction of CO 2 equivalent emissions compared to traditional
energy sources commonly used in Saudi Arabia. Accordingly, the opportunity is considered
scoped in.
6.2.12.4[6.2.8.4] Summary
Table 6-71 shows a summary of the scope decisions for risks associated with climate and
climate change. Similarly,
Error: Reference source not found shows a summary of the scope decisions for
opportunities associated with climate and climate change.
Table 6-71: Scope Decision Summary for Climate and Climate Change (Risk)
Scope
Decision
Climate and Early Works and Gas
Risk of SF6 gas leaks. Scoped in
Climate Construction emission
Change
Operation & Gas
Maintenance emission
Increasing
Increasing temperature due to the
temperatur Scoped in
climate change.
e
Climate Unexpectedly heavy rainfalls and Scoped in
change flashfloods.

Scope
Decision
Climate Increasing drought conditions due to
Scoped in
change the climate change.
Decommissionin Gas
g emission
Table 6-72: Scope Decision Summary for Climate and Climate Change (Opportunity)
Scope
Decision
Impact of contributing less GHG
emissions and less global warming
Climate
compared to the case in which the
and Operation & IncreaseReductio Scoped
same amount of electricity would be
Climate Maintenance n in emission in
produced through conventional
Change
power generation methods based
on combustion of fossil fuels.
For the issues that are scoped in, the assessment process and requirements to conduct the
assessment comprehensively are presented below, under Section 6.2.14.5.
During the construction phase, a significant amount of direct and indirect GHGs are
expected to be released due to earthworks, cement and steel use, maintenance activities,
vehicles and equipment that works with diesel fuel. During the operation stage, although
less GHG emissions contribution will be made and green energy will be produced, still there
will be utilization of diesel engine vehicles by the operational staff in the site, contributing to
GHGs.
GHGs of the project through its life cycle will be calculated by establishing a system
boundary with cradle to gate approach. Having considered only on-site emissions, all GHG
emission estimations will be calculated in CO 2 equivalent. The GHG Calculation approach will
follow the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Guidelines for National Greenhouse
Gas Inventories.The GHG assessment will include Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, as defined in the
GHG Accounting Protocol (International Financial Institution Framework for a Harmonised
Approach to Greenhouse Gas Accounting, 2015). The GHG Protocol Corporate Standard classifies
a company’s GHG emissions into three ‘scopes’.
Scope 1 emissions are direct emissions from owned or controlled sources. Scope 2 emissions are
indirect emissions from the generation of purchased energy. Scope 3 emissions are all indirect
emissions (not included in Scope 2) that occur in the value chain of the reporting company,
including both upstream and downstream emissions (such as Worker access with third party
vehicles, water consumption, waste disposal, etc.). All GHG estimations will be calculated in CO 2
equivalent. The GHG Calculation approach will follow the IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse
Gas Inventories.
During the construction and operations phases, various GHG emitters are expected. These
are indicatively combustion of diesel fuels of construction vehicles and equipment,
purchasing, material supply, waste disposal, transfer of operation staff, etc. Based on the
conducted assessment study, climate change impacts and mitigation measures will be
identified for different project phases.
On the other hand, besides assessing the potential negative and positive impacts of the
Project on the climate, the climate change assessment will also consider the potentially

significant impacts of climate change on the construction and operation of the Project,
aiming to focus on the resilience of the Project to climate change.
6.2.13[6.2.9] Ecosystem Services
6.2.13.1[6.2.9.1] Preamble
Ecosystems provide services that result in beneficial human impacts. A decline or loss of any of
these services and their benefits can result in socio-economic impacts that extend beyond
environmental damages. Most considerations of ecosystem services, including IFC PS6, group
them into the following categories:
 Provisioning services are the goods or products obtained from ecosystems, such as food,
timber, fiber, and freshwater.
 Regulating services are the contributions to human well-being arising from an ecosystem’s
control of natural processes, such as climate regulation, disease control, erosion prevention,
water flow regulation, and protection from natural hazards.
 Cultural services are the nonmaterial contributions of ecosystems to human well-being,
such as recreation, spiritual values, and aesthetic enjoyment.
 Supporting services are the natural processes, such as nutrient cycling and primary
production that maintain the other services”
The ecosystem service observed during the fieldwork is camel grazing from provisioning ecosystem
services.
The ecosystem services provided by the natural environment in this region play a central
and indispensable role in shaping both the ecological and socioeconomic aspects of the
area. These services highlight the complex interdependencies among human activities, land
utilization, and the surrounding environment. It is of utmost importance to acknowledge and
value these ecosystem services, as they are fundamental for promoting sustainable land
management and devising effective conservation strategies within the region.
The non-material contributions of ecosystems to human well-being, such as recreation,
spiritual values and aesthetic enjoyment; i.e., the cultural benefits, are also crucial for
ecosystem services.
As mentioned earlier, during the conducted field surveys, mainly "camel grazing” was
observed within the confines of the Project Area and its immediate surroundings.
Among the ecosystem services evaluated, the provision of freshwater, food and timber
collection, and surface water purification were not observed in this area.
A summary of the pertinent ecosystem services for the Project Site is presented in Table 6-
73.
Accordingly, one of the critical considerations in this context pertains to grazing practices,
which potentially hold a pivotal role in sustaining the livelihoods and cultural traditions of
local communities. Grazing activities are deeply ingrained in the social fabric and heritage of
the area, contributing to the well-being and identity of these communities. Therefore, any
measures that involve imposing restrictions on or altering traditional grazing practices must
be approached with great care and consideration, as they could carry profound social and
Balancing the conservation of ecosystem services and the preservation of cultural traditions
and local livelihoods is a complex challenge. It requires a nuanced and participatory
approach that engages local communities in the decision-making process. Collaborative
efforts that seek to harmonize conservation objectives with the needs and aspirations of the
people who depend on these ecosystems are essential for achieving both ecological
sustainability and social well-being.

Table 6-73: Ecosystem Services Summary
Ecosystem services Services Applicable to Description
IFC PS6 Project Site
Freshwater Collection No No freshwater sources on site.
No agricultural crops or food

Food Collection No
sources on site.
The project site is an unoccupied
Timber / Firewood desert area featuring typical desert
No
Collection vegetation and devoid of any tree
species.
Provisioning services
The site is utilized for camel
Grazing Lands Yes
grazing.
There are no wetlands or natural
Surface Water
No water purification systems present
Purification
on the site.
The Cultural Tradition of The cultural tradition of grazing
Yes
Grazing practice is observed in this area.
Services Applicable to Project Description

Site
Freshwater Collection No No freshwater sources on site.
Food Collection No No agricultural crops or food sources on

site.
Timber / Firewood Collection No The project site is an unoccupied desert
area featuring typical desert vegetation
and devoid of any tree species.
Grazing Lands Yes The site is utilized for camel grazing.
Surface Water Purification No There are no wetlands or natural water

purification systems present on the site.
The Cultural Tradition of Yes The cultural tradition of grazing practice is
Grazing observed in this area.
Early Works and Construction Stage & Operation and Maintenance Stage
The risks associated with the ecosystem services during the early works & construction,
and operation & maintenance stages have already been covered under the Land Use
section. Therefore, they are not repeated here and scoped in.
There are no risks identified associated with the subject during the decommissioning stage,
hence scoped out.
Unplanned Events
There are no unplanned events that are identified to be associated with ecosystem services,
hence scoped out. On the other hand, it should be noted that unplanned like fire, explosions,
spillage, vehicle collisions, or activities outside designated areas could lead to fauna mortality,

influence fauna movement, nesting, and breeding patterns. These potential impacts have been
evaluated in Section 6.2.7.4, and are considered to significantly affect biodiversity. As such, they
have been incorporated within the scope of the assessment from that perspective.
There are no opportunities identified associated with the subject, hence scoped out.
6.2.13.4[6.2.9.4] Summary
Table 6-23 shows a summary of the scope decisions in relation to ecosystem services.
Table 6-74: Scope Decision Summary for Ecosystem Services

Scope
Decision
Limited availability of grazing land
Grazing
for pastoral activities within the Scoped in
land loss
project's designated area.
Ecosystem Early Works and
Services Construction Imposing restrictions or altering
Social and
grazing practices could carry
cultural Scoped in
significant social and cultural
risks
consequences.
Assess both the possible positive and negative effects of various scenarios on ecosystem
services and human well-being. Within the scope of the assessment, ecosystem services
relevant to the Project Site will be assessed taking into consideration the different types of
provisioning services (freshwater collection, food collection, medicinal plants, grazing
lands, etc.), regulating services (surface water purification, climate regulation, etc.) and
cultural services (important areas for recreation, etc.), as applicable.
A qualitative summary of the applicable ecosystem services will be provided in the ESIA
StudyReport.
6.2.14[6.2.10] Human Rights
6.2.14.1[6.2.10.1] Preamble
In order to avoid repetition, the risks are presented for all stages (early works, construction,
operation and decommissioning) combined as the human rights risks have the potential to
occur equally across all stages.
Early Works and Construction Stage & Operation and Maintenance Stage &
In line with Equator Principles (EP4) Guidance Note and IFC PS-2, risks foreseen are

associated with the following:
Child Labour:
The risk of child labor within the supply chain and among contractors is acknowledged.
Strict vetting procedures should be implemented to ensure that all suppliers and
contractors comply with a zero-tolerance policy against child labor.
Forced Labour / Human Trafficking:
Commitment to human rights extends to preventing forced labor and human trafficking.
Stringent criteria for selecting suppliers and contractors should be in place to verify that
they do not engage in such practices. All employees, including migrant workers, should be
treated fairly and provided with safe and ethical working conditions.
Unequal Treatment (Wages, accommodation conditions, etc.):
Awareness of the potential for unequal treatment in terms of wages and accommodation
conditions should be exist. A transparent wage structure should be maintained to ensure
equitable pay for all employees, regardless of their role or background.
Unsuitable Accommodation Facilities:
Accommodation facilities adhere to PS-2 to guarantee the well-being of workers, which will
be under the responsibility of the contractor. These standards cover various aspects,
including:
 Living Conditions: Providing safe, clean, and hygienic living spaces for workers.
 Health and Safety: Ensuring that accommodations meet health and safety standards
to prevent accidents and injuries.
 Basic Services: Offering access to essential services such as clean water, sanitation,
and electricity.
 Security and Privacy: Providing secure and private spaces for workers to rest and
recover.
 Fair Treatment: Treating workers with dignity and respect, including addressing
grievances and concerns promptly.
 Access to Healthcare: Ensuring that workers have access to healthcare services
when needed.
 Cultural Sensitivity: Being sensitive to cultural differences and preferences to create
a comfortable environment for a diverse workforce.
Workplace Discrimination (To women, migrants, people with disabilities, etc.):
Eliminating workplace discrimination, particularly concerning women, migrants, and
individuals with disabilities are covered in PS-2. Comprehensive diversity and inclusion
programs should be implemented, along with measures to provide equal opportunities and
reasonable accommodations.
Ineligible Supply Chain:
The risk associated with supply chains should be considered where low labor cost is a
factor in the competitiveness of the item supplied. Child labor and forced labor in supply
chain should be addressed.
The risks are scoped in to ensure that the above robust measures are implemented to
prevent and respond to any violations. This approach is essential to create and maintain a
just and equitable workplace across all stages of the Project’s life cycle and during
monitoring.
Associated with the Project, no opportunities in relation to human rights were identified,

hence scoped out.
Summary
Table 6-75 presents a summary of the scope decisions in relation to human rights.
Table 6-75: Scope Decision Summary for Human Rights
Scope
Decision
Child Labour Risk of child labour. Scoped in
Early Works and Forced Risk of forced labour / human
Construction Scoped in
Labour trafficking.
Stage / Operation
Human Unequal Risk of unequal treatment (wages,
and Maintenance Scoped in
Rights Treatment accommodation conditions, etc.).
Stage /
Decommissionin Workplace Risk of workplace discrimination (to
g Stage Discriminati women, migrants, people with Scoped in
on disabilities, etc.)
The assessment will be made using the requirements in the applicable national and
international framework that includes but not limited to the following:
 NEOM Supplier Code of Conduct,
 NEOM Environmental Employer Requirements (NEOM-NEV-EMR-401 Rev 01.00, April
2021),
Workers’ Accommodation: Process and Standards IFC and EBRD Guidance Note..

6.3 Description of the Main Potential Environmental and Social Impacts
Summary of the key potential environmental and social risks are presented in Table 6-
76, Table 6-77 and for early works and construction, operation and maintenance, and
decommissioning stages, respectively. On the other hand, Table 6-79 summarizes the
unplanned events.
Concerning the opportunities, Error: Reference source not found, Table 6-81 and
Table 6-82 summarize the opportunities for early works and construction, operation
and maintenance, and decommissioning stages, respectively.
In line with the impact assessment methodology presented in Section 6.1, the tables
also include Drivers, Values and ALARP/AHARP categories.
In addition to environmental impacts, the M5M4 ESIA Report will provide mitigation
measures to avoid, minimize or mitigate the adverse impacts as depending on the
qualitative and quantitative assessments. The ESIA Report will also address the
residual impacts following the implementation of the mitigation measures.

yy
Table 6-76: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Risks (Early Works and Construction Stage)
Potential Impact Description Driver AOI Value Consequence Likelihood Risk Rank ALARP
Emissions of air pollutants from fossil fuel burning by Values: People and Communities
Continuous
construction vehicles, equipment, plant and Emissions - Gaseous Local Area (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
(Daily-Weekly)
machinery resulting in deterioration of air quality. Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora
GHG are emitted due to the use of construction Continuous
Emissions - Gaseous Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
equipment and tools. (Daily-Weekly)
Seldom
Risk of SF6 gas leaks. Emissions - Gaseous Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
(<Annually)
Fugitive dust emissions from construction,
stockpiling of materials and movement of vehicles on Emissions - Dust and Values: People and Communities Continuous
Local Area (-) Moderate Reduce/ Reengineer Yes
paved and unpaved roads, resulting in deterioration of particulate Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (Daily-Weekly)
air quality.
Emission - Light,
Changes in local noise levels due to operation of Continuous
Vibrations and/or Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery. (Daily-Weekly)
Noise
Risk of disturbance to terrestrial mammals, birds, and
Emission - Light,
herpetofauna due to elevated ambient noise levels, Periodic Eliminate / RedesignManage/
Vibrations and/or Local Area Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) MajorModerate Yes
and vibrations generated by machinery and (Monthly-Quarterly) Operational Control
Noise
equipment.
Emission - Light,
Night-time illumination could potentially impact the Continuous
Vibrations and/or Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
local communities (directional flood lighting). (Daily-Weekly)
Noise
Emission - Light,
Night-time illumination could potentially impact a Continuous
Vibrations and/or Local Area Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
range of terrestrial organisms. (Daily-Weekly)
Noise
Risk of introduction and spread of invasive species Introduced Species - Project Seldom
Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
from the movement of equipment or people. Fauna/Flora Boundary (<Annually)
Risk associated with the introduction and subsequent Introduced Species - Occasional
Local Area Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
spread of terrestrial pests or invasive species. Fauna/Flora (Annually)
Mechanical
Project Occasional
Loss of and degradation of vegetation cover. Disturbance - Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Boundary (Annually)
Terrestrial
Soil compaction and erosion due to preparation of the Mechanical
Project Resources: Minerals, aggregates Continuous
site for PV arrays, internal access road(s), temporary Disturbance - (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Boundary and soils (Daily-Weekly)
laydown area and buildings. Terrestrial
Mechanical
Potential for harm or loss of terrestrial mammals, Disturbance –
birds, and herpetofauna due to machinery and Terrestrial Occasional Reduce / ReengineerManage/
Local Area Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) MajorModerate Yes
equipment, accidental fatalities, and instances of work (Annually) Operational Control
occurring beyond designated areas. Human Disturbance -
Terrestrial

Visual impact on sensitive receptors in close Mechanical

Continuous
proximity (impact on the aesthetic view of the natural Disturbance - Local Area Values: Landscape and Visual (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
(Daily-Weekly)
landscape due to solar panels) Terrestrial
Mechanical
Project Occasional
Risk of disturbance to / loss of grazing areas. Disturbance - Values: People and Communities (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Boundary (Annually)
Terrestrial
Mechanical
Seldom
Impact on existing electricity transmission lines. Disturbance - Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
(<Annually)
Terrestrial
Mechanical
Increase in traffic load as a result of construction Disturbance –
Terrestrial Continuous
vehicles and interference with construction traffic of Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
(Daily-Weekly)
other projects in the region. Human Disturbance -
Terrestrial
Mechanical
Risk of impact on registered archaeological sites near Seldom
Disturbance - Local Area Values: Cultural and Heritage (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
the Project area. (<Annually)
Terrestrial
Mechanical
Limited availability of grazing land for pastoral Project Continuous
Disturbance - Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
activities within the project's designated area. Boundary (Daily-Weekly)
Terrestrial
Imposing restrictions or altering grazing practices Mechanical

Project Continuous
could carry significant social and cultural Disturbance - Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Boundary (Daily-Weekly)
consequences. Terrestrial
Risk of improper disposal of packaging materials,

Waste generation and Project Resources: Minerals, aggregates Seldom
boxes, plastics, ropes etc. resulting in littering in the (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
management Boundary and soils (<Annually)
construction site and surrounding areas.
Risk of hazardous wastes such as waste oil,

Waste generation and Resources: Minerals, aggregates Seldom
lubricants, hydraulic oil etc., if adequate precautions Spot Location (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
management and soils (<Annually)
for management and handling are not undertaken.
Waste generation and Resources: Minerals, aggregates Continuous

Disposal of waste originating from workers. Local Area (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
management and soils (Daily-Weekly)
Disposal of broken solar panels, which is hazardous

Waste generation and Seldom
waste, during their installation, resulting in the escape Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
management (<Annually)
of toxic substances into the surrounding air.

Waste generation and Seldom
waste, during their installation, resulting in the escape Local Area Resources: Fresh and ground water (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
management (<Annually)
of toxic substances into the water resources.

Waste generation and Resources: Minerals, aggregates Seldom
waste, during their installation, resulting in the escape Local Area (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
management and soils (<Annually)
of toxic substances into the soil.
Improper waste management practices and inadequate Waste generation and Local Area Resources: Fresh and ground water (-) Moderate Occasional Manage/ Operational Control Yes

capacity of existing landfills. management (Annually)

Improper waste management practices and inadequate Waste generation and Occasional
Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
capacity of existing landfills. management (Annually)
Risk of disturbance on surface water resources, due Waste generation and Occasional
Local Area Resources: Fresh and ground water (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
to construction debris and excavated material. management (Annually)
Use of local goods and services to undertake Socio-economic Periodic
Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
construction activities. Changes (Monthly-Quarterly)
Risk of injury or loss of life due to workplace Health and Safety Project Seldom
Values: People and Communities (-) Major Reduce/ Reengineer Yes
incidents, traffic accidents, etc. Practices Boundary (<Annually)
Risk of disturbance of public services and facilities

Increased Population Periodic
capacity due to rapid demand increase from workers Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Influx (Monthly-Quarterly)
(water and sanitation, waste, healthcare, etc.).
Potential negative interactions between local

Increased Population Seldom
population and workers, and contracted security Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Influx (<Annually)
forces at the solar park gate.
Increased risk of illness and death due to exposure to Increased Population Occasional
transmittable diseases. Influx (Annually)
Human Resources Seldom
Risk of improper accommodation conditions. Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Management Practices (<Annually)
Risk of lack of transparency in hiring staff. Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Risk of substandard labour and working conditions. Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Human Resources Occasional
Risk of child labour. Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Management Practices (Annually)
Risk of unequal treatment (wages, accommodation Human Resources Occasional
conditions, etc.). Management Practices (Annually)
Risk of workplace discrimination (to women, migrants, Human Resources Occasional
people with disabilities, etc.) Management Practices (Annually)
Human Resources Occasional
Risk of forced labour / human trafficking. Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
Management Practices (Annually)
Table 6-77: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Risks (Operation and Maintenance Stage)
Ecology: Periodic
Emissions of air pollutants from fossil fuel burning by vehicles used for Manage/ Operational
Emissions - Gaseous Local Area Terrestrial (-) Minor/Negligible (Monthly- Yes
maintenance vehicles, resulting in deterioration of air quality. Control
Fauna & Flora Quarterly)

Values: People
Seldom Manage/ Operational
Risk of SF6 gas leaks. Emissions - Gaseous Local Area and (-) Moderate Yes
(<Annually) Control
Communities
Values: People Periodic

Manage/ Operational
Dust emanating from vehicle movements and other maintenance activity. Emissions - Dust and particulate Local Area and (-) Minor/Negligible (Monthly- Yes
Control
Communities Quarterly)
Potential risk of disturbance to terrestrial mammals, birds, and herpetofauna Ecology: Periodic Reduce /
Emission - Light, Vibrations Project (-)
due to elevated ambient noise levels, and vibrations generated by machinery Terrestrial (Monthly- ReengineerManage/ Yes
and/or Noise Boundary ModerateMinor/Negligible
and equipment. Fauna & Flora Quarterly) Operational Control
Values:
Night-time illumination could potentially impact the local communities (flood Emission - Light, Vibrations Continuous Manage/ Operational
Local Area Landscape and (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
lighting). and/or Noise (Daily-Weekly) Control
Visual
Noise emitted from (typically inverter stations and transformers). Although the
Ecology:
Project will only be operational during daylight hours, as the transformers are Emission - Light, Vibrations Continuous Manage/ Operational
Local Area Terrestrial (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
permanently energized, they may emit some noise by way of magnetostriction and/or Noise (Daily-Weekly) Control
Fauna & Flora
hum during night-time.
Noise emitted from (typically inverter stations and transformers). Although the
Values: People
Project will only be operational during daylight hours, as the transformers are Emission - Light, Vibrations Continuous Manage/ Operational
Local Area and (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
permanently energized, they may emit some noise by way of magnetostriction and/or Noise (Daily-Weekly) Control
Communities
hum during night-time.
Values: People
Distraction or nuisance resulting from glint and glare effect from the solar PV Emission - Light, Vibrations Continuous Manage/ Operational
Local Area and (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
panels (of particular concern for airports and highways). and/or Noise (Daily-Weekly) Control
Communities
Periodic
Emission - Light, Vibrations Manage/ Operational
Potential lake effect. Local Area Biota: Avifauna (-) Minor/Negligible (Monthly- Yes
and/or Noise Control
Quarterly)
Ecology:
Project Occasional Manage/ Operational
Risk of introduction and spread of invasive species. Introduced Species - Fauna/Flora Terrestrial (-) Moderate Yes
Boundary (Annually) Control
Fauna & Flora
Mechanical Disturbance - Values: Cultural Seldom Manage/ Operational
Risk of impact on registered archaeological sites near the Project area. Local Area (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
Terrestrial and Heritage (<Annually) Control
Values: People
Mechanical Disturbance - Continuous Manage/ Operational
Visual intrusion due to the introduction of large-scale infrastructure. Local Area and (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
Terrestrial (Daily-Weekly) Control
Communities
Values: People
Mechanical Disturbance - Continuous Manage/ Operational
Visual impact of the substations on observers in the close proximity. Local Area and (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
Terrestrial (Daily-Weekly) Control
Communities
Values: People
Mechanical Disturbance - Project Continuous Manage/ Operational
Reduced access to grazing pastoral land within the area of the Project. and (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
Terrestrial Boundary (Daily-Weekly) Control
Communities

Values: People
Mechanical Disturbance - Occasional Manage/ Operational
Risk of increased traffic movement in and around the solar park area. Local Area and (-) Moderate Yes
Terrestrial (Annually) Control
Communities
Ecology: (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
Limited availability of grazing land for pastoral activities within the project's Mechanical Disturbance - Project Continuous Manage/ Operational
Terrestrial
designated area. Terrestrial Boundary (Daily-Weekly) Control
Fauna & Flora
Values: People (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
Imposing restrictions or altering grazing practices could carry significant social Mechanical Disturbance - Project Continuous Manage/ Operational
and
and cultural consequences. Terrestrial Boundary (Daily-Weekly) Control
Communities
Human Disturbance - Terrestrial Ecology: (-) Minor/Negligible Periodic Yes
Risk of utilization of herbicides to control the plant growth in the solar panel Project Manage/ Operational
Terrestrial (Monthly-
area. Boundary Control
Fauna & Flora Quarterly)
Potential harm or loss of terrestrial mammals, birds, and herpetofauna due to Human Disturbance - Terrestrial Local Area Ecology: (-) MajorModerate Reduce / Yes
Occasional
interactions between workers and fauna, accidental fatalities, and instances of Terrestrial ReengineerManage/
(Annually)
work occurring beyond designated areas. Fauna & Flora Operational Control
Introduced Species - Fauna/Flora Local Area Ecology: (-) Moderate Yes
Risk associated with the introduction and subsequent spread of terrestrial pests Occasional Manage/ Operational
Terrestrial
or invasive species. (Annually) Control
Fauna & Flora
Resources:
Fresh and
ground water
Disposal of broken or end-of-life solar panels (hazardous waste) during their Waste generation and Spot Seldom Manage/ Operational
Resources: (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
maintenance, resulting in the escape of toxic substances to the environment. management Location (<Annually) Control
Minerals,
aggregates and
soils
Resources:
Waste generation and Minerals, Seldom Manage/ Operational
Disposal of solid, liquid and hazardous wastes originating from workers. Local Area (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
management aggregates and (<Annually) Control
soils
Resources:
Waste generation and Continuous Manage/ Operational
Disposal of waste originating from workers. Local Area Fresh and (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
management (Daily-Weekly) Control
ground water
Resources:
Fresh and
ground water
Risk of pollution from spills of hazardous materials (e.g., fuels, lubricants from Waste generation and Spot Occasional Manage/ Operational
Resources: (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
refueling and maintenance of equipment and vehicles) management Location (Annually) Control
Minerals,
aggregates and
soils
Waste generation and Project Resources: Seldom Manage/ Operational
Generation of defunct/damaged (broken, with burn marks, discoloration or
management Boundary Minerals, (<Annually) Control
delamination) PV cells (hazardous waste) and their storage/disposal on unpaved (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
aggregates and
ground.
soils
Impacts on surface water from washing of solar panels. Effluent release- untreated Local Area Resources: (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
Seldom Manage/ Operational
Fresh and
(<Annually) Control
ground water

Resources:
Water dripping off from the tilted solar panels after cleaning or rainfall and Project Minerals, Occasional Manage/ Operational
Effluent release- untreated (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
creating pathways for water to infiltrate soil causing erosion. Boundary aggregates and (Annually) Control
soils
Resources: Seldom Manage/ Operational
Minerals, (<Annually) Control
Disposal of wastewater originating from washing of solar panels. Effluent release- untreated Local Area (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
aggregates and
soils
Values: People
Risks associated with health and safety issues such as trip and fall, fire, Project Seldom Manage/ Operational
Health and Safety Practices and (-) Moderate Yes
electrical hazard, handling broken solar panels etc. Boundary (<Annually) Control
Communities
Health and Safety Practices Values: People (-) Moderate Yes

Exposures to electromagnetic fields (EMF) and accidental injury or death to Project Seldom Manage/ Operational
and
workers. Boundary (<Annually) Control
Communities
Worker health and safety related risk due to working in potential weather Values: People
Project Seldom
extremes (high temperatures, etc.), and possible contact with natural hazards, Health and Safety Practices and (-) Major Reduce/ Reengineer Yes
Boundary (<Annually)
such as uneven terrain. Communities
Health and Safety Practices Values: People (-) Minor/Negligible Yes

Risk of electrocution from direct contact with high-voltage electricity through Project Seldom Manage/ Operational
and
crossing the solar park fence. Boundary (<Annually) Control
Communities
Trespassers who venture into project area may not be aware of the electrical Health and Safety Practices Values: People (-) Minor/Negligible Yese
Project Seldom Manage/ Operational
hazards, and a lack of awareness or disregard for safety measures can lead to and
Boundary (<Annually) Control
serious injuries or even fatalities. Communities
NEOM Occasional Manage/ Operational
Increasing temperature due to climate change. (-) Moderate Yes
Wide (Annually) Control
Unexpectedly heavy rainfalls and flashfloods. (-) Moderate Yes
Increasing drought conditions due to the climate change. (-) Moderate Yes
Risk of lack of transparency in hiring staff. Local Area Values: People (-) Moderate Yes
Human Resources Management Seldom Manage/ Operational
and
Practices (<Annually) Control
Communities
Risk of child labour. Local Area Values: People (-) Moderate Yes
Human Resources Management Occasional Manage/ Operational
and
Practices (Annually) Control
Communities
Risk of unequal treatment (wages, accommodation conditions, etc.). Local Area Values: People (-) Moderate Yes
and
Communities
Local Area Values: People (-) Moderate Yes
Risk of workplace discrimination (to women, migrants, people with disabilities, Human Resources Management Occasional Manage/ Operational
and
etc.) Practices (Annually) Control
Communities
Risk of forced labour / human trafficking. Local Area Values: People (-) Moderate Yes
and
Communities

Table 6-78: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Risks (Decommissioning Stage)
Emission of GHGs due to the use of demolition Values: People and Continuous Manage/ Operational
Emissions - Gaseous Local Area (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
equipment and tools. Communities (Daily-Weekly) Control
Values: People and Seldom Manage/ Operational

Risk of SF6 gas leaks. Emissions - Gaseous Local Area (-) Moderate Yes
Communities (<Annually) Control
Emission - Light,
Night-time illumination could potentially impact the Continuous Manage/ Operational
Vibrations and/or Local Area Values: Landscape and Visual (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
local communities (flood lighting). (Daily-Weekly) Control
Noise
Emission - Light,
Night-time illumination could potentially impact a Continuous Manage/ Operational
Vibrations and/or Local Area Values: Landscape and Visual (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
range of terrestrial organisms. (Daily-Weekly) Control
Noise
Risk associated with the introduction and subsequent
spread of terrestrial pests or invasive species, in relation Introduced Species - Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Occasional Manage/ Operational
Local Area (-) Moderate Yes
to use of non-native soil and the species used for Fauna/Flora Flora (Annually) Control
restoration.
Mechanical
Fugitive dust and particulate matter emissions Values: People and Continuous Manage/ Operational
Disturbance - Project Boundary (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
resulting from decommissioning of the solar panels. Communities (Daily-Weekly) Control
Terrestrial
Values: People and
Emission - Light, Communities
Increased noise levels resulting from dismantling the Continuous Manage/ Operational
Vibrations and/or Project Boundary (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
solar power plant and removing the ancillary facilities. Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & (Daily-Weekly) Control
Noise
Flora
Emission - Light,
Increased noise levels resulting from dismantling the Continuous Manage/ Operational
Vibrations and/or Project Boundary (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
solar power plant and removing the ancillary facilities. (Daily-Weekly) Control
Noise
Potential pollution in downstream of the wadis and
Effluent release- Resources: Fresh and ground Occasional Manage/ Operational
low-lying areas resulting from contaminated of Local Area (-) Moderate Yes
untreated water (Annually) Control
surface runoff.
Risk of disturbance to terrestrial mammals, birds, and
Emission - Light,
herpetofauna due to elevated ambient noise levels, Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Continuous Manage/ Operational
Vibrations and/or Local Area (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
and vibrations generated by machinery and Flora (Daily-Weekly) Control
Noise
equipment.
Mechanical Seldom Manage/ Operational

Visual intrusions due to removal of ancillary facilities. Local Area Values: Landscape and Visual (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
Disturbance - (<Annually) Control

Terrestrial
Mechanical
Risk of impact on registered archaeological sites near Seldom
Disturbance - Local Area Values: Cultural and Heritage (-) Minor/Negligible No Action Yes
the Project Area. (<Annually)
Terrestrial
Escape of toxic substances contained in the panels in

Waste generation and Resources: Minerals, Occasional Manage/ Operational
case they are not handled properly (i.e. generation of Project Boundary (-) Minor/Negligible Yes
management aggregates and soils (Annually) Control
broken panels which is hazardous waste).

Waste generation and Values: People and Occasional Manage/ Operational
management Communities (Annually) Control

Waste generation and Values: People and Occasional Manage/ Operational
management Communities (Annually) Control
Risks associated with health and safety issues such Health and Safety Values: People and Seldom Manage/ Operational
Project Boundary (-) Moderate Yes
as trip and fall, electrical hazard etc. Practices Communities (<Annually) Control
Human Resources
Values: People and Occasional Manage/ Operational
Risk of child labour. Management Local Area (-) Moderate Yes
Communities (Annually) Control
Practices
Human Resources
Risk of unequal treatment (wages, accommodation Values: People and Occasional Manage/ Operational
Management Local Area (-) Moderate Yes
conditions, etc.). Communities (Annually) Control
Practices
Human Resources
Risk of workplace discrimination (to women, Values: People and Occasional Manage/ Operational
Management Local Area (-) Moderate Yes
migrants, people with disabilities, etc.) Communities (Annually) Control
Practices
Human Resources
Values: People and Occasional Manage/ Operational
Risk of forced labour / human trafficking. Management Local Area (-) Moderate Yes
Communities (Annually) Control
Practices
Table 6-79: Unplanned Events
Potential Impact Description Driver AOI Value Consequence Likelihood Risk Rank AHARP
Risk associated with sanitary wastewater Resources: Minerals, aggregates Seldom

Project Boundary (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
management. and soils (<Annually)
Resources: Fresh and ground Occasional

Flood risk in downstream run-off areas. Project Boundary (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
water (Annually)
Seldom
Emissions from explosions or fires. Local Area Values: People and Communities (-) Major Manage/ Operational Control Yes
(<Annually)

Potential Impact Description Driver AOI Value Consequence Likelihood Risk Rank AHARP
Risk of substandard labour and working Seldom

conditions. (<Annually)
Resources: Fresh and ground Occasional

Flood risk in downstream run-off areas. Local Area (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
water (Annually)
Risk of collision of birds with the Periodic

Project Boundary Biota: Avifauna (-) Minor/Negligible Manage/ Operational Control Yes
overhead transmission line. (Monthly-Quarterly)
Risk of substandard labour and working Seldom

conditions. (<Annually)
Potential harm or loss of terrestrial mammals,

birds, and herpetofauna due to interactions
Occasional
between workers and fauna, accidental Local Area Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) Major Reduce / Reengineer Yes
(Annually)
fatalities, and instances of work occurring
Fauna mortality, impacts to faunal
Occasional
movements, nesting and breeding (fires, Local Area Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (-) Moderate Manage/ Operational Control Yes
(Annually)
explosions, spills, vehicle collisions, etc.)
Table 6-80: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Opportunities (Early Works and Construction Stage)
Potential Impact Description Driver AOI Value Consequence Likelihood Opportunity Rank AHARP
Employment of local workforce,

development of new skills and
Continuous
professional capabilities, creating Socio-economic Changes NEOM Wide Values: People and Communities (+) Moderate Review Opportunity Yes
(Daily-Weekly)
business opportunities for local
communities.
Table 6-81: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Opportunities (Operation and Maintenance Stage)
Impact of fencing of the Project site on

natural vegetation regrowth due to Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Occasional
Health and Safety Practices Project Boundary (+) Minor/Negligible No Action Yes
prevented access to site by livestock which Flora (Annually)
was previously grazing in the area.
Impact of the operational solar park, as it

will be a built asset contributing to the local (+) Substantive/ Continuous
Socio-economic Changes NEOM Wide Values: People and Communities Plan /Invest Yes
(and regional) economy with the produced Transformative (Daily-Weekly)
energy.
Employment of local workforce, Socio-economic Changes Local Area Values: People and Communities (+) Major Continuous Plan /Invest Yes

development of new skills and professional

capabilities, creating business (Daily-Weekly)
opportunities for local communities.
Enhanced economic opportunities and local Continuous
Socio-economic Changes Local Area Values: People and Communities (+) Major Plan /Invest Yes
area development activities. (Daily-Weekly)
Contribution to KSA archaeological
Human Disturbance - Seldom
knowledge base for any potential Chance Local Area Values: Cultural and Heritage (+) Major No Action Yes
Terrestrial (<Annually)
Find arising.
Continuous
Impact of low carbon power generation. Socio-economic Changes Local Area Resources: Energy (+) Major Plan /Invest Yes
(Daily-Weekly)
Impact of contributing less GHGSO2, NOx
and CO emissions and less global warming Continuous
Emissions - Gaseous Local Area Resources: Energy (+) Major Plan /Invest Yes
compared to conventional power generation (Daily-Weekly)
methods.
Table 6-82: Summary of the Key Potential Environmental and Social Opportunities (Decommissioning Stage)
Removal of surface infrastructure Continuous

Mechanical Disturbance - Terrestrial Project Boundary Ecology: Terrestrial Fauna & Flora (+) Minor/Negligible No Action Yes
that will allow vegetation regrowth. (Daily-Weekly)

yy
6.4 Cumulative Impacts

Cumulative impacts are defined by IFC as “those resulting from the successive,
incremental, and / or combined effects of an action, project, or activity when added
to other existing, planned, and / or reasonably anticipated future ones”. As
described in PS-1, a cumulative impact area has to be defined in order to determine the
baseline status, as well. .
Methodology
According to IFC PS 1 (Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social
Risks and Impacts), cumulative impact assessment is a critical part of IFC’s risk
management approach. Examples of cumulative impacts include, among others,
air quality, noise, vegetation cover, interference with migratory routes or wildlife
movement, degradation of ecosystem services, etc.
In this regard, takingSpatial boundary and temporal boundary, and project-specific
impacts (aspects) were taken into consideration when evaluating cumulative impacts.
Spatial Boundary
A flexible approach has been maintained while determining spatial boundary, such that
the boundaries of the assessment vary depending upon the characteristics of the impacts
like:
 Traffic and Transport,
 Healthcare,
 Waste, and
 Accommodation areas and camps.
Taking into consideration the other on-going and planned developments, a
cumulative impact assessment AoI of 90 km as buffer zone around the project site
boundary was identified. The AoI coverswill consider the planned projects of similar
nature in the area, mainly the solar ones, as well as the roads to be used for
access and material transport. Also, the zone is selected to encompass the possible
worker accommodation areas in Tabuk will be considered. The accommodation in
Tabuk is important as it will be used by the workers from multiple projects at the
same time, creating a population influx in the city.
Workers from various projects may need to use local amenities in Tabuk, such as
shopping centers, healthcare facilities, and the airport. This increased usage could put
additional pressure on the existing infrastructure in Tabuk, potentially leading to
congestion, increased demand for services, and wear and tear on facilities.
These projects, along with the main road from Tabuk to Jordan and the NEOM area,
could contribute to increased traffic and transport impacts. The waste areas for these
projects could potentially be the same, leading to increased pressure on waste
management facilities and services.
Since there are also other projects with the same objective within the scope of Pre-
Development of Tabuk 2 Solar Power Plants Project, these will also be included in
the cumulative impact assessment study.
AoI for the cumulative impact assessment will take into account all solar projects, all
projects close to Tabuk, waste areas for these projects, and transportation roads, which
will cover approximately a buffer of 140 km. This comprehensive AoI will ensure that all
potential cumulative impacts are effectively assessed and managed.

Temporal Boundary
The up-to-date long list of projects received from the Client has been assessed
and scoped in projects will be detailed in the ESIA Report.
Table 6-83 displays the aspects that will be included in the cumulative impact
assessment considering both the risks and opportunities, with justifications of
why each topic is scoped in or out for that study. Furthermore, the map in
presented earlier in Section 5.4 Figure 5-53 displays the AoI for cumulative impact
assessment, showing also the nearby project sites in the area.
Temporal Overlap
NEOM is in the early planning stages of other future solar parks which are planned
to provide energy to NEOM projects. With the exception of impacts to biodiversity
arising from land take-over, the greatest potential for cumulative impacts
associated with solar parks is likely to occur during the construction phase, and
considering the temporal overlap of several projects, the assessment of
cumulative impacts bears utmost important. The up-to-date long list of projects
received from the Client has been assessed and scoped in projects will be detailed in the
ESIA Report.
Table 6-83 displays the aspects that will be included in the cumulative impact assessment
considering both the risks and opportunities, with justifications of why each topic is scoped in
or out for that study.
A summary of the nearby projects in NEOM and in Tabuk region and predicted
construction window is presented in Table 6-84. This table also presents scope
decision and explanation about each project in the region...
02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-00000600000
yy
Table 6-83: Aspects to be Included in the Cumulative Impact Assessment Study
Inclusion in the Cumulative Impact Assessment

Early Works and Operation & Decommissioning Justification for Inclusion or Exclusion
Topic
Construction Stage Maintenance Stage Stage
The effect of natural vegetation cover related impacts will be localised and within the Project boundaries; however, some potential
Natural Vegetation Cover Yes No Yes
cumulative aspects are covered under Biodiversity, i.e., the risk of invasive species spreading within the earthwork and restoration work..
Project related ambient air quality impacts would be associated with early works & construction and decommissioning stages of the
Project. These will include temporary emissions from vehicles, dust from earthworks, and dust from vehicle movements. Due to the
Air Quality Yes No Yes
high number of solar projects in the region and the likely temporal overlap, cumulative impacts on air quality are anticipated to be
important; therefore, they have been scoped in, except for the operation stage.
Project related impacts with regards to noise are anticipated during the construction, operations and decommissioning phase of
the Project. Given the worst-case scenario that the construction of the Project will be undertaken simultaneously with other nearby
developments, cumulative impacts of noise with respect to equipment and construction vehicles are anticipated. Due to the high
Noise Yes Yes Yes number of solar projects in the region and the likely temporal overlap, cumulative impacts on noise are anticipated to be important;
therefore, they have been scoped in.
Although the Solar PV panels themselves do not emit noise during operation, the inverter stations and transformers will emit low
levels of noise during operation. the multiple solar parks in an area are likely to create negative noise impacts.
Odours No No No The effect of these impacts will be localised and within the Project boundaries.
Project site is not located upstream of any other planned PV developments, therefore cumulative impacts to water quality are
Water Quality No No No
scoped out.
Quality of Soils and
No No No The effect of these impacts will be localised and within the Project boundaries.
Sediments
Earthworks and construction of the Project will require the removal of natural vegetation cover. Depending on the area of the other
PV sites, there will be a cumulative impact on vegetation and habitats. To an extent, however, this impact will be offset through the
natural recovery of grazing land in the absence of grazing activity. Avifauna collision impacts across multiple sites may have an
Biodiversity Yes Yes Yes impact on overall species numbers for species of conservation concern; this will also be exacerbated if poaching or hunting
occurs. As some of the solar PV sites fall within migratory routes for congregator birds, a cumulative impact on avifauna may
occur. Decommissioning phase of the Project will also require the removal of natural vegetation cover. Therefore, all phases have
been scoped in.
Project related impacts regarding community health, safety and security would mainly be those associated with the influx of
workers and public interactions in local towns and villages.
Community Health and
Yes Yes Yes Impacts on the community have the potential to be cumulative due to the construction, operation and decommissioning of other
Safety
developments in the region. In addition, the requirement for labour and healthcare services will increase in the region if projects
have temporal overlap.
The landscape will be subjected to substantial visible changes during the construction, operation and decommissioning stages
Landscape and Visual
Yes Yes Yes that may cause disruptions due to flood lighting and solar reflection. Due to the proximity of other solar PV sites to Project area,
Comfort
the topic is scoped in for all stages.
Land Use No No No Loss of grazing lands are captured under ‘Economic and Social Aspects’ below.
Ongoing developments within NEOM have the potential to cause burden on existing waste infrastructure. However, considering the
nature of the Project and typical good practice management measures, in addition to the commissioning of a new landfill by NEOM,
Waste Generation No No Yes
impacts from additional waste generation are expected to be minor. It should be noted that the disposal of PVs during the
operation and decommissioning phases will result in regional waste issues in the absence of a PV Disposal and Recycling Plan.
Project related impacts regarding socio-economics would be those related to creation of employment and sale of goods (beneficial
Economic and Social
Yes Yes Yes impact) and dissemination of skills during the construction, operations and decommissioning stages of the Project. This also
Aspects
includes negative impacts associated with the loss of grazing lands.
Archaeology and Cultural Project impacts in relation to archaeology and cultural heritage would mainly be those related to the potential for encountering
No No No
Heritage unknown buried archaeological remains. Impacts will be restricted to the site boundaries.
Climate and Climate No Yes No During the operations phase of the Project, positive cumulative impacts include an increase in the percentage of energy produced

Inclusion in the Cumulative Impact Assessment
Early Works and Operation & Decommissioning Justification for Inclusion or Exclusion
Topic
Construction Stage Maintenance Stage Stage
Change by renewable energy, contributing to KSA’s national energy and decarbonisation objectives.
Ecosystem Services No No No The effect of these impacts will be localised and within the Project boundaries.
Table 6-84: Major Renewable Energy and other NEOM Projects
Construction Closest Distance from

Project Status Scope Decision & Explanation
Period M5M4 Solar Park
Solar Energy Projects
Bir Ibn Hirmas Solar Park 2025 - 2027 >< 90 km
Scoped in.
M4M5 Solar Park 2025 - 2027 < 90 km These projects are part of the Tabuk 2 Project, similar to the M5M4 Solar Park Project. As per the timetable of
Identified projects known to
N2 Solar Park potentially come forward for 2025 - 2027 < 90 km activities available for each, there will be temporal overlap with these projects of similar nature. Although 2
development during the Project life (two1 (one) of the project areas are not located within the AoI, it is also included considering that they are all
N4 Solar Park 2025 - 2027 < 90 km located in Tabuk Region and it is thought that the workers during the construction process will
cycle.
E1 Solar Park 2025 - 2027 < 90 km accommodated in Tabuk and same main roads will be used for construction as per the topics elaborated in
Table 6-83.
Bir Ibn Hirmas West Solar Park 2025 - 2027 > 90 km
Tabuk East Solar Park 2024 - 2026 < 90 km Scoped In.
Tabuk West Solar Park 2024 - 2026 < 90 km These projects are part of the Tabuk 1 Project, which is of similar nature with the Tabuk 2 Project, which M5M4
Solar Park is part of.
Extension Solar Park potentially come forward for 2024 - 2026 < 90 km
development during the Project life Upon confirmation of the Tabuk 1 Solar Power Plants Project construction period, these projects may lead to
Tabuk North Solar Park cycle. 2024 - 2026 < 90 km temporal overlapping. Also, due to their proximity to the Project Site (except 1 (one) area), they are considered
scoped into the assessment due to their location in the Tabuk Region. Still, the timetable of activities for each
Halat Ammar Solar Park 2024 - 2026 > 90 km one will be checked during the ESIA stage, and the issue will be assessed accordingly.
Optional W3 Solar Park 2026 - 2028 < 90 km Scoped In.
This project is part of the Tabuk 3 Project, which is of similar nature with the Tabuk 2 Project, which M5M4
Solar Park is part of.
potentially come forward for
development during the Project life Upon confirmation of the Tabuk 3 Solar Power Plants Project construction period, these projects may lead to
N5 Solar Park 2026 - 2028 < 90 km
cycle. temporal overlapping. Also, due to their proximity to the Project Site, they are considered scoped into the
assessment. Still, the timetable of activities for each one will be checked during the ESIA stage, and the issue
will be assessed accordingly.
Scoped Out.
Identified projects known to potentially These projects are part of the Tabuk 3 Project and located at a distance exceeding 90 km from the M5 Solar Park,
N1 Solar Park come forward for development during 2026 - 2028 >< 90 km minimizing the likelihood of shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic
the Project life cycle. risks are not likely to observed at same residential areas. There is no overlap in projects’ construction schedules, the
potential for simultaneous construction activities and associated cumulative impacts is low.
Scoped Out.
Identified projects known to potentially These projects are part of the Tabuk 3 Project and located at a distance exceeding 90 km from the M4 Solar Park,
Optional North East Solar Park come forward for development during 2026 - 2028 > 90 km minimizing the likelihood of shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic
the Project life cycle. risks are not likely to observed at same residential areas. There is no overlap in projects’ construction schedules, the
potential for simultaneous construction activities and associated cumulative impacts is low.
Tharf Solar Park (South) 2026 - 2028 > 90 km
Tharf Solar Park (North) 2026 - 2028 > 90 km
Shiqry Next Solar Energy Park Tier 2 (Projects with current 2024 - 2025 >< 90 km Scoped OutIn.
application submitted) Project is located atwithin a distance exceeding 90 km fromradius of the M5M4 Solar Park, minimizing. This
geographical closeness suggests that the likelihood of sharedtwo projects may share common environmental and

infrastructure resources, and potentially have cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not
likely to observed at same residential areas. There is no overlap in projects’the region. It is noteworthy that the
construction schedules, the potentialperiod for simultaneous construction activities and associated cumulative
impactsthe Project is lownot coincided. However, in case of any prolonged mobilization, there is a possibility of
coincidence with those of the Solar Park Project.
Scoped In.
Project is located within a 90 km radius of the M5M4 Solar Park. This geographical closeness suggests that
Tier 3 (Projects in the pipeline for the two projects may share common environmental and infrastructure resources, and potentially have
Airport West Solar Energy Park 2024 - 2025 > 90 km
submission) cumulative impacts in the region. It is noteworthy that the construction period for the Project is not coincided.
However, in case of any prolonged mobilization, there is a possibility of coincidence with those of the Solar
Park Project.
Scoped Out.
Tier 3 (Projects in the pipeline for Project is located at a distance exceeding 90 km from the M5M4 Solar Park, minimizing the likelihood of
Sharifa Solar Energy Park 2024 - 2025 > 90 km shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not likely
submission)
to observed at same residential areas. There is no overlap in projects’ construction schedules, the potential
for simultaneous construction activities and associated cumulative impacts is low.
Scoped Out.
The Midyan Solar Energy Park is located at a distance exceeding 90 km from the M5M4 Solar Park, minimizing
Tier 1 (Developments under
Midyan Solar Energy Park 2024 - 2025 > 90 km the likelihood of shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic
construction)
risks are not likely to observed at same residential areas. There is no overlap in projects’ construction
schedules, the potential for simultaneous construction activities and associated cumulative impacts is low.
Scoped Out.
Al Osailah Solar Energy Park is located at a distance exceeding 90 km from the M5M4 Solar Park, minimizing
Al Osailah Solar Energy Park 2024 - 2025 > 90 km the likelihood of shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic
construction)
risks are not likely to observed at same residential areas. There is no overlap in projects’ construction
schedules, the potential for simultaneous construction activities and associated cumulative impacts is low.
Tier 3 (Projects in the pipeline for
Hasma Solar Energy Park 2024 - 2025 N/A Upon confirmation of the location, will be further assessed during the ESIA stage.
submission)
Shiqry North Solar Energy Park 2024 - 2025 N/A Upon confirmation of the location, will be further assessed during the ESIA stage.
construction)
Other Renewable Energy Projects
Scoped OutIn.
The Project is located atwithin a distance exceeding 90 km fromradius of the M5M4 Solar Park, minimizing. This
To be infrastructure resources, and potentially have cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not
Bajdah Wind Energy Park >< 90 km likely to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding in the region. It is noteworthy that the
submission) confirmed
construction period, combined for the Project is currently undetermined. This lack of a fixed timeline raises the
possibility that its construction activities could coincide with the significant distance, diminishes the those of the M4
Solar Park Project. To account for this potential for temporal overlap and cumulative environmental effects between
the projects.
Scoped Out.
The Project is located at a distance exceeding 90 km from the M5M4 Solar Park, minimizing the likelihood of
Tier 3 (Projects in the pipeline for To be shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not likely
Haql Wind Energy Park > 90 km
submission) confirmed to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding the construction period, combined
with the significant distance, diminishes the potential for temporal overlap and cumulative environmental
effects between the projects.
Aqaba Wind Farm Tier 3 (Projects in the pipeline for To be > 90 km Scoped Out.
submission) confirmed The Project is located at a distance exceeding 90 km from the M5M4 Solar Park, minimizing the likelihood of

shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not likely
to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding the construction period, combined
Scoped OutIn.
To be infrastructure resources, and potentially have cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not
Al Ebiriq Wind Park >< 90 km likely to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding in the region. It is noteworthy that the
submission) confirmed
the projects.
Scoped Out.
Tier 1 (Developments under To be shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not likely
Al Sourah Wind Energy Park > 90 km
construction) confirmed to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding the construction period, combined
Scoped Out.
Tier 3 (Projects in the pipeline for To be shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not likely
Aqaba Next Wind Energy Park > 90 km
submission) confirmed to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding the construction period, combined
Other Projects
Scoped OutIn.
infrastructure resources, and potentially have cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not
The Line / Spine Until 2026 >< 90 km likely to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding in the region. It is noteworthy that the
construction)
the projects.
Scoped Out.
Tier 1 (Developments under To be shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation and traffic risks are not likely
Gulf of Aqaba > 90 km
construction) confirmed to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding the construction period, combined
Scoped Out.
The Project is located at a distance exceeding 90 km from the M5M4 Solar Park separated by mountain chains,
Tier 1 (Developments under 2023 – To be minimizing the likelihood of shared environmental resources and cumulative impacts, hence accommodation
Oxagon > 90 km
construction) confirmed and traffic risks are not likely to observed at same residential areas. This lack of confirmation regarding the
construction period, combined with the significant distance, diminishes the potential for temporal overlap and
cumulative environmental effects between the projects.
Trojena (NEOM Mountain) Under construction Until 2026 ∼180 km Scoped In.
Project is located at a distance approximately 180 km from the M4 Solar Park. The construction of Trojena is currently

ongoing, and if the operation starts in 2026 as planned, a short period of temporal overlap may take place between the
projects.
Still, the timetable of activities for each one will be checked during the ESIA stage, and the issue will be assessed
accordingly.

yy
7 Plans
All of the mitigation requirements which are identified in the M5M4 Solar Park ESIA
will be part of the Project’s Environmental and Social Management Planning.
In order to ensure that measures set out in the ESIA and approved by NEOM are taken
forward into the next stages of the Project, a Framework Construction Environmental
& Social Management Plan (F-CESMP) and a Framework Operational Environmental &
Social Management Plan (F-OESMP) will be presented as outlined in the following
subsections.
F-CESMP and F-OESMP shall be provided to construction and operational contractors
following the approval of NEOM.
As elaborated in Section 6.1, the impact assessment methodology acknowledges that,
while each project has specific impacts, there are many generic activities carried out
that are common for all, or many projects. As mentioned, NEOM has developed a set
of Generic ESMPs relating to these common construction activities that include
Control Measures, Assurance (monitoring/inspection/audit) and Reporting
Requirements. These are developed based on NCEC requirements and IFC
Performance standards. Control Measures from a set of NCEC Approved Generic
ESMPs relevant to this project to be identified during the ENVID and will be included
into the Compliance Register, which will be attached to the ESIA.
The relevant Generic ESMPs include the following:
 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Management Plan,
 Construction Environmental and Social Management – Governance Plan;
 Air Quality Management Plan;
 Landscape, Soil, Erosion Control and Reinstatement Management Plan;
 Light Management Plan;
 Noise and Vibration Management Plan;
 Pollution and Hazardous Materials Management Plan;
 Raw Materials and Aggregates Management Plan;
 Terrestrial Biodiversity Management Plan; and
 Waste Management Plan.
In addition to the plans elaborated in the following sections, the following project
specific management plans should also be developed by ENOWA:
 Construction Traffic Management Plan;
 Emergency Response and Evacuation Plan;
 ESHS Training Management Plan;
 Influx Management Plan;
 Local Recruitment and Training Plan;
 Logistics, Traffic and Transportation Plan;
 Occupational Health & Safety Management Plan;
 PV Waste Disposal Plan;
 Stockpile Material Storage and Handling Management Plan;
 Supply Chain Management Plan; and

 Water Resources and Water Management Plan.
7.1 Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan

An Environmental Emergency Response Plan will be developed to support the
implementation of the ESIA. The Plan will outline the capabilities and actions for
responding to environmental and social emergencies during the works. The Plan will
define the probable worst-case environmental and social emergency scenarios that
could potentially occur during the works including, but not limited to the following:
 Major spill of hazardous chemicals, hydrocarbons or untreated wastewater to
soil (including ground water) and surface water;
 Breaking of PV panels during operation and maintenance;
 Release of toxic air emissions, gases, aerosols or vapors; and
 Disease outbreak.
The Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan will also cover the following as a
minimum:
 Emergency risks and associated scenarios;
 Emergency Response Team organization and personnel, including roles and
responsibilities;
 Emergency contact details including an emergency line/contact that is
available
24 hours per day, seven days per week;
 Personnel and equipment available for immediate response actions;
 Personnel, equipment and other resources available on call for response
escalation purposes;
 Response actions to be taken based on the relevant risk scenarios;
 Emergency reporting protocol including immediate, daily and ongoing
reporting;
 Incident Investigation and Preventive & Corrective Actions;
 Emergency response training, exercises and drills; and
 Records that must be maintained during an emergency response.
The general structure of the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan is
presented in Table 7-85.
Table 7-85: Indicative Structure of the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan
Chapter Title Subtitle

1 Emergency 1.1 Description of the Site and Activities
Preparedness 1.2 Analysis of Risks
and Response
1.3 Preventive Measures
Planning
2 Emergency Response 2.1 Evacuation Plan
Plan 2.2 Emergency Procedures
2.3 Alarms and Internal Communications
2.4 Informing the Authorities
2.5 Submitting an Accident Report
3 Corrective Action Plan 3.1 Incident Investigation Procedure

Chapter Title Subtitle
(Post-accident) 3.2 Preventive and Corrective Action Plan
4 Resources 4.1 Emergency Preparedness and Response Team
4.1.1 Structure of Emergency Preparedness and
Response Team
4.1.2 Training of Emergency Preparedness and
Response Team
4.1.3 Emergency Preparedness and Response Drills
4.2 Financial Resources
4.3 Technical Resources
4.4 Institutional resources
5 Appendices Supporting information and templates
7.2 Environmental Rehabilitation and Remediation Plan

In line with the Executive Regulations for Environmental Rehabilitation of Degraded
Sites
and Remediation of Contaminated Sites, Article 4 states that any person who commits
an act or carries out an activity that leads to environmental media degradation or
pollution shall stop the source of pollution, remove the pollution and conduct an
environmental rehabilitation or remediation. The article also states that the Polluter
Pays Principle shall apply.
The Project will require the use of temporary facilities during the construction stage.
Once construction has finished these facilities will need to be decommissioned and
the area
occupied by them restored and reinstated to their original condition.
At present, it is not anticipated that an Environmental Rehabilitation and Remediation
Plan will be required for the Project. However, if required, the Plan shall follow the
structure outlined in Annex 2 of the relevant regulation.
Furthermore, in case of a contaminated incident during the construction stage, a
Remediation of Contaminated Sites Plan will be developed and submitted for the
approval of NCEC prior to implementation.
7.3 Environmental Mitigation Plan

Detailed mitigation measures for identified impacts/risks will be presented in the
impact assessment and mitigation tables in the M5M4 Solar Park ESIA Report. The
Hierarchy of Mitigation will be used in developing appropriate mitigation measures.
The mitigation hierarchy will be used to limit the negative impacts and manage risks.
Mitigation hierarchy is a step-by-step process as given in Figure 7-56. In this
hierarchy, avoid at source is preferable and compensate is undesirable. Defining
appropriate mitigation is important in the ESIA process, which will register all
mitigation measures as project commitments.
In some cases, even where the impact has been assessed as not significant without
mitigation, Good International Industry Practices measures will be stated to ensure
impacts are minimized as far as reasonably practicable.

The proposed mitigations will be managed by C-ESMP and O-ESMP. The framework
for the plans will be provided within the M5M4 Solar Park ESIA Report and the main
plans will be prepared by the contractors of NEOM.
Anticipate and avoid risks and impacts at source (e.g. re-location or re-routing the
Avoi project or its components, restricting working area, etc. )
d
Where avoidance is not possible, minimize or reduce to acceptable levels (e.g.

Mini pollution control measures, noise barriers, additional treatment facilities, etc.)
mise
Once risks and impacts have been minimized or reduced, some activities may still
Reh have damage resource or receptor unavoidably. These impacts can be mitigated
abili through repair, restoration or reinstatement measures.
te
Com Where significant residual impacts remain, compensate or offset them, where
pens technically and financially feasible.
ate/
Offse
t
Figure 7-56: Mitigation Hierarchy
7.4 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

All of the mitigation requirements identified as part of the impact assessment process
will need to be part of the Project’s Environmental and Social Management Planning.
Framework Construction Environmental & Social Management Plan (F-CESMP)
Specific mitigation and enhancement measures that will further delineate the
environmental and social management framework related to the project-specific
activities and works will be identified at asset level in the F-CESMP.
F-CESMP that presents the outcomes of the impact assessment process and actions
required for ensuring commitments made in the ESIA will be fully implemented and
effective during the construction process. The project activities have been the subject
of M5M4 Solar Park ESIA and the requirements set out in the F-CESMP will be based
on the outcomes of that process.
F-CESMP will include the approved mitigation and monitoring measures that apply to
the construction works and activities.
Framework Operational Environmental & Social Management Plan (F-OESMP)
Specific mitigation and enhancement measures that will further delineate the
environmental and social management framework related to the project-specific
activities and works will be identified at asset level in the F-OESMP.
F-OESMP that presents the outcomes of the impact assessment process and actions
required for ensuring commitments made in the ESIA will be fully implemented and

effective during the operation phase of the project. The project activities have been
the subject of M5M4 Solar Park ESIA and the requirements set out in the F-OESMP
will be based on the outcomes of that process.
F-OESMP will include the approved mitigation and monitoring measures that apply to
the operational activities.
Structure of F-CESMP and F-OESMP
Despite both F-CESMP and F-OESMP will have the same structure, they will focus on
the requirements of the Project’s construction and operation phases, respectively.
The structure is presented in Table 7-86.
Table 7-86: Structure of F-CESMP & F-OESMP
Chapter Contents
1. Introduction This chapter will include background information on
the proposed project, need for the project and its
objectives, summary of ESIA for the project, objectives
and implementation arrangements, related ESIA
studies.
2. Project Description This chapter will include brief project description,
location of the project, general construction/operation
activities.
3. Legislative and Management This chapter will include a summary of legislative,
Framework policy and administrative framework, with regard to
environmental and social safeguard requirements.
4. Environmental and Social This section will include the Project’s environmental
Management Framework and social management system, environmental
policies, goals and targets, key roles and
responsibilities.
5. Environmental Management This section includes the identification of
Measures environmental and social impacts/risks associated
with the Project and provides specific instructions for
implementation of the related mitigation measures set
out in the Project’s ESIA.
6. Monitoring This chapter will include the monitoring program.
7. Environmental Training and This chapter will outline the general content of the
Awareness Program Project’s Training program and guideline for
implementation.
8. Community This chapter will explain the grievance redress
mechanism and complaints management.
9. Inspections and Auditing This chapter will include the schedule or triggers for
auditing the implementation and effectiveness of the
plan.
10. Environmental Reporting This chapter will describe the reporting requirements.
11. Review and Update This chapter will specify the schedule or triggers for
reviews of the plans, identify who will be responsible
for undertaking the review and describe the review
documentation requirements.
12. Appendices Outline of required Environmental Sub-Plans that will
be developed by the contractors in their project

Chapter Contents
specific CESMP and OESMP.

8 Annexes
8.1 Statement of Competency from Consulting Company Completing the ESIA Study

yy
NCEC CERTIFICATE OF ASSYSTEM

yy
8.2 Technical Documents of the Project

8.3 Site Maps

8.4 Documents related to Public Participation
N/A

9 References
[1] al Ghamdi, A., Saudi Arabia Energy Report, 2020. https://doi.org/10.30573/KS—

2020-DP25
[2] NEOM Solar Site Identification Workstream presentation document, ENOWA
[3] NEOM Solar Site Optimization Technical Note, wood, 2020
[4] NEOM State of the Environment Report, March 2021
[5] Hydrogeological Investigations to Support Planning & Management of Ground
Water Resources in Neom Region, Final Report, Dornier Consulting &
Engineering Services, January 2023
[6] NEOM Nature Region, Workstream 1: Scenic Value Assessment & Model &
Photographic Aesthetic Value Study, Buro Happold
[7] NEOM Waste Strategy Document, provided by ENOWA in March 2023
[8] NEOM Resource Recovery and Waste Facility Early Concept Master Plan, May
2022
[9] International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) website,
https://www.iucnredlist.org/
[10] Mallon, D. P., & Budd, K., Regional Red List Status of Carnivores in the
Arabian Peninsula, 2011
[11] Boland, C. R., & Burwell, B. O. (2021). Ranking and Mapping Saudi
Arabia’s High Conservation Priority Terrestrial Vertebrates. Asian Journal of
Conservation Biology, 10(2), 197-210
[12] Migratory Soaring Birds Tool, https://maps.birdlife.org/MSBtool/
[13] Boland, C. R., & Burwell, B. O. (2020). Ranking and Mapping the High
Conservation Priority Bird Species of Saudi Arabia. Avian Conservation &
Ecology, 15(2)
[14] NEOM’s Registered Sites at NEOM Area Comprehensive Survey, Aram
Office for Heritage Consultancy, June 2020
[15] Ministry of Transport and Logistic Services website,
https://mot.gov.sa/ar/TransportSystem/TransportSector/Pages/default.aspx
[16] General Authority for Statistics website,
https://database.stats.gov.sa/home/landing (Retrieved in August 2023)
[17] Ministry of Health website,
https://www.moh.gov.sa/en/Ministry/Projects/TCP/Pages/Tabuk.aspx (Retrieved
in September 2023)
[18] Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website,
https://www.cdc.gov/globalhealth/countries/saudi_arabia/default.htm (Ret
[19] Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Report on the Implementation of the New
Urban Agenda 2022, Ministry of Municipal Rural Affairs & Housing,

[20] Saudi Arabia Set to be World's Fastest-growing Major Economy, The
Economist Intelligence Unit, 30 August 2022. [Online]. Retrieved from
https://www.eiu.com/n/saudi-arabia-set-to-be-the-worlds-fastestgrowing-major-
economy/ in October 2023.
[21] CPI Profile For Tabouk, UN-Habitat, 2019;
https://saudiarabia.un.org/sites/default/files/2020-04/CPI%20Profile%20for
%20Tabouk%202019.pdf
[22] NEOM Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment Report, 2021
[23] NEOM-NEV-PRC-602, Rev 02.00, updated in August 2023
[24] Workers’ Accommodation: Processes and Standards, A Guidance Note
by IFC and the EBRD, 2009;
https://www.ebrd.com/downloads/about/sustainability/Workers_accomodation.
pdf
[25] Azura-Edo Independent Power Project Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment Final Report, ERM, 2013
[26] Osipov, Chowdhury, Crowley, & Tadic, Severe atmospheric pollution in
the Middle East is attributable to anthropogenic sources, September 2022,
Nature, https://www.nature.com/articles/s43247-022-00514-6
[27] Al-Nafie, A.H. (1989). Large mammals of Central and Northern Saudi
Arabia (biogeographic study) (Ph.D. Thesis). The University of New Mexico
Albuquerque, New Mexico.
[28] Exhaust Emission Factors for Non-Road Engine Modeling - Compression-
Ignition, Report No. NR-009A, February 1998, Retrieved from https://nepis.epa.gov/
[29] Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Guidelines for National
Greenhouse Gas Inventories - Stationary Combustion, 2006, Retrieved from
https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/pdf/2_Volume2/V2_2_Ch2_Stationary
_Combustion.pdf
[30] Institute of Air Quality Management’s Guidance on the Assessment of Dust
from Demolition and Construction Version 2.2, January 2024, Retrieved from
https://iaqm.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/Construction-Dust-Guidance-Jan-
2024.pdf
[31] Wood was appointed by Masdar. (2022). Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) of 230 MWac Azerbaijan Solar PV Project. Wood Group UK
Limited.

Compare 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Compare 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCOPING REPORT

Rev A, December 2023March 2024

Revision code Description of changes Purpose of issue Date

A First Issue Issued for Approval 1405 Dec 2023

Prepared by Reviewed by Approved by

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 2 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 3 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 4 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 5 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 6 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 7 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 8 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 9 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 10 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 11 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 12 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 13 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 14 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 15 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000004 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 16 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 17 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 18 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 19 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 20 OF 333

Legislative Framework and the Scoping Process

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 21 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 22 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 23 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 24 OF 333

1.1 General Information on the Study

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 25 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 26 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 27 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 28 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 29 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 30 OF 333

Figure 1-5: M5M4 Solar Park Project Site Boundary

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 31 OF 333

1.2 Permit Applicant Information

1.3 Service Provider

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 32 OF 333

Table 1-1: List of Authors

Name Organization Role

Furthermore, for the environmental baseline measurements, a local laboratory accredited by

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 33 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 34 OF 333

 Early works, including construction of access roads / tracks;

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 35 OF 333

Topic AoI Justification for AoI Size

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 36 OF 333

Topic AoI Justification for AoI Size

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 37 OF 333

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 38 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000004 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 39 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 40 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 41 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 42 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 43 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 44 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000006000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 45 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 46 OF 332

02-123100-1100010415-AAE-SRV-ESSR-000005 REVISION CODE: A PAGE 47 OF 332

Chapter No. Title Content